VOLUME - II

MESSAGES and GLIMPSES OF

HEAVEN

Conveyed by
DAVID

B y
KAMAZH K. SOLOMON
Not for Sale
A BRIEF NOTE ABOUT MY SON DAVID
At the age of thirteen, in a ‘Missionary Call Service’, when the Preacher asked the
youth; “You have only one life in this world. Will you spend it for Jesus?”, David
responded by standing up and accepted Jesus as his personal saviour. Further he
committed himself to be a Missionary at that tender age.
After completion of his high school studies, he got admission at
Thirunelveli Government Medical College, Tamilnadu, India. Before joining
the college, at a Youth retreat on 7 th August 1999, David dedicated himself
to go as a Missionary doctor to Bihar, one of the medically backward states
in India, after completing his medical course. He gave his testimony to four
hundred youth, adults and Pastors present for his dedication ceremony.
There was no backsliding from his promise to serve the Lord and often told
his friends in his medical college that he would go to Bihar to serve in a
mission hospital after completing his course. But our Lord and saviour called
him to be with Him on 7 th October, 2003. When I was terribly depressed
after his going home, Jesus gave me the following promises about David.

26 th October, 2003 :
David is My son. I will send him around the world as a
ministering angel with a HEALING TOUCH.

1 st January, 2004 :
David is the ambassador for Jesus to convey Heaven’s
messages to the earth.

24 th January 2004 :
David was my Missionary, he is my Missionary and he will be my
Missionary. I give special privileges to my Missionaries.

18 th April 2004 :
 “This privilege of communication I have given to you, is
according to the perfect will of My Father. Do you think that it is
not possible for Me and My Father, who created the Heaven, the earth and
the Universe to give such a privilege? We want to reveal glimpses of the
glorious Heaven, its grandeur and the happiness of the souls, to the people
on the earth and we selected My Son David for that mission. So you go on
writing books, as long as it is the will of My Father and until then David shall
give messages to you.”
I feel that Jesus is fulfilling some of His promises through this book
when it goes around, the world with a ‘Healing touch’.
About the books “DAVID TALKS”
This is the second Book in the series of books ‘DAVID TALKS’. The first
chapters of the first book like the ‘Foreword’ and ‘Life Story of Bensam David
Solomon’ are given in this II book too. In the
I book, messages received during the period from October 28th, 2003 to
April 14th, 2004 are given. In the II book messages from
April 14th, 2004 to August 2nd, 2004 (David’s Birthday) are given. If you
did not get the I Book and want to receive it, please write to us to the
following address. We will try to send a copy, if books are available.

AUTHOR
Mrs. Kamazh K. Solomon
3, Henry Road,
Nagercoil - 629 001
Tamil Nadu, India
Phone : 04652 - 230778
E-mail : Kenaz solomon<[email protected]>

Biblical Reference
Psalm : 145 :10-13
“ ........ All Thy saints shall bless Thee! They shall speak of
the glory of thy Kingdom, and tell of thy power, to make known to
the sons of men thy mighty deeds, and the glorious splendour of
thy Kingdom. Thy Kingdom is an everlasting Kingdom ........”
 CONTENTS
Page No.

FOREWORD --- v

LIFE STORY OF BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON --- vii

TRIBUTES TO BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON --- xxvii

A REQUIEM FOR MY LOST NEIGHBOUR --- xxix

OUR NEPHEW DAVID, A COMPASSIONATE CHRISTIAN --- xxxi

TO MY DEAR FRIEND AND CLASSMATE --- xxxii

TRIBUTES TO MY LOVING SWEET SON DAVID --- xxxiv

CHAPTERS

I. MANSIONS OF VARIOUS PROFESSIONALS IN HEAVEN --- 1

II. WORSHIP SERVICES --- 48

III. PALACES OF KINGS, DUKES AND LORDS IN HEAVEN --- 103

IV. YOUTH AND MUSIC --- 123

V. CHILDREN IN HEAVEN --- 147

VI. SAINTS, MISSIONARIES IN HEAVEN --- 176

VII.VISITING DIFFERENT COLONIES --- 183

FOREWORD

Dear Reader,
Before reading this book, I want you to know the circumstance in which
this book is written. My name is Kamazh Solomon. I retired in April, 2003 from
teaching Chemistry in three colleges for 36 years. My husband Rev. Kenaz
Solomon is the Missionary and President of London Mission (congregational)
Churches for 33 years. We both accepted Jesus Christ as our personal saviour and
are doing His Ministry. God gave us 2 sons. Our elder son Samuel Ben Solomon
was born after nine years. He completed medicine (M.B.B.S.) and is now working
in a hospital in Nagercoil. Our younger son Bensam David Solomon was a final
year student at Thirunelveli Medical College. He accepted Jesus Christ as his
personal saviour at the young age of 13 and committed himself to missionary
work. He was planning to go to Bihar as Missionary Doctor after completion of his
course. But our Lord’s will is different! On 7 th October, 2003, evening after
participating in a weekly prayer meeting conducted by Christian Medical students,
he died instantly in a bike accident and had gone to be with our Lord. He was a
lover of music and used to play keyboard and guitar. My family was terribly
shaken and beyond consolation.

On the 19 th day after the loss of my beloved son David, my loving Lord
gave me a promise about his ministry. From the 21 st day, the Lord gave a “special
privilege” to my beloved son David to talk to me from above. Now David is
giving me glimpses of heaven little by little. I could hear his voice inside me
calling me Amma (mother) distinctly and he continues to talk. This book contains
the messages conveyed by David to me.
A humble request to my readers first. As mentioned above
this experience is a ‘Special Privilege’ given to me by my precious saviour and I
believe it completely. I fully believe this message is given with a great purpose –
to console me, my family and those who grieve over the loss of their loved ones. It
is also my fervent
prayer that all those who profess the name of Christ may know the glories of
heaven and be ready to meet the saviour when called to eternity. As Paul
says death is a GAIN to God’s people (Phil. 1:21). Now, my request is, if a
reader has any reservation or if you do not believe this book please don’t
write to me your comments- just ignore it since I am giving my son’s
messages as I get them. I cannot explain them further. If you are blessed by
reading this book, I will be happy to have your comments which may be a
source of consolation to me and my family. Thank you. Please pray for us.

D.L. Moody, a great Evangelist of the 19 th century writes thus:

“Perhaps, if we listen, we too might hear – in this storm tossed world of ours
– some whisper borne from loved ones afar”.

In Christ,
Mrs. Kamazh. K. Solomon
3, Henry Road,
Nagercoil – 629 001
Tamil Nadu, India.

Note : I have included many Bible quotations and Verses from

Hymns in many of these chapters apart from the
Heavenly messages conveyed by David.
The Bible quotalion’s are taken from Revised, Standard Version
- Author
 Life Story of
Bensam David Solomon
My name is Kamazh K. Solomon. I am aged 58.
My husband is Rev. Kenaz Solomon, aged 64. We got married on
21 st May 1969. We were living in a rented house after marriage in
Nagercoil. Then I was teaching Chemistry at Vivekananda College,
Agesteeswaram. I was very much worried about not having children. I felt
that I didn’t want to live without a baby. I read a book ‘Salvation of God’ and
accepted Christ as my personal Saviour. Then I prayed, “Lord, if it is your
will, give me a child.” In my leisure time, I was involved in ministry among
the women of our Churches.
In 1976, seven years after our marriage, in answer, to my prayer, our
Lord helped me to conceive. But that male child died in my womb in the 8 th
month. It was a real shock. As soon as I got home from hospital, I closed
my room, and cried like a child lying on the floor asking God why this
happened. Suddenly there shone a very bright light around me and I heard
the voice of Jesus in my heart – “Next year by this time, you will have a baby
in your arms”. I was so happy that the marvellous peace of God filled my
heart. My doctor’s verdict was that it was almost impossible for me to
conceive again, since my ovaries were really inactive. But my unfailing God,
as He had promised, gave me a boy on 30 th September 1977. ( I got His
promise on 19 th October, 1976). Praise be to God. We named him Samuel
Ben Solomon.
After 3 years I got my second son BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON. Even
in his cradle, he was always smiling. At the age of 3, he was quite happy to
go to school. After getting home from school, the first thing he used to do
was to open his bag, throw down all his books on the floor and do his home
work. Only after doing all his home work, will he go to play or watch T.V.
He was quite studious. During his 11 th and 12 th grade in school, he made
up his mind to study medicine like his brother. He studied at Scott Christian
Higher Secondary School and stood first in his final examinations at 12 th
grade in 1998. In Science subjects he scored
198 (Maths), 199 (Physics), 197 (Chemistry) and 189 (Biology) out of 200.
His marks in Biology (189) was not enough to get admission in medical
college that year and hence decided to improve the score in Biology – writing
Biology test again hoping he would get medical admission the next year.
My husband did his B.D. in the United States of America for three
years. So, he has many friends there. One American couple, close friends
of my family wanted David to study medicine in U.S.A. They promised to get
him admission with full scholarship, and agreed to be his sponsor and
guardian while in the States. He was to do four years B.S. Course (Pre-
medicine) before joining Medicine. Before going to the United States he
had to write two tests – TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) and
SAT (Scholastic Aptitude Test). As for my son David, he needed no push to
study! He was never tired of studying and reading as many books as
possible before going for these two tests to Bangalore. Even sleep eluded
him. As usual, he scored, more marks than prescribed by the College where
he got admission in the United States.
He became eligible for full scholarship too. Finally when he went to the
American Embassy in Chennai for his Visa, embassy refused him Visa
saying ‘you are to study medicine in America for ten years. After such a
prolonged study, we are highly doubtful whether
you will return to India’. On one side I felt sad for him because it was a
great disappointment. On the other side as an affectionate mother, I had a
great sense of relief because the worry of my son having to be away from
me for such a long time was removed from my heart. May be I was too
possessive! But the Lord whom I
serve did not allow him to be discouraged. After getting back from Chennai,
the first thing he did was to take his Biology book in his hand and started
studying for his improvement test. Without anybody’s help, he worked hard
and wrote his improvement test. As a human being, I had a lingering doubt
whether he would manage to get admission for medicine. I was a bit
confused. One day early morning when I was praying, I heard the voice of
God talking to me. I knew without any doubt that it was my Lord speaking
because I had heard that voice twice before. He said ‘If David dedicates
himself as a medical missionary, I will give him medical admission’.
Immediately my thought went back to the incident that happened in 1993.

It was summer vacation in 1993. We had two day retreat at Puthalam

beach. In the last session Brother Stanly Prince from Friends Missionary
Prayer Band, who was the speaker at the retreat, gave a missionary call.
David was only thirteen years old then. With David by my side, I too was on
my Knees in prayer. Suddenly David stood up. My immediate reaction was
‘shock’. I feared that David, without realizing the real implication, was
standing up. I felt it was a child’s innocent prank. Even after getting home, I
didn’t feel like asking my beloved young son about that. Gradually the whole
episode was forgotten. After 6 years, when I heard the voice of my Lord, I
remembered his dedication for Missionary work at the age of 13.

Then I told David about the Lord speaking to me and asked him
whether he really meant to be a Missionary when he committed himself at
the age of 13. He immediately said, he had no second thought about it.
When Brother Stanly Prince said, ‘you have only one life to live on this earth.
Will you spend it for Jesus?’, David was very much touched. David assured
me that his dedication was not a thoughtless childish act. I was very much
moved and thanked my saviour profusely. Our Lord helped David to score
high marks in
Biology and in the entrance test. He had no problem in getting
admission for medicine (free seat).
 He chose Thirunelveli Medical College so that he could take part in
Church and Youth Ministry among our Churches during the week ends. A
few days before joining College, on 7 th August, 1999, we, arranged to have
his ‘Missionary dedication’ in a youth retreat at the Y.M.C.A. Campus in
Kanyakumari (Cape Comrin). In that meeting, he shared his personal
testimony among the youth and vowed that he would go as a missionary
doctor wherever the Lord calls him, after the completion of his medical
studies. Finally he played guitar and sang a beautiful dedication song in
Tamil.
In Tamil
rh; n t!; t uh ck; re; e pjpapy;
te; j pLk; ,r; r kak;
rh; t Kk; ckf; f ha; rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd;
ck; rpj; j k; epiwntwnt
1. rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; iffs;
rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; fhy; f s;
2. rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; fz; f s;
rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; brtpfs;
3. rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; tHpfs;
rkh; g ; g pf; f pnwd; ve; j d; thH; i t

Translated in English (Not according to tune)

Almighty God in Thy Presence
I come before Thee, this instant
I surrender all to Thee
Let Thy will be done
1. I surrender my hands to Thee
I surrender my feet to Thee
2. I surrender my eyes to Thee
I surrender my ears to Thee
3. I surrender my ways to Thee
I surrender my whole life to Thee.
Then David started his life in the Medical College. He kept on telling
his friends and College mates that after completing his studies (M.B.B.S.),
he would go as a medical Missionary to Bihar State and work in a Mission
Hospital. After working for a few years, he would go for higher studies.
Again after completion of his studies, he would continue to work at the same
place, helping the sick, the poor and the needy. Even as a student, he
started his ministry. In his medical College hospital, he was supporting many
poor patients. A group of committed Christian boys and girls in his medical
College met regularly every Tuesday evening for prayer and worship. He was
in charge of singing. Mostly he played keyboard, and at times guitar.
During Summer Vacations, he attended Vacation Bible School sessions in
our Churches. He was never tired of carrying his keyboard to Churches. He
was a member of the “Christian Youth Welfare Association Gospel Band” of
our Churches which visited and still visits all our Churches. Being a great
lover of music, he made sure to go with the gospel band to all our Churches.
So, all our congregations knew him. When Churches have special meetings
(Conventions) for two or three days, they ask David to play the keyboard.
He never said ‘No’. After College, he got back to Nagercoil (45 miles) in his
motor bike, ate something from home and went straight to the meeting. He
had to drive 25 to 40 kilometres to the meeting and got back home around
10.30 p.m. Again he left for College at 5.30 in the morning. If there were
special meetings during the week-ends, he did the same. Members of our
Youth Association used to visit a Church once a month in the
afternoon. David was always part of that group. Youth divided themselves
into small groups and visited houses of the congregation. At 6 p.m., they
used to meet the youth group of that Church and close the meeting with a
sing song service where the whole congregation took part. David enjoyed
this very much. He never got tired of walking while making house calls. As
usual he used to be back home after 10.30 p.m. and left for College at 5.30
the next morning.
Our Youth Association used to conduct a one-day retreat once in 3 or
4 months. It is conducted in tourist or scenic spots, and sometimes in one of
our Churches. There was not even one retreat where David did not
participate and sing. He was very particular that singing should be good. In
the same way he took part in all Free Medical Camps organized by the
Youth. Often he brought doctors from his College to help. If there were too
many patients, he himself checked blood pressure and dispensed medicines.
The important thing was he was very, very happy to get involved in all these
ministries.
During week ends we used to spend our time at our beach house in
Puthalam. On Saturday evenings he gathered the village
children and taught them songs with his keyboard. In the Sunday
morning worship service they used to sing those Songs. Sometimes
he got back from his College after 7 p.m. on Saturdays. Still he wasn’t tired to
teach them new songs. He sang tenor.
His brother Dr. Samuel Ben Solomon and David were very close to
each other. Since Samuel had completed medicine already, almost every day
David contacted him through the phone to clear some of his doubts. When
David got home during the week ends, they used to lie down in the same bed
and discuss many things till late night. Samuel also said, David had a better
knowledge about the patients because he had the opportunity to examine
various types of patients in his Medical College Hospital and his knowledge
helped him (Samuel) much. David’s death was a terrible shock for Samuel.
Samuel said, ‘Amma, I feel very lonely and left alone now’. His grief was too
much. Our Lord alone should console him. Likewise David and his cousin
(my sister’s son) who is 12 years older than David were close. In his college
also, all his fellow students had very good relationship with him. In our
beach village also all the boys, young or old, were close to him. In short, on
the earth, every one was his friend which meant he led a real Christian life
during his short span of life in this world.
His life in the College is another story. His friends said he was always well-
dressed. It was hard to find him without books in his hands. His aim was to stand
first in his class. He stayed with a group of boys in a rented house. He avoided
staying at College hostel because he felt, students, from other rooms would disturb
his studies. As his friends said, he used to study up to 2 or 3 a.m. Everyday when
his fellow students went to bed earlier, he stayed at the verandha and studied. He
never went to bed without reading his Bible as well as Daily Bread- portion for
that day. It is more important that he shared what he read with his fellow students
whether they were Christians or not. Finally it became a habit for his friends to
ask him for the Bible portion and the message for the day and he shared it with
them.
Of course, it was not just all study and no play. He very much enjoyed
playing cricket. He was an important member of the team. Strange thing is, even
when going to play, he took a text book along because when he had some leisure in
between games, he could study. For David not a minute was to be wasted. May I
say he was a typical example for perseverance and hard work !!
Please don’t think he was concerned about his studies only. For two years
during summer vacation I was giving some free special coaching in Chemistry to
final year (12 th ) high school students. David was good in Physics. He used to
accompany me to Palliyadi and taught them Physics both in English and in Tamil.
Even though he studied in English medium and not quite familiar with technical
terms in Tamil, he studied Tamil text carefully and taught Tamil medium
students. Likewise when he was in Medical College, he was Coaching 11 th , 12 th
grade students Mathematics and Physics in Tamil at the beach village. For any
favour for anybody, it is hard to get a ‘No’ answer. May be the word ‘No’ was not
in his dictionary. To us he was a perfect son, never got angry for anything with his
parents, the same with others. Do you wonder, how can you find a young boy like
this? Yes, David was an exception. May be our Lord loved him more than I did and
called him to be with Him for ever.
When some poor friends or relatives went to his medical
College hospital to take scan, X-ray or for special checkup, he took them to the
concerned departments and doctors personally. If it means waiting for a while, he
stayed with them. Always he made sure to carry one of his College text books with
him so that he could study during the waiting. At times, he took blood pressure
monitor from home to check pressure for some old aunties living close to his
College. If blood pressure was high, he took them to his College hospital in his
motor bike, got medicines and took them back to their homes.
Another interesting trait of David was that he was a very jovial person. At
puthalam beach house during week ends, we could always hear laughter of his
friends gathered around him. He used to give special pet names to his friends and
used to call them affectionately by those names. In any situation at any time he
was talented in making jovial comments which used to make every one laugh
including his parents and brother. David’s father used to repeat his jovial
comments and laugh heartily. All of a sudden
our laughter in this world came to an end. But we are eagerly waiting for the
day, when we shall meet our darling son David again face to face in our
eternal Heavenly Home to hear him speak and continue to laugh for ever.
Finally, let me share with you the happenings that took place during the last
few days, before our Lord called him to His eternal home. All those things, I was
and am convinced, happened with a definite purpose. October 2, 3 were government
holidays. So, we arranged a fasting prayer at Puthalam beach on those days.
Previous week David phoned me from College these days being holidays, (Oct. 2,
3) he was planning to go to Ooty (a hill station) for a change. I told him about the
fasting prayer meeting and asked him whether he could play keyboard, and help us
with singing. He immediately cancelled his plan to visit Ooty and agreed to participate in the
fasting prayer. His friends were a bit sad, but he didn’t mind. He gave priority to Jesus in his
life. He took part in the meeting till the end and he too did not take any food till the meeting was
over. The fasting prayer was from 6 p.m. to 3 p.m. next day. The meeting came to a close with
holy communion. He helped his father in preparing for the holy communion. He only filled cups
with grape juice and set the table. He finally took part with the others. He was sitting on the floor
only. He played the closing hymn in his keyboard.
e mee At the close of the meeting, he with some other boys served meals to
the participants. Then he took a group of ladies in his father’s car to the bus
stop two miles away, saw them off and got home. Next day was Saturday
(October 4, 2003). A short tour was planned for the beach village Sunday
School, and choir members. We had our car and with 5 motor bikes of his
friends, we visited Thengapattinam beach, Colachel harbour, Muttom beach,
Chothavillai beach and finally got home. While going, David’s father was his
pillion rider. On the way back I (mother) was his pillion rider. He enjoyed
this tour very much. This was his last pleasure trip with Sunday School
Children, Choir and especially his childhood village friends. He very much
enjoyed having me and his father riding with him. “Honour thy father and
mother” – David was a good example to that commandment.
On Sunday (Next day) he played the keyboard, as usual in our worship
service, gave sweets to Sunday School Children
(which he did every Sunday) and taught in the Sunday School.
At noon we got back to Nagercoil to our home. In the afternoon, he had a
long sleep, (to compensate for a whole week’s loss of sleep).
As usual he had a long night studying. On Monday morning he left for
College 45 miles away at 5.30 in the morning in his bike.
My husband and I prayed with him and said good bye.
I knew well that he was fond of Owning a Cellular phone. Two weeks
before his end, I had a strong urge that I should buy him one. I shared my
feeling with my husband and Samuel, our elder son. They gladly agreed. So,
I bought him a cell phone and how happy he was! He used to call me and
his brother often. We were specially glad because contact with him became
easier, and I, as his mother enjoyed hearing his voice. As usual, on 6 th
October (Monday), 2003. I talked to him a few times. 7 th October, 2003
was his last day on this, as Paul puts it “Earthly Tent”. It was also the last
day to complete his ministry in the College. A group of medical College
students were meeting regularly for prayer and worship in a Chapel “Bethel”
every Tuesday. David, too attended this fellowship often and played the
keyboard. This particular Tuesday, he only chose the Hymms and Choruses.
He
practised singing for two days, got those songs typed and then took
Photostat copies for distribution to the participants. That fateful
afternoon, he called me twice to pass on some information about his
brother’s (Samuel) higher education. Finally he said he would look in the
internet and give me more details after his chapel service. That was the very
last piece of conversation my son had with me in this world. His friends told
me he sat on the College verandah and studied from 2 to 4.30 p.m. Then he
took his keyboard and another junior student to the Chapel.
Le me give you the song and some Choruses which he
selected and sang in that Chapel service. They all sound as if
he prepared himself to meet his beloved saviour after completing his earthly
course.

First song in Tamil

ck; n khL ,Ug; g Jjhd;
cs; s j; j pd th"; i riaah
ck; rpj; j k; bra; t Jjhd;
,jaj; j pd; Vf; f ikah
,nairah ck; i kj; j hnd
vd; Kd; n d epWj; j pa[ s ; n sd; - (2)
1. vdf; f hf ahita[ k ; bra; g tnu
bra; J Kog; g tnu
vd; ghu'; f s; vd; Rikfs; - (2)
ck; ghjj; j py; ,wf; f p itj; n jd; - (2)
2. ,uf; f Kk; cUf; f Kk; ePoa rhe; j Kk;
fpUiga[ k ; cs; s tnu
vd; $Ptid mHptpy; epd; W
kPl; l tnu vd; nka; g ; g nu
3. kd; d pg; g jpy; ts; s y; ePnu
Rfk; jUk; bja; t k; ePnu
ck; md; i ga[ k ; ,uf; f j; i ja[ k ;
kzp Koaha; Nl; L fpd; w Ph; .

English Translation (Not according to tune)

To live with you my Lord, is my heart’s desire
To do Thy will is the longing of my heart
Lord Jesus I always keep Thee
Alone just before me (2)
1. Thou art doing everything for me
And completed my tasks
I unloaded my burden and my cares at Thy feet
2. Thou art the God of compassion,
Grace and tender Mercy
My Shepherd who saved my Soul
From eternal death.
3. Thou art the God of abundant forgiveness
Thou art the God of healing
Thou art crowning me with Thy love and Thy compassion

A Chorus at the middle of the service

“I will enter His gates with thanks giving in my heart,
 I will enter His courts with praise,
I will say this is the day that the Lord has made,
I will rejoice for He has made me glad”.
The following chorus was the last song he sang in this world. Since it was a new
chorus, he taught it to the students before the beginning of the service, and at the
close of the service, he sang the chorus loudly Thrice, playing at his keyboard.
Lord I lift your Name on high, Lord I love to sing Your praises
I’m so glad you are in my life, I’m so glad you came to save us
You came from heaven to earth to show the Way
From the earth to the Cross, my debts to pay
From the Cross to the grave, From the grave to the sky
Lord, I lift your Name on high.
Don’t you agree that all the gospel message he was supposed to preach for a
long time (if he was alive) is contained in this particular chorus? I must say this
was my beloved son David’s personal testimony. On the way back after the worship
service, he died in a bike accident. This happened within 10 minutes after the
service. A lady in a vision heard angels saying that David died in an instant
without any fear of death and was taken to his heavenly home surrounded by a host
of angels clad in bright, white robes. When my sister cried in agony at the feet of
Jesus, regarding David’s death, Jesus in His tender mercy revealed to her, that
David was carried by the angels before he dashed, by giving her Ps: 91:12 He is
safe in the arms of his beloved Master and Saviour Jesus Christ. As Paul says,
David fought a good fight, kept his faith and finished his race.
Just imagine the agony we, his parents, brother, relatives and friends must
have gone through. His friends, classmates, the whole student body, his professors
and Dean showed their love and respect for David – a well behaved, a very studious
and a real Christian, in every possible way which was indeed touching. The whole
medical college student body was present at his funeral.
The weeping and wailing of students, especially boys showed us how much he was
loved. Samuel, David’s father and me were terribly shocked and all our dreams
for our Missionary son stood completely shattered.
Of course we have no right to ask our Lord “ why Lord why” you took him
away from us at this tender age who had dedicated his life for the Lord’s ministry.
Still what is God’s will? At this agonizing moment, my dear, precious saviour
started revealing His purpose for David. Let me share with you what my Lord said
to me.
It was a Sunday (26-10-2003). At 5 A.M. when I woke up, my heart was
aching for my beloved son. My heart was too heavy and I kept on telling, “Lord
you took away my precious son”. Suddenly I heard the voice of my saviour Jesus
speaking clearly in my heart. Previously in my life, when I was very much
frustrated, I had the experience of hearing His voice. So, I knew for sure it was
Jesus. He said: David? - He is my son. Immediately I folded my hands and said,
‘Lord, I do agree’ but you chose him to be a missionary and even helped him to get
admission in a medical college. That purpose was not fulfilled, Lord”. Immediately
Jesus said; “So, you wanted him to work in only one place? No. I will send him
(David) around the world as a ministering Angel with a healing touch”.
Suddenly, the peace that passeth all understanding filled my heart.
A conversation with My Darling Son David on 28 th
October 2003
Still, I terribly missed my son David. I couldn’t get over
the unbearable loss. Two days later on Tuesday (28 th Oct., 2003)
I woke up at 3 ’O clock in the morning. I was praying to remove the pain in my
heart. I prayed ‘LORD I cannot live with this agonizing pain in my heart for long”.
AT 5.30 in the morning, I dozed off. Suddenly I heard somebody calling Amma,
amma! It was a soft sweet voice.
David : Amma ! please don’t grieve for me. I am so happy in
heaven. I cannot possibly express my happiness and
the beauty of this place. Ammamma (my mother, David’s
grandma) is with me.
Amma : Oh! my darling son! How are you? What are you doing
there?
David : I am in ammamma’s house. Young people are gathering
for a choir practice. Uncle Titus’ Son is with me. You
don’t know others. But they sing beautifully with perfect
voices. Ammamma is also singing with me. I met Grandpa
(my father). But now, he is not here at home. My two
grandpas are very very busy. I don’t know what they are
doing.
Amma : Darling son! Did you have any premonition about your death
while singing in the last chapel service near your college?
David : No amma. But I was extremely happy while singing
those songs.
Amma : Tell me about the accident.
David : I don’t remember anything about it. I could only see a host
of angles surrounding me to take me HOME to JESUS
who warmly enfolded me within HIS ARMS. Then I was
embraced by ammamma and all my grand parents and
relatives.
Amma : Are you missing your studies?
David : Definitely NO. It is a great burden off my mind. Though
I worked hard, it was a great burden. But I remember
everything I studied. That is a great surprise.
After a few days David told me that Jesus asked him to talk to me and
console me. Since then once in 2 or 3 days when I read, lie down or am
busy, doing some thing I could hear my David’s voice inside me distinctly
calling me Amma (mother). Knowing immediately that my son is going to talk,
I sit quiet and ask him to speak. His way of talking is the same as when he
was in the world–same words and same expression. I was fully convinced
that I should put down his messages in the form of a book. The Holy spirit
once told me “David is an ambassador for Jesus to convey Heaven’s
messages to earth”. I too had the strong conviction that David’s talking is the
beginning of his ministry.
The following incident convinced me that ‘David’s calling to be with the Lord; was
not accidental, but was His will. There is a girl (23) who has the anointment of, the Holy
Spirit. 24 hours before my son’s death, she had a vision. On 6th October, 2003 while
she was having some rest around 6 p.m. she had the vision that she was sitting in side
the building where we have worship service on Sunday mornings. She saw David
standing on the platform in the place of worship. He raised both his hands and went on
praising God non stop for a very long time. He was surrounded by men in spotless white
dress. David and this girl had known each other right from childhood. She was very
much surprised for she had never seen David doing this before. She suddenly awoke
and told this to her mother. On the other side she was sad about this Heavenly vision.
Her mother told her a vision about a particular person need not be fulfilled in his life, it
may happen to some one else because that girl was afraid something bad might happen
to David. She didn’t want to share this with me immediately thinking not to upset me
with her vision. Only after David’s, death, she was so sad that she did not share this
vision with me earlier. As far as I am concerned, it was our Lord’s will for David, revealed
through that girl.
In this context I like to quote two similar experiences passed on to me
by my father Rev. A. N. Bensam, a long time minister who served Christ as a
pastor (43 years) in a big congregational Church and my aunt Mrs. Nancy
Bright.
1. After getting home from College, I used to spend sometime
with my father and mother every evening. One evening my father
told me that he was talking with his elder sister late Lilly for
half an hour. He said “she told me many things about Heaven”,
“especially about meeting her parents and relatives and the
joyous reunion in Heaven”. She also said, “one could easily
identify their loved ones. Heaven is indeed a wonderful place”.
2. My uncle Rev. Bright David was also a long time minister
(18 years) and died at the age of 49. At the time of his death
my aunt was only 39 and left with the burden of bringing up her
5 children. Her eldest daughter was doing B.A. in a College
and youngest son was only 10 years old. How could she
possibly bear this loss? She was involved in ministry among
women But our Lord who was and is faithful did not let her
down. My uncle talked to her from above often giving
suggestions about her children’s studies, marriage etc. When
I was in the 10 th standard, I stayed in her house. She often
used to say, your uncle talked to me to day. She told me once
that she was going to attend a women’s fellowship meeting
(She was then the women’s fellowship General Secretary). As
she was about to leave the house with many files, she heard
uncle telling her, “Nancy, you forgot to take two important files.
Take them with you”. What a surprise! When I got back from
school, my aunt told me excitedly about this incident. I was
happy for my aunt’s sake. Now, from my own experience, I do
know what she said was real.
Now, the special privilege given to my son (talking to me)
continues to comfort me. With the guidance of the Holy Spirit I put my
experience in words.
 “Even though I accept my son’s departure from this world as Gods
will, yet as a human being the pain of separation from my darling son lingers
in my heart. Our Lord did take him with a definite purpose. I am sure that His
purpose is partly fulfilled through this book. It is my earnest prayer that this
book should console many who lost their loved ones, especially at a tender
age. I also feel that the reading of this book will dispel the fear of death for
the Christians. For His children as a whole, this book may create a longing
to be with the Lord in that glorious Kingdom of the King of Kings.

Kamazh. K. Solomon
3, Henry Road,
Nagercoil – 629 001,
Tamil Nadu, India.
Phone : 04652 - 230778
Fax : 04652 - 237439
E-mail : printland @rediffmail.com

DAVID AS A FOUR MONTH OLD BABY IN

HIS MOTHER’S ARMS
ONE YEAR DAVID PLAYING AT PUTHALAM BEACH

ONE YEAR OLD DAVID IN HIS CRADLE (RIGHT)

 THREE YEAR OLD DAVID (EXTREME LEFT) WITH HIS FAMILY

ELEVEN YEAR OLD DAVID WITH HIS ELDER BROTHER SAMUEL

 DAVID AT NINETEEN

DAVID GIVING WITNESS AT THE MISSIONARY DEDICATION

SERVICE ON 7TH AUGUST 1999 (19 YEAR OLD)
DAVID PLAYING KEYBORD AT THE 2003 SUNDAY SCHOOL RALLY

DAVID CHECKING BLOOD PRESSURE AT A FREE MEDICAL CAMP

(JULY 2003)
 DAVID HELPING DOCTORS AT A MEDICAL CAMP
(EXTREME RIGHT) (AUGUST 2003)
TRIBUTES TO

BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON

I have known David from the time he was just seven years old. My
acquaintance with him has mainly been in the Puthalam beach, where I too
have a cottage, our holiday resort.
The charm of his face, with its ever-radiant smile, is the
attraction that any acquaintance of his would find irresistible in him.
Humility, modesty and sincerity are the gems that adorn his character. So
intelligent and brilliant in his studies and so talented, yet so humble and
modest – so cultured and refined, yet so accessible to and one with the
unlettered and the unrefined – beloved of all, from the rustic uneducated
villager to the scholarly Dean of the Medical College, where he studied – it
is almost impossible to find another child of his caliber on this earth. He
could never refuse any help to anyone anytime. He was a veritable angel on
this earth.
On Saturday evenings, one could see him hurrying to the Church in
the Puthalam village beach, carrying his keyboard for the choir practice for
the Sunday morning service there. I too have helped him with soprano once
or twice in these practices. The pains he takes to train the rural church choir
– members, mostly very young girls with absolutely no ear or sense for
music is indeed remarkable. He never failed in any of his missions for Christ
because of his dedication, commitment and indefatigable industry. His
commitment to his Lord and saviour was cent percent. There was never a
moment of wavering.
David was indeed a very warm sunbeam that radiated many a human
heart. The free medical camp that he had arranged for the poor rustic
villagers of the Puthalam beach, with the help of his senior doctors and
friends which the villagers attended en masse and benefitted, only showed
his kind concern for the very poor villagers there. The care and concern he
evinced to get each poor villager tested freely, was just typical of his nature
and character. He persuaded even me to get myself tested for sugar and
pressure, even when I told him that I was sure I had neither of these
complaints. His burden that not a single person should miss the benefits of
this free medical camp was ever so obvious.
On Saturday David could be seen playing cricket in an open ground
next to my cottage, with the teenagers of that village, most of whom were
drop-outs from school and with no regular employment. I always used to
wonder how David could level himself with these boys. He was their friend,
hero and idol of worship. He knew them from his childhood days, when he
had played with them, without any inhibition and so even when he grew up
and had earned his seat in the medical college in the right royal way, he
never alienated himself from them. Like water on a lotus leaf, he could keep
himself unsullied, and incorruptible, what ever the company he may keep.
During the Sunday service in the choir, he used to play so
spontaneously and effortlessly on the keyboard and sing tenor in the mike. It
is no exaggeration at all when I say that his singing and accompaniment on
his keyboard added to the richness and
meaningfulness of the Sunday Service in that village. Occasionally when I
attend the service in that church now, tears automatically trickle down my
cheeks and I feel unable to sing, choked with grief at the void he has left
there.
With his charming face, very sweet smile, willingness and
readiness to help any one any time, darling David has left us all for his
heavenly abode, leaving behind him just fragrant memories that can never
be dimmed or erased by time. Like the sweet child Lucy Gray of William
Wordsworth’s poem, David was veritably “the sweetest child that ever grew
beside a human door.”

Mrs. Indra Alexander

(Rtd. Principal and Head of the
Dept. of English),
Women’s Christian College,
Nagercoil.
 A Requiem for My Lost Neighbour
Once I had a caring neighbour
Along the side of a beautiful seashore
His name was BENSAM DAVID SOLOMON –
God fearing and so dear
He was a pleasing and lovable character
He appeared on the earth with mighty talents
Suddenly he vanished like a bubble in yonder
Like a crimson sun drown on the deep sea,
I muse over the memories of the departed soul
A gifted son to his parents – the star of the family
Obedient son to his father
Ever loving son to his mother
Always jovial with his brother
His smiles were sunbeams and voice melodious
In church he was the best singer and Sunday class teacher
In choir he was a strong tenor
He played rhythmically on the keyboard and guitar
He had an ambition to join a great choir
He strained every nerve to achieve that aim.
At studies he was very clever
He desired to become a missionary doctor
When time permits he was a player and reader
Played cricket and volleyball with pleasure.
On the stage he was a best actor
To his friends he was a well wisher
With all noble qualities like a leader
For the weak students he was a guide and guardian
More concerned and generous to the poor
With pure and sacrificial manner
For the sick and needy he was a timely doctor
At free medical camps he was an active doctor
To the neighbours he was a helping hand
Never he changed his face in anger
Along the seashore he was a lover of nature
No. No. he has gone for ever
But gone before us to be a receiver
He was like an angel before
But now he himself an angel forever.
Oh! dear. Be our angel and guiding star.
Near the sweet shore of Puthalam and everywhere
How can I ever forget my caring neighbour?
 O’ Dear Child David
O’ Dear Child DAVID
We won’t forget you
Though the work is half done
We will make it full
We will follow your path
We will follow your foot - steps
O’ Dear Child DAVID
Your are in every heart
You are dearer to all.
Mrs. Vimala Singh
Rtd. Teacher,
Nagercoil.

OUR NEPHEW DAVID,

A COMPASSIONATE CHRISTIAN
When I think abut our Lord Jesus, the picture that comes into my mind
is that of the compassionate Saviour. We read again and again about His
compassion to the poor, the sorrowful, the persecuted and the sick and
suffering. A compassionate Christian is a real follower of Christ and His
teachings.
The last time my husband and I lived in India was between 1997 and
2000. In 1997, David was 17 years. The first thing you noticed about him
was his quick smile that lighted up his whole face. He was such an intelligent
boy, and at the same time very industrious. This combination resulted in very
high marks throughout his school years, and made it possible for him to
continue this high academic success in the medical college too.
Apart from the time spent on studies, he devoted his time to music. He
was in-charge of music when we attended services
on Sundays. He used this talent that God had given him in many
positive ways.
In August of this year, my cousin Kamazh had sent me snaps from a
free medical camp held in a village. Samuel and another doctor along with
David and other volunteers examined and gave free medicine to the poor
villagers. We gathered from the snaps how much time and care these
doctors including David were willing to give the sick and poor. This was one
example of David, the compassionate.
A relative from Nagercoil sent this account of David – A poor man,
who had been in an accident, was suffering from an open sore. He was told
that nothing could be done about it. But David had urged him to come to the
Tirunelveli Hospital, and had helped him in every way and cured him. How
much compassion he had shown this poor man!
Although David has been taken away from us at such a young age, he
will always be remembered as a caring and compassionate Christian.
Shakuntala and Erik Carlquist, Nov. 2003 Åkersberga, Sweden
 TO MY DEAR FRIEND AND CLASSMATE
As a roommate and friend, there are lots of things to tell about Benz.
(as we used to call him).

During our first year M.B.B.S., he was not my room-mate. He stayed in

his Aunty’s home. At that time he was very much afraid of the seniors
because of ragging. He used to go home by Auto rickshaw. For that he had
to walk some distance to catch an Auto. I was having a bicycle that time. I
used to drop him at the auto stand. Thus our friendship started. Then he
bought a motor bike. Then it was his turn. He used to drop me at my room.
During the first study holidays, he used to come to my room to study. That
time he impressed everybody in and around our room including seniors and
even our cook.

From the second year, he became my room-mate. We used to go to

the hospital by bike. He was very adjustable. I learned many things from him.
He was an encyclopedia. He was having answers for anything about our
subjects. I am interested in General medicine. Actually that interest came
from Benz only. He was also my unit mate in hospital. While we were
discussing about our subjects, he used to clear all my doubts. He was having
great memory power and learning ability. He could answer the questions
asked by our roommates, who were preparing for post graduate studies. I
was very much impressed by his ability.

He used to talk to the patients very softly and politely. He never used
harsh words. There was never any misunderstanding
between Benz and me.
He was a good Musician. He was having a keyboard. It was in our
room for awhile. He used to play pop music and Christian songs very
beautifully. He also taught us to play some songs.
He used to play keyboard in our College functions. Always his performance
used to be the best event in those functions. Everybody in our College was
impressed by his music.
During examination times (including class tests) he would have some
tension. He wanted to do the tests very well, even if it was only a class test.
Always he used to score the first mark. Still he never had any head weight.
He was simple and not talkative, but sincere in his works. He was loved by
all.

During nights before going to sleep, he used to read the book Daily
bread. He used to give some information from that, daily to us. He was the
pet of all our roommates.

Finally, his last day on earth was unforgettable. I can never forget that
day – 7 th October 2003. I want to talk about that day.
 That day we completed our surgery posting. For that we
decided to give a treat to our Chief Professor and Assistants, in our unit. In
the morning, while we were inviting the Chief, Benz came there a little late.
We planned to go for the treat in the evening. I told Benz, “Bye, see you in
the evening.” That was the last thing I talked to Benz. In the evening I only
saw him. He was not able to see me.

His death affected me, my friends and my roommates terribly. It was a

great loss for us. I couldn’t accept his death.

He was a good roll model to me. I am trying to reach that height. But I
can never ever become a Benz.

With the lovely memories of

my dear Friend Benz
Dr. Basupathi, M.B.B.S.
(Roommate of Benz)

TRIBUTES TO MY LOVING
SWEET SON DAVID

Our perfect sweet son David is now the ‘Beloved son’ of Jesus,
revealing the marvellous splendour and grandeur of Heaven to his loving
(Amma) on earth, so that the world will know about it, according to the
perfect will of our Mighty Father and our loving Jesus. David was chosen for
this task because of his resplendent life on earth, which was overflowing
with the love of Jesus. He had been an angel from his birth to the day when
he was carried by the angels to our lovely permanent eternal Home above.
In our short temporary abode on earth.
David had been a perfect sweet infant, an angel in his cradle, with a
radiant smile on his lovely face, diffusing happiness around him, without
giving any trouble to his adoring Mother.
He had been a perfect child obeying his parents in every way and
doing his duty exceedingly well, to the full satisfaction of his teachers in
school, securing laurels and getting the first rank, to the delight of all his
loved ones.
He had been a perfect teenager dedicating his entire life to Jesus at
the tender age of thirteen.
He had been a perfect and understanding son, a sun beam to his
adoring parents, making them happy in every way possible, by implicit
obedience and love, filling the house with his beautiful music.
He had been a perfect loving brother, full of affection and
adoration for his elder brother and he had been a friend to him.
 He had been a perfect sweet son to all his adoring loved ones
including his loving Periamma, Aunts and Uncles, always thoughtful of their
needs and doing his maximum to alleviate their sufferings and making them
happy.

He had been a perfect and sincere friend to all his classmates,

roommates, cousins and others who had come into contact with him.

He had been a perfect student to all his teachers in college, and who
had been a delight to them in class and outside, securing the first rank even
in the most difficult subject ‘medicine’.

He had been a perfect choir-Master in Puthalam, teaching music to

those children with all his might, energy and enthusiasm, even if the out
come was not to his expectation.

He had been a perfect lover of children, understanding their needs

perfectly and making them happy in every way possible.

He had been a perfect Missionary in the Medical College

leading many to Jesus by his spotlessly pure, radiant life and
sacrificially giving a lot to the poor.

He had been a perfect angel in helping any one at any time at the
expense of his leisure time, study time and his health.

He had been a perfect follower of Jesus in loving and helping the

poor, the needy, the sick, the old and the lonely and forgiving all those who
had hurt him.

He had been a perfect disciple of Jesus, showing in his radiant life all
the fruits of the Holy spirit - love, joy, peace, long suffering, gentleness,
goodness, faith, meekness and temperance in abundance.

He had been a great lover of Jesus and music, making all religious
meetings, services, conventions, retreats and religious plays lively, glorious,
grand and splendid with his wonderful magnificent and excellent
performance on keyboard.
He is loved and adored by every one who knows him on earth as well
as in heaven.
He had been doing every task assigned to him on earth
perfectly using all his God-given talents to the entire satisfaction and joy of
Jesus and he is continuing that in heaven including his studies with his
talents increased and with ease.
He is crowned with privileges enjoyed by only a few redeemed in
Heaven, since Jesus loves David as his own son and Jesus knows that David
will do any task assigned to him with perfectness.
His mission on earth had been to make others happy and
comfortable. Now also my sweet son David, whom we all love and adore, is
sending his love and consolation to his family and friends through his
adoring amma and he has never forgotten his Periamma, for whom he had
been an affectionate and sweet son on earth, he is my son of consolation at
present and he will be my son of radiant glory in my Home for ever.
Mrs. Pugal Sampson
David’s Periamma (Aunty),
Rtd. Lecturer,
Women’s Christian College, Nagercoil.

Chapter I
MANSIONS OF VARIOUS
PROFESSIONALS IN HEAVEN
This is my second book about my son David. If you haven’t read my
first book, this will help you to understand about my son David’s friends in
Heaven, and the choir he formed with these friends. There are nearly 30
young people both boys and girls in his choir about 10 boys and 20 girls.
Ten are above 20 years old and the others are teenagers. This group
always goes together with joy to visit places in Heaven. As we say in our
Lord’s prayer ‘Thy will be done in Earth as it is in Heaven’ according to our
Lord’s will only things are done. John, one of David’s friends is British, and
he is also a member of his choir. He gets messages from the information
department about places they are supposed to visit and the whole group
visits different places accordingly.
In this chapter, I have written about the various professionals David
has met, and interacted with. Many of us may be wondering ‘What will we
be doing in Heaven?’ When you continue to read David’s messages, you will
be surprised to know that the education, knowledge, experience and talents
we acquire in this world do not end with this world, but continue in our life
after - in Heaven. As examples, I like to quote from two people who had the
experience of being in Heaven briefly. An American author Roberts Liardon
in his book “I saw Heaven”, tells about his spiritual experience of being
taken to Heaven when he was a young boy. He says “after my spiritual
journey to Heaven, I do not believe that after getting into Heaven, people
float around the clouds and are lazy doing nothing. If our Lord does not
approve of laziness in this world,
(Pro. 6:6, 15:19) then definitely He will not allow laziness in Heaven. There
is no place for laziness in Heaven - no definitely no”.
Likewise, Rebecca Springer when she was sick and
bed ridden, and at a time when she was very weak, she was taken to Heaven
in spirit. When she again got back into the earthly life, she wrote about her
heavenly experiences in her book “Within Heaven’s Gates”. She narrates
the following experience thus;
“One day as I (Frank, Rebecca’s brother - in law) was busily.
working on the house, a company of young people, boys and girls came to
the door and asked if they might enter. I gladly consented ...... Then one of
them said “May we do something to help you make it beautiful?”
“Indeed you may” I said touched by the request. ‘What can you do?’
“At once the girls, all of whom had immense bouquets of roses in their
hands, began to toss the flowers over the floor and against the walls.
Wherever they struck the walls, they, to even my surprise, remained, as
though in some way permanently attached. When the roses had all been
scattered, the room looked just as it does now only then the flowers were
fresh - gathered roses.
“Then the boys each produced a small case of delicate tools. In a
moment they were all down upon the marble floor, busy at work. How they
did it I do not know - it is one of the celestial arts taught to those of highly
artistic tastes - but they embedded each living flower just as it had fallen.
They came several times before the work was completed, for the flowers do
not wither or fade here but are always fresh and perfect.
I never saw such a merry, happy company of young people.
They laughed and chatted and sang as they worked. I could not help
wishing more than once that the friends whom they had left mourning for
them might look in on this happy group and see how little cause they had for
sorrow ....... They went away together to do similar work.
- Rebecca springer, within Heaven’s Gates P : 20,21 -- Whitaker
Publishers (India) Pvt. Ltd. - 1984
After reading these above lines, you would realise how true are the
messages - conveyed by David, about Heaven. We have to serve the Lord
in different ways in the Heavenly place prepared by our beloved Jesus. St.
John said in Revelation 22 : 3 as follows: .... “His servants shall serve Him”.
So our loved ones in Heaven continue to do the work, they did while on this
earth, but with more glory and happiness there. So Heaven is such a
wonderful wonderful place. Are you prepared to enter into this place of
happiness when the call comes?.

1. Mansions of Marble cutters and goldsmiths

14th April 2004 : 9.45 P.M.
Rev. 3 : 18 “....... I counsel you to buy from me gold refined by
fire, that you may be rich and white garments to clothe you
........”
David : Amma, we had wonderful experiences in the mansions of
“Marble cutters, artists and goldsmiths.”
We sailed in one boat along the river touching our gardens, towards the right
of our mansions. After crossing the branch leading to the great falls with
golden deposits, we sailed farther and came across another branch of the
river flowing towards the left. As soon as we entered this, we saw at the left
a long row of two storeyed mansions along the edge of the river. Behind
those mansions, we saw rows and rows of very beautiful marble rocks of
various soft colours at different levels. On the right side of the river, we saw
different coloured marble mountains resplendent in beauty covered with
green trees laden with lovely flowers and rich fruits. Radiant streams were
rippling down and flowing into the river. Also we heard sweet songs of so
many species of beautiful birds.
From each mansion, coloured marble steps were leading into the river.
They had their lovely gardens with beautiful blossoms in marvellous marble
pots arranged along the steps and also along the edges of the huge open
halls in the ground floor, which looked like their working area.
As soon as we saw broad beautiful steps leading to the marble rocks
behind the mansions we got down from our boat and went there first. Many
people were breaking off blocks of marble stones with simple instruments.
The work seemed to be very easy. The first row contained marble rocks of
radiant white. The next row was that of pale pink and then came other rows
of pale blue, light green, golden yellow and so on. Also we saw many rows
of transparent glittering glass-like marbles.
When those people finished their work, they invited us to their
mansions and we went with them through the front, where there was a
beautiful pathway touching all the mansions. In the first few mansions,
people were removing the layers of marble from the big blocks and making
them into tiles of different sizes.
The front work place was very huge. Its walls and floor were inlaid
with beautiful glazed marble tiles. Amma, even to sit in that cool hall was so
pleasant. I enjoyed myself sitting there, watching the lingering loveliness of
the river with their children playing in the water, the beautiful panoramic view
across the river and the lovely songs of birds.
Then we visited the next few mansions, where they were embedding
golden flowers and precious stones into the marble tiles in different exquisite
patterns. The marble seemed to be soft. They made some grooves in that
with a simple instrument. Then they placed the golden flowers and precious
stones according to the pattern they wanted and they polished it. - there
came a glistening jewelled marble tile. What a beauty amma! They were
making such tiles in marbles of different shades. They said that there was a
branch in the main river towards the right a little farther and that led to the
sea. So their main products used to be taken to the royal palaces situated in
many islands. They asked us to take as many jewelled tiles as we wanted.
Our girls didnot forget to bring baskets. They collected many such tiles in
those baskets and kept them in our boat.
Then we went into the mansions, where they cut lovely flowers, trees,
birds etc. from thin sheets of gold, which they were getting from cottages
near the falls with gold deposits. They gave us many of their golden
products. Then we visited mansions where they cut precious stones from
rocky deposits not like the ones we picked from the stream beds. When they
broke big blocks, they got many pieces of precious stones of different sizes
which they polished and cut the edges with small instruments and they got
glittering stones. So the jewelled marble tile makers got precious stones
from these people.
 Then we went to the mansions where they were making wall plates.
They were keeping the golden flowers and trees in thin sheets of marbles,
spread the precious stones of different colours wherever they wanted, placed
a very thin glassy plate over it and kept them under an instrument to press
the plates together to get a beautiful wall plate. Amma, it was really
fascinating to see, how easily and wonderfully they made them. Some were
real experts. but many came from other places to learn and do the work.
They also became great experts.
In the last few mansions lived goldsmiths and artists. Amma, their
whole work-area looked golden. They had piles and rolls of gold plates and
golden strings of different thickness. In each mansion they were making one
type of article like bangles, belts, head-bands for children in gold. Beautiful
glittering gems like diamonds rubies emerald sapphire were embedded in
those golden articles. We could see piles and piles of finished products.
They asked us to take whatever we wanted and as much as we needed. Can
you imagine the joy of our girls! They selected and collected different types
from different piles and in the end our boat was filled with all items from
different mansions.
They said that there were mansions along the river after a gap of
empty space. Since we spent a lot of time there, we didn’t go to the next
row. Then we thanked them and parted from them with a fond farewell and
turned back through the other edge of the river. We all sat there for
sometime enjoying the splendid scenery and singing with the accompaniment
of our guitar. The inmates of the mansions heard our music and shouted
with joy raising their hands.
Finally, we returned home. Nowadays, when we approach our homes,
we used to shout and sing. Most of the inmates of our mansions used to
come out to receive us and they would help the girls to sort out things we
take.
I just took one golden bangle, three wall plates and one belt for Mamu.
I told the girls, when they sort out things for museum and presents to other
inmates, if possible to bring me another bangle so that I can keep one for my
beloved mother and one for my dear periamma, when they come Home.
They promised to bring more articles and give them to ammamma, if I had
already left for my study centre. Such sweet friends I have!
In the meantime I just went to the museum. The engineer and other
workers, looking at the tiles ornamented with gold and gems planned to
order some for our museum. So Marie and other girls will take them to place
an order. When I left them, they were calculating the number of tiles they
needed. I am going to my study centre.
Bye Amma!
 “What your little hands can do
That the Lord intends for you,
Make that thing your first delight;
Do it for Him with all your might.
- Unknown

2. Mansions of island dwellers and weavers

16th April 2004 : 10.15 P.M.
Proverb 31 : 13,22 “She seeks wool and flax and works with
willing hands. She makes herself coverings; her clothing is fine
linen and purple.”
David : Amma, we enjoyed a pleasant trip on the sea in our lovely
boat and I got home just now.
We went by our usual route to reach the sea. From there we turned
left and sailed along the shore for a long time enjoying the beautiful scenery.
After the portugese village and others we went diagonally towards deep
waters. John is an expert in taking us to different places, especially in the
sea. He seems to know the exact place where we have to turn from the
shore and the direction in which we have to go in that vast fathomless
ocean. I dont know how he gets such information.
When we sailed for a long time, suddenly we saw a great forest in the
sea. First I thought that we had reached some shore. The very sight was
wonderful just a forest seemed to soar out of the sea. It was a huge dense
forest with tall flowering trees close to each other. We couldn’t see anything
from outside except the trees. First we went around that island in our boat
and came to a huge gate. We left our boat there and walked along the road
leading into the forest. We could see nothing but the beautiful flowering and
fruit trees on both sides with springs of water everywhere. It was wonderful
to see the shining water soaring up and then flowing down as a beautiful
fountain, sprinkling water around it. We could hear no noise except the
singing of lovely birds perching on the branches of different trees. We
walked a long way and then started singing with our guitar. Then to our
great surprise we saw people (adults & children) popping out of the forest.
Then only we found that deep inside the forest were beautiful
cottages. Small pathways from the houses led to the main road. Those
cottages were completely hidden by the dense forest. Soon inhabitants from
about fifty cottages came to the road to receive us. We could see all the
races of the earth there - white, yellow, brown and black. They talked in
different languages. But as I told you earlier, we could understand them in
English.
One of them, a tall man who looked like a leader told us, “We all came
from isolated islands on the earth. Most of us lived in dense forests. Our
houses on earth were just small hut made of wood, logs, grass or palm
leaves. Now you see what wonderful cottages we have! We loved forest
areas on the earth and our loving God had provided our familiar surrounding
here, with so much comfortable facilities.”
Then they took us along the road. We sang while walking so that all
the people could come there hearing our music. There was a beautiful
chapel at the centre of the island. It was huge and round in shape. It was
completely open on all sides except for the huge pillars. The floor was
outlaid with white glazed marble tiles edged with gold. No seats were seen
any where. The wide veranda surrounding this building was one step lower
than the main building. There were beautiful flower pots along the edges of
that veranda. Before conducting the meeting, we walked along the road at
the backside of this chapel and collected the inmates from the cottages
situated there also. Finally we all came back to the chapel. Children sat in
the front and the adults behind them and we sat facing them on the floor. It
was very cool and pleasant since all the sides were open. A few of them
explained how they accepted Jesus while on the earth. Even though thay
were not cannibals they used to kill any foreigner who went to their island or
they used to chase them away with their arrows when they tried to land from
their boats. But somehow some early missionaries managed to reach them
with the wonderful message of salvation and told them about the love of
Jesus and also gave them education etc. But their brain used to be so dull
that they were not able to grasp much except salvation. Now they said that
they had better brains and the missionaries used to go there often and teach
them about Jesus and His teachings. One of them joyfully said, “Jesus
never forgets us.
He used to come here often with His host of angels and we all worship Him
with love and adoration in this chapel.” Then the whole congregation sang a
praising song uniformly (without any discord) with some small hand-clap
instruments. Their singing was good and we also sang a few choruses.
Then they asked us to share our testimonies with them.
John gave an introduction about us in general and then everyone of us
gave our testimony briefly. I told them how I dedicated my life to become a
missionary at the age of thirteen. Then I wanted to become a missionary
doctor after completing my medical course. I told them about the very poor
people we treated in our college hospital. After the meeting many of them
met me and told me that they had never seen a doctor in their island on the
earth and they depended only on their native medicines. Also John told
them “David will be telling about you all to his mother on the earth and she is
writing a book and many people in the world will come to know about you
all.”
Then they took us to their cottages which were very beautiful. They
all had one floor with sloping roof. There was a wide veranda decorated with
flowers. They showed their profession to us. Most of them were weavers.
At the back of many houses, they cultivated a cotton like plant, in different
colours and our girls collected the flowers for our museum. In some
cottages, they were taking thread from those flowers using small tools and
we saw rolls and rolls of cotton balls. They gave us some samples of those
balls for our museum. Then they took us to those cottages where they were
weaving cloth. They were very beautiful since they were using golden
threads along with cotton threads.
 In some mansions, they were doing some kind of embroidery work in
thick carpet-like cloth, using gold thread, small golden flowers and precious
stones. They said they used to get rolls of gold sheets and precious stones
with holes from different places. Amma, you must see the beauty of the
carpets which they unrolled for us to see. They said that they used to supply
those carpets to royal palaces and other mansions. Either people from
different places would go there and collect those carpets or those people
would take them to the mansions according to their orders. Also they were
making a lot of small sample mats like our table-mats in cloths of different
colours, with golden patterns on them intermingled with gems of various
colours. They were very beautiful, amma. From each house they brought us
a bundle containing those table mats and they brought them upto our boat.
They showed their affection by showering on us such a large number of gifts.
They gave deliciious fruits, nuts and roots for us to eat and we enjoyed
them. They gave us some samples of those to take home as well.
They all came upto our boats with their presents and kept them inside
our boat and gave us a fond farewell. We shook hands amidst the joyous
shouting of children and we left by our boat. As soon as we reached home,
adults were waiting near the steps to receive us. They helped us to carry
the bundles to our museum. The girls would then describe our trip and they
would sort out the things, keep the best in the museum and distribute the
rest.
The big girls (architects), John and myself left them, taking
two table mats each, since we had to go to our respective working places
and study cenre.
(After half an hour, David said a few lines, since I was awake)
Amma, Mamu wanted to take one tablemat immediately to Palliyadi
grandma, as I was going to my study centre and could accompany him only
later. Mamu said, “David, shall I take this to grandma? very pleading ly and
I said, “Yes” very gladly and asked him to tell her that I would visit her after
returning from my study centre, Cute boy!
Bye amma!

“There’s a work for me and a work for you,

Something for each of us now to do;
Yes a work for me and a work for you,
Something for each of us now to do.”
- James Mc Granahan
 3. Mansions of Farmers
4th May 2004 : 9.45 P.M.
Psalm 72 : 16 - “May there be abundance of grain in the land; on
the tops of the mountains may it wave; may its fruits be like
Lebanon; and may men blossom forth from the cities like the
grass of the field!.”
David : Amma, we just returned after visiting a farmer’s village.
We sailed along our river, at the back towards the right side of our
mansions and reached the left branch of the river which was flowing through
very high mountain ranges. We travelled through the spray of vivid but
delicate colours of the spectrum. We saw the high bridge over us and sailed
on farther. Finally, the river joined at one edge of a huge lake. From there
again, we saw the river flowing farther away. We entered the lake and
turned towards the left. All along we saw beautiful fruit trees in perfect rows
with pathways in between different sections. In each section, we saw trees
laden with one variety of fruits. Also we saw many people plucking the fruits
and packing them in baskets. We sailed near the shore of the lake and
stopped when we saw a broad road touching the lake. We walked through
the road. There also we saw rows and rows of fruit trees and people
plucking the fruits. Some of those people came out and received us. They
told us that they were all farmers on the earth. Jesus had allotted mansions
inside those beautiful fruit gardens. Their job was to collect those fruits and
send them to shopping complexes or to the people who needed them. They
used to supply fruits to the mansions on top of the mountains as well. We
saw a large number of children there. There were people from different
races of the earth. But they were all farmers by profession.
They took us to their farm houses to show us the vast stretch of farms.
First we saw a group of mansions around a pond which was fed by water
from the lake through a water channel. Deep inside their farms, there were
work - places, where they used to collect their farm - products, put them in
baskets or sacks to send them to the shopping camplexes and other places.
First they showed us a vast stretch of cotton plants whose flowers
were of different colours. Next they showed us plants which produced silk
flowers from which they got the raw materials to make silk thread in different
shades. Next we saw plants which produced wool-like raw material from
which woolen threads would be produced by the weavers who were living in
another colony. These people just collected the raw materials and sent them
to the respective places. Then they showed us plants producing white fur-
like material. Next we saw different coloured reeds. They used to cut them
and pack them in bundles and deliver them to colonies where they were
making beautiful baskets. So also there were plants producing canes in
different colours. They cut them and packed them in bundles and sent them
to the shopping complex. Also there were many plants, producing different
types of edible nuts and roots.
Finally, all, of us along with a huge crowd of men, women and children
went to a beautiful lawn with seats. We sat there. They told us that they
were not much educated and missionaries from other places and also from
mansions on the mountain-top visited them often. They taught their children
scripture and told them stories of great missionaries and how they worked
for Jesus
on the earth. Those people told us that they had certain time to work, then
time to rest and time to have a get-together in that lawn. Our teenagers
entertained the children. We also sang many choruses. Those children also
sang playing small drums uniformly. Some tunes were familiar to us. They
said that when Jesus came to the huge chapel over the mountain, they all
used to go there taking their children in a long procession, singing and
playing their drums. Children used to enjoy such trips.
After the meeting they packed some of their various raw materials and products
in small packets or baskets and carried them to our boat. We walked along the road,
while the children went in front of us singing and playing their drums. It was a wonderful
sight amma. They showed us the typical warm friendly nature of the villagers. Finally we
waved good bye and sailed back home with all our presents. There was nobody at
home when I came up. Mamu and his friends used to follow my friends from the river to
the museum site to see the things they brought. Sometimes they used to get some
presents also from them. I am going to rest for a while before going down.
Amma : What happened after attending the worship service in which Jesus
told about the millennium rule?
David : Amma, when I got down from my room, I met grandpa Bensam and
we had a long discussion on millennium rule and the second coming of
Jesus. Grandpa explained very clearly quoting many Bible verses for those
two events.
Amma : What about your medical education?
David : I am now studying in the Thoracic (lungs and heart) department.
Amma, the expert doctors always used to tell us, “There is no need to worry
about any doubt arising in our studies, since all our doubts will be cleared by
the creator himself! What a great privilege!!”
Amma : David, I am having a severe congestion in my nose. What shall I do
my son?
David : Amma, keep your fingers over the nose, where you have the
congestion and then pray as follows: “Jesus, please keep your fingers here
and remove the congestion.” Amma, pray with great faith. Bye Amma!
In the same way I prayed and to my very great surprise, I got complete relief
within a few minutes and also the relief is permanent. I am completely
allright without any recurrence. I thank Jesus profoundly for the quick and
permanent relief. Also I thank Him for teaching me the manner in which I
have to pray. I was suffering with this problem a year earlier and it was
cured only after taking a six months long homeopathy treatment. With
allopathy treatment it recurred several times.
“Rejoicing now in earnest hope,
I stand and from the mountain top
see all the land below :
Rivers of milk and honey rise
And all the fruits of paradise,
In endless plenty grow.”
 - C. Wesley

4. Mansions of carpenters
12th May 2004 : 9.30 P.M.
Isaiah 32:18 “My people will abide in a peaceful habitation, in
secure dwellings and in quiet resting places.”
David : Amma just now I came home from a wonderful trip along our
river at the back. We sailed in one boat towards the right side of our
mansions. We crossed several familiar places and finally crossed its branch
on the left, flowing through very high mountains on both sides. We sailed
farther and then we saw another branch of the river on its left which was
very broad. We entered it and sailed along the middle of the river. On our
right, we saw a beautiful forest with very huge, tall trees intermingled with
shining streams. On our left we saw very large green fields similar to our
paddy fields. It extended to a large area and we were excited to see so
many species of beautiful birds swarming around those fields and the river.
Groups of birds of different colours and sizes were coming down on the
fields and then they soared up singing sweetly. Some flew across the river
and some were swimming on the waters. It looked like a beautiful bird -
sanctuary. We sailed along slowly, enjoying the beautiful sight. Then the
fields ended and a forest with tall trees started on the left side too. There
we saw many kinds of small animals - some like deer and some like dogs
with bushy tails, but faces like that of sheep. They jumped into the river and
swam to the other side. We were watching that lovely scene without
disturbing them. Then on the opposite side, that is on the right side of the
river, we saw a very broad road starting from the river’s bank and so we
sailed to that side, left our boat and started walking.
First we saw a cross-road going at right angles to this main road.
There we turned to our left and walked along that road. All the roads were
made of well-polished marble tiles of various colours with gold edges. After
walking a long distance, we saw mansions on both sides of the streets,
branching from this road. We caught glimpses of those mansions which had
one floor and a sloping roof. Also we saw small streams flowing along the
sides of those mansions making small pools of crystal clear water. From
those pools, water again flowed in small streams and joined the river (no
stagnant water). We saw crowds of children playing in those pools with
small beautiful toy boats. As we walked farther on this road we saw a huge
work-place on one side of the road.

At that work-place we met a white man called Abraham. Our girls said
that he looked like an English man. He said that all the inhabitants of that
colony were mostly carpenters by profession, belonging to different races of
the earth. We saw people bringing logs of different types of wood in trolleys
and dumping them in that workshop. It was a huge round hall, open on all
sides and people were cutting the logs into different sizes - thick ones to
make legs of tables, chairs etc. and thin wooden planks of different
thickness. They did it using some moving cutters and they got very smooth,
polished wooden planks in various sizes. There were more than twenty
coloured woods - from coal black to different shades of black, brown, red,
yellow, colour of the ivory, white, green etc. People from other workshops
went there and collected those wooden planks according to their needs.
Then we went into the next workshop where they were making beautiful
furniture like chairs, tables, stools, tea-poys. They were using golden plates
and precious stones for decorations along the edges and also they were
making artistic work in wood. For tables they were fixing golden plates with
artistic work, ornamented with precious stones in contrasting colours. They
placed thin plates of transparent glass-like marble and fixed them over their
decorative golden plates on the surface of the tables. They used resin paste
(gum) to fix them. There we saw small wooden cubes in different colours. I
cannot express in words the wornderful perfume coming from those woods -
different perfumes from different kinds of wood.
Next we went to another workshop where they were making beautiful
wall-plates with lovely patterns like trees, flowers, birds using gold and
precious stones in different coloured wooden-planks with gold edges. There
also we told them, that we would collect some smaller wall-plates on our way
back home. Then we went into another shop where we saw people making
miniature figures of animals, birds etc. in all coloured woods. The workers
there, were mainly from Africa. They were making beautiful elephants using
ivory - coloured wood for tusks. They were looking lovely, decorated with
gold and precious stones.
Then we went into another worshop where they were making toy-boats
in different sizes in different coloured woods. The edges were decorated
with gold and precious stones. They said that if we would go farther along
the river, we could find gold deposits from which they were able to get gold
plates, gold ribbons and other golden articles, which they were using for
decorations. Next we visited another workshop where they were making
bigger wooden furniture like huge tables, beds etc.
Abraham then took us to the opposite side where we saw huge trees
of different colours in rows with path-ways in between. They said that there
was no need to cut the whole trees to get timber. Every tree had short stout
branches at the lower level meant for timber for their work. They said that
after cutting, those branches again grew. They were all soft wood which
they could easily cut, place them over flat trolleys and move them very easily
over the polished roads to their workshops. The perfume emanated from the
woods was very strong inside this area. They also collected resins from the
cut-edges of the trees. We went along the pathway and reached a huge
round chapel with a sloping roof. It was open on all sides with short railings
surrounding the building. The railings were made of wood with beautiful
carvings on gold. The altar was made of wood with a lovely perfume. There
were no seats and people used to sit on the beautiful floor made of glazed
marble tiles. They said that missionaries used to go over there to teach
scripture to children and adults as well, since they were not much educated.
They had time for work, time for rest and time for get together. We went
there during their working time.
Then Abraham took us again to the opposite side. We walked through
the streets which led us nearer to the river, where they were making sailing
boats of two or four seaters - all decorated with gold and precious stones.
On our way back, we saw a huge workshop where they were making
beautiful wooden baskets in different shapes and sizes with artistic golden
handles ornamented with shining gems of various colours. They were
making two golden frames for the top and bottom of the basket. Then they
were inserting different coloured wooden strips with lovely artistic work,
between these frames to get a lovely basket. We had never seen such
beautiful wooden baskets before. Abraham asked us to take as many
baskets as we needed to collect and take home the smaller articles from
other workshops. Our girls told us - bigger boys and girls (whom they used
to call as ‘busy -bodies’ because we have other duties) to collect things for
our personal use only and they would collect articles for the museum, for
their friends and for themselves.
Amma I took only two baskets while our girls took more, which they
kept one inside the other. Then we started going back to all the other
workshops, to collect things like toy-boats, elephants and other toys. Then
we collected - small wall-plates of different coloured woods with different
kinds of decorations of gold and precious stones. The workers told us that
they could provide us plane wooden planks with golden edges, decorated
with precious stones and those planks could be used for paintings. So our
girls ordered such planks, giving the measurements in inches and said that
they would come again and collect them for our museum. We thanked them
and finally we went to collect the different coloured wooden cubes. To our
great surprise they decorated the cubes with precious stones and they
looked so beautiful amma. Also they made small planks of wood decorated
with gems of various colours. They were all just samples only, to exhibit the
different colours in the wood. But those people were good enough to
decorate them with precious stones. We thanked them profusely and started
leaving. The children of the mansions offered to carry almost all the
baskets, filled with different articles and started walking with us. We
thanked Abraham for his love and hospitality and then we started singing.
Hearing our songs, people came out of their mansions to bid us farewell.
Some adults and children came with us upto the river to see us off. We
loaded our boat with their gift-baskets and started back home, after bidding
them all a fond farewell.
Near our home adults and children followed the girls to the museum
site. Mamu and his friends also followed them mainly to hear their stories of
our trip, which the girls used to tell them dramatically and also they would
show the things they brought. Here at home, I kept the two baskets full of
things on the table at the back portico. I picked every article in duplicate, so
that it would be easy to divide them into two parts - one for us and one for
Palliyadi grandma.
Amma, thank you very much for praying for my friends. Please pray
for them fervently whenever you get time.
I am sending flying kisses to all of you, appa, amma, periamma,
Thuthie annan and Jeba annan.
Bye Amma!
 “My highest place is lying low
At my Redeemer’s feet:
No real joy in life I know,
But in His service sweet.”
- P.P.
Bliss

5. Mansions of Botanists
20th May 2004 : 9.30 P.M.
Is. 35 : 1,2 “The wilderness and the dry land shall be glad, the
desert shall rejoice and blossom; like the crocus it shall blossom
abundantly, and rejoice with joy and singing.
The glory of Lebanon shall be given to it, the majesty of
carmel and sharon. They shall see the glory of the Lord, the
majesty of our God.”
David : Amma we had a wonderful experience in a very beautiful island
surrounded by rivers, with well-arranged exquisite gardens and parks.
We travelled towards the left of our mansions in our launch along the
river flowing at the back touching our gardens. We reached the lake and
again sailed along the next river starting from the lake. We used to take a
left branch of this river to go to the sea. But in this trip, we sailed steadily
straight ahead. On both sides of the river, we saw many parks with beautiful
gardens and flowering trees. A large number of children and adults were
there. After sailing for a long time, an island came into view, robed in
garments of green interwoven with colourful blossoms of exquistite beauty
and filling the air with their fragrant scents. The main river flowed in front of
this island and two of its left branches completely encircled this huge island
of gardens with beautiful mansions of garden-lovers and research scholars
in Botany. We saw a broad road of that island starting from the river-bank
and we walked along that road and reached a beautiful park at the centre of
the island. There were many path ways inside that huge park with very
beautiful well-arranged flower beds, swimming pool, fountains and
comfortable seats. We saw a large group of children inside the pool and
adults reclining on many seats. The main road then split into two branches
one going on the right and another to the left. We went along the left side
road. From there we saw many streets branching from this road at right
angles and touching the river on the left side of the island. In between two
such streets, was a very huge garden with
one mansion which was constructed nearer to the river. Along the two sides
of the road and the streets, there was a single row of trees laden with
flowers of beautiful shades of red, pink, yellow, violet, white etc. This row of
trees was like a compound wall around the mansion and the garden. We
walked along the first street. The beautiful garden with a network of
pathways and a lovely swimming pool with children, was a feast to our eyes.
Then we reached the front side of the mansion facing the river. It was
beautiful. It had one floor and a sloping roof and it was surrounded by a
broad veranda on all sides with many steps all around, filled with lovely
blossoms of different types and shades in beautiful marble pots edged with
gold. We saw a white man inside a very well-arranged beautiful garden in
the front. The flower-beds were arranged in circles with pathways inbetween
and also with fountains which could be used when it was necessary to water
the plants. Many seats were placed around the outer edge of all circular
flower-beds. Inside each circle, there were many concentric circular narrow
platforms, on which varieties of flowers were planted in different coloured
marble pots. Inbetween every two such platforms, there were beds of green
lawns blooming with lovely small flowers. Our teenagers thought that the
owner was an English man. (Their hobby is to guess the nationality of a
person from his features and also from his English accent. Amma I am
familiar only with American accent of English and I can identify only
Americans.) We all sat in those seats along with the white man and two
women. He told us that he used to love gardening on earth and Jesus gave
him a mansion in the midst of a huge lovely garden and that he was very
happy with his garden and he always worked inside his garden. We sat
there for sometime and we sang together with our guitar. The view of the
mountain amidst the thick green foliage of the trees, across the river was
fascinating. Also we saw boats plying between the mountain and this island.
Then he took us to his back garden to show us his favourite hundreds of
varieties of flowers.
We then said good bye and walked across the street to visit the next
mansion on the right side of the street. There were hundreds of different
kinds of flowers similar to that of bougainvillea - a tropical plant, but with no
thorns on them. So we realised the occupants must be from some tropical
country. We saw a man with brown complexion inside his garden. He
introduced himself as a Malaysian. He looked like a south Indian- may be a
south Indian settled in Malaysia. We never ask one’s nationality, unless that
person discloses it.
Then we crossed the next street to go into the garden in front of a
very huge two storeyed mansion with sloping roof at the top. The garden
was very beautiful with varieties of flowers - a typical botanical garden with
tags attached to the plants carrying their botanical names and other details
of the plant. A man came out and introduced himself as a Japanese botanist.
He spoke Japanese mixed with English. But we were able to understand
that in English. He took us to his first floor. There was a very huge hall with
rows and rows of tables with marble tops and seats along the tables and
there were many shelves over them. Plants with flowers were laid over the
tables and we saw some young men and women studying the plants and
taking down notes. The Japanese botanist told us that he was doing
research on the classification of plants into different botanical families, their
classes and subclasses on the earth and now God had given him ample
opportunities to continue that work in Heaven too. Those youngsters were
scholars in Botany and they were helping him. He said, “There are
thousands and thousands of plants in Heaven. We are trying to classify
those flowering plants into the known families. If they do not fit into any
family known to us on the earth, we are creating new families and also sub
classes in our list of known families. It is very interesting since there are
thousands of new samples which we collect from various mountains and hills
across the river and also from other parts of Heaven.” At the back of the
hall, there was a huge library of books and we saw some youngsters,
referring to the books there. After looking at all the flowering plants on his
gardens at the front and also at the back, we started visiting other mansions.
In one of them, we saw many small pools with hundreds of beautiful water-plants
with flowers in bloom. We visited another mansion of a French lady, who was a great
lover of gardens. She had flowering plants of her liking. We met another research
scientist. In his workshop, he was classifying plants according to the different varieties
of leaves.
In another mansion, we saw different kinds of lilies with different
shapes of thick roots. He just pulled out each variety and showed us the
different shapes of the roots. In another mansion we saw different kinds of
tube lilies (flowers on a long stalk). Amma, you must see personally to
realise the beauty of the lovely and delicate colours of the varieties and the
different perfumes diffused by those various flowers. In another mansion we
saw different kinds of table-roses. It was a small short plant like grass with
lovely flowers of all hues.
We visited more than ten mansions. We saw people from different
countries and different races of the earth, with their characteristic gardens
with many plants of their choice. Our girls collected some very rare flowers
for our museum. Then we came back to our boat and sailed around the
island, looking at the mansions and gardens. We also saw the mansions on
the other side of the island, which we didn’t visit. There we saw some castle
type of mansions on elevated places at the centre of the garden with
meadows carpeted with beautiful tiny flowers of different colours on different
sections of the slope. They looked like lovely carpets of different shades,
covering the entire slope around the mansions.
As a whole it was a very very beautiful place to behold and we
thanked Jesus for having given mansions within such huge beautiful gardens
for all those people whose hobby was gardening in the world and also who
studied about plants (Botanists) with interest on the earth. Finally, we
reached the main river in front of the island of gardens and sailed back
home. Now, I am in my room amma. I am going down to tell ammamma
about this beautiful place.
Bye amma!
“A sweet perfume upon the breeze,
Is borne from ever vernal trees,
And flow’rs that never fading grow
Where streams of life for ever flow.”
- E.P. Stites
 6. Mansions of Gem - Cutters
24th May 2004 : 9.45 P.M.
Is. 54 : 11,12 “Behold, I will set your stones in antimony, and
lay your foundations with sapphires.
I will make your pinnacles of agate your gates of
carbuncles and all your wall of precious stones.”
David : Amma, we had a most wonderful experience in an island of exquisite
beauty - one of the places of incomparable natural beauties of Heaven.
We took our usual route and reached the golden sea. We then turned
towards the left and sailed upto the mountain resort near the shore and then
we turned at right angles and sailed towards deep sea for a long time. Even
from a distance, we saw a huge island of hills and marble rocks of many
colours. We could see shining water streaming down the hills through
beautiful flowering trees and flowing into the sea. When we went nearer and
climbed the rocky hills through a winding pathway, we got a clear view of
this marvellous place. The island abounds in sparkling streams set amidst
hills, valleys, marble rocks of different colours, green meadows carpeted
with wild flowers of exquisite beauty and trees filled with lovely blossoms.
We saw many winding pathways, through the hills, with many flowing
streams and flowering trees.
We entered a pathway towards our left. We couldn’t see any mansion
from that place and we started walking enjoying the very beautiful natural
scenery. Amma, I can’t explain it properly with words. One has to see it
personally to know the beauty of this place. We were fascinated by its
breath-taking beauty and natural serenity. We walked along hearing the
singing of the birds and the murmuring music of the flowing streams along
the marble rocks, with flowering trees here and there. We saw a shining
stream falling into a beautiful pool. When we reached there we couldn’t
believe our eyes amma. The whole pool-bed was covered with very beautiful
glittering gems of different colours, sizes and shapes within the crystal-clear
water. There was no need to pick them up from here and there, but we could
just scoop them up using both our hands.
We started to fill our pockets from the heaps and heaps of precious stones
within the pool. From the pool, water slowly rippled over the pathway and
flowed over the other side carrying a few smaller precious stones along with
it. As we walked still further, we saw a mansion on a small hill top with a
winding pathway leading from this main path. We started to walk along that
branching pathway enjoying the beautiful sight around us. Also we caught a
glimpse of the distant hills, studded with mansions here and there at
different levels amidst sparkling streams, small valleys inbetween hills and
so on. Atlast, we reached a beautiful mansion. It had one floor with a
sloping roof. Streams were flowing down on both sides of the mansion.
Children were playing and shouting with joy in the nearby pools filled with
precious stones. We saw people with baskets made of cane, collecting
those wonderful precious stones from pool-beds and carrying them to that
mansion. It had a beautiful wide veranda all around and we saw men,
women, young and old sitting here and there. The precious stones were laid
in big heaps on the floor of the veranda. Many of them were sorting them
out into different groups according to their colours. Some were separating
them according to different sizes. Others were cutting them and polishing
them using a simple instrument, without any effort. They were great experts.
We were watching them doing it for sometime. Then we also started sorting
them out, sitting around the heaps. The heaps were like sea-shells heaps
we used to see sometime at our Puthalam beach. We enjoyed doing it.
They told us that they were all miners and gem-cutters from all over the
world belonging to different races. There was no planned garden around the
mansion, but the rocks were decked with natural wild flowers of exquisite
beauty, blooming in different soft colours in abundance spreading out in wide
areas around the mansion and it was a feast to the eyes.
They asked us to sing, noticing our guitar. We sang a few choruses.
Then they asked us to take whatever we wanted. There were a large
number of crystal jars with lids. Our girls collected samples of each
coloured precious stones of different sizes and shapes into various jars.
They gave us two cane baskets too. So they filled the baskets with the jars.
We emptied all the uncut gems which we collected from the pool-beds into
their heaps and kept only a few as samples of uncut natural gems. I took
two jars and filled them with different coloured gems of different sizes in
duplicates and put them in my pocket. Amma, there were various shades of
red, green, blue, violet, golden yellow and also diamonds. So in each colour
there were different varieties, depending upon the various shades, sizes and
shapes. We carried the two baskets full of gems, bid them a fond farewell
and left. We came down to the main pathway and started walking further.
On the way, suddenly we heard the sound of falling water and then we
saw a beautiful waterfalls. Amma, all of us let out a shout of joy beholding
that enchanted falls. The entire falls was glittering as though it was covered
with serial-set lights of different colours, which we use for decorations during
nights of Christmas time on the earth. When we went near, we found that
the falls was carrying down large number of sparkling gems of different
colours from faraway hills and piling them down into a pool at the bottom.
Suddenly we saw heads popping up from the pool and we found people
sitting on the bed with their baskets and filling them with the precious
stones. When they heard our voices and laughter, they raised their heads
above the crystal-clear water to look at us. We stood there for a long time
and watched them doing their work. They showed us a two storeyed
mansion, just away from that place, where their people were working. Then
some of them accompanied us with their precious loads. We walked along
the winding pathway enjoying the heart - capturing beautiful, surrounding
and reached the lovely mansion. In the ground floor, a large number of men
and women were working. We met a white man called Daniel and he took us
to the first floor and there was a wide balcony and we went around it. From
there we had a very clear view of the distant hills, with sparkling streams,
flowering trees, valleys, falls and mansions here and there over the hills or
on the slope of the hills.
Then we came down and again collected gems in two other baskets,
some for our museum and some to distribute to our friends. There too, we
sang some choruses and Daniel then took us around the island. We didn’t
go into any other mansion. We saw the same natural beauty everywhere.
We followed the main pathway and reached the middle of the island, where
we saw a very deep, wide valley full of wild flowers on its slopes. A river of
crystal-clear water was flowing through this valley and the streams joined
this river. Daniel said that the river then joined the sea. In some places sea
water flowed into the valley, through the small rifts in the rocks. There were
similar mansions with the same beauty on the other side of the valley too
and those people also were gem-cutters. There were pathways leading into
the valley and also there was a beautiful bridge across the valley so that
people could go to the other side without going down into the valley.
We all sat on seats arranged in a half circle on a wide soft green lawn
overlooking the valley. The lawn was surrounded by trees whose drooping
branches were laden with lovely blossoms. There were more than fifty
children who had gathered around us while we were walking and some
adults too. We sang many choruses and our girls entertained the children
with their action songs, which they taught them also. The children laughed
loudly hearing their wonderful stories. Amma, our girls are highly talented in
telling stories with their different facial expressions. In the meantime other
members of our group were talking with Daniel and others. Daniel asked us
to bring our children and others sometime and stay there for a longer period.
There were some vacant mansions and also they could accommodate many
of our group in their guest rooms. He said that many of them were not much
educated and so Missionaries used to visit them and teach them and their
children more about Jesus from the Bible and also about His messages.
Jesus used to visit them now and then and the inhabitants of the whole
island (about two hundred mansions) used to gather in that lawn to listen to
Him. Jesus used to say that He was very fond of that place, a quiet beautiful
place with natural surroundings which He used to love, even when He was
on the earth. The adults of that island used to come to the worship complex
for special services like that of the Easter, when Father and Son would be
present.
Then finally, we parted from Daniel and others with a fond farewell
and promised them that we would go over there with our children and adults.
Then we would be able to visit the other side of the valley as well. While
walking back, we enjoyed the silence which was broken only by the never-
ending songs of the birds, as well as the lullaby of the flowing streams and
falls. Amma, our children and adults will definitely enjoy this place of natural
beauty.
I asked my younger friends to go over there with the children for a picnic
without me and the other senior friends. But they said, “David we are not
going to visit that island without you. You are our jovial friend and you must
come by all means and we’ll arrange according to the convenience of you all.
Without John, we’ll land up in another island!!”. Amma they are such
affectionate friends! They always want me to go with them in such trips.
Finally we all sailed back home and reached our place. Some adults and
children received us and I saw Mamu among them. They were following our
girls, I told Mamu, that I brought him many types of precious stones. Amma,
I am going down. Mamu may come soon to see my presents to him.
Amma : David, did you discuss the last worship service, you attended with
ammamma and others?
David : Amma, I discussed it with ammamma. She was present in that
worship service, along with grandpa and their relatives. She told me, “We all
felt a thrill, when Jesus spoke. He gave the message in such a simple
language. It was a real treat to us.” Then we discussed how the two
disciples felt while they were walking to Emmaus with Jesus. After Jesus
revealed Himself to them, they said “Did not our hearts burn within us while
He talked to us on the road, while He opened to us the scriptures.” Amma,
we also felt the same way, while we listened to His message.
Amma : All of us love you so much our darling son David.
David : I am so happy amma. I know that you all love me very much. But
you must love Jesus more and more amma. Please tell appa, Jeba annan,
Thuthie annan and periamma that I love them very very much. I love you
amma, my dearest Bye!
“O have you not heard of that beautiful stream
That flows thro’ our Father’s land?
Its waters gleam bright in the heavenly light,
And ripple o’er golden sand.”
- Unknow
n

7. Mansions of Horticulturists
26th May 2004 : 9.45 P.M.
Ezekiel 17:8 “He transplanted it to good soil by abundant
waters, that it might bring forth branches and bear fruit and
become a noble vine.”

David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed along the river at

the back towards the right side of our mansions. We sailed for a long time
crossing the left side branch, which led us to the mansions of carpenters.
When we saw the next branch towards the left, we entered it. On the way
we saw many branches of the river towards the left and right. We sailed
straight and came to a place where the river flowed on the two opposite
sides (left and right). We sailed along the left branch and kept on going.
After a long time, we saw a huge mountain at the middle of the river. When
we went nearer, we felt the river flowing rapidly over a slope and we saw
landing sites of boats on the two sides and also we saw roads running
parallel to the river on both sides. We landed on the left bank, left our boat
on the landing site and walked along the road and reached the bottom of the
mountain. The sight there, was wonderful beyond description. The river
which flowed with great speed, dashed against the mountain and splashed
like a great magnificent fountain covering a huge area around it, from where,
the water flowed as thin streams all around the huge mountain. We stood
there for sometime enjoying the beauty and the mighty sound of the dashing
water. We could see mansions all around the mountain with big fruit
gardens. We went into the garden of the first mansion, where we saw a
person within his garden. He introduced himself as a German, who had
studied horticulture on the earth. Now he was continuing his work of rearing
short fruit trees. He told us that all the mansions belonged to persons who
had studied horticulture and they were from different nations of the earth.
They were all highly educated scholars in horticulture. He took us into his
garden where we saw beautiful fruit shrubs (not very tall trees) with different
kinds of fruits, similar to cherry, orange, apple and many others. Each
variety of fruits was in different shades of colours like all the shades of a
spectrum
and more. (eg.) Red means, all the different shades of red and so on.
There were pathways, laid with marble tiles between two rows of fruit trees
and there were channels carrying water all along the fruit gardens. We saw
cross pathways here and there and he took us to different rows of fruit trees
around his beautiful mansion which was a huge building. It had one floor
with a sloping roof and a wide veranda around it. He told us that people
used to go over there, pluck fruits and carry them in baskets. Missionaries
also used to go there for fruits to supply to the people in villages where they
used to go for teaching scripture. The inmates of the mansions helped the
missionaries in plucking, packing and carrying the baskets to their boats.
They had huge collection of empty baskets for this purpose. I picked up
some very small fruits of different shades and put them in my pocket. The
German promised to pack a few baskets for us full of samples of the different
types of fruits from his garden. We saw other members of his family deep
inside the garden. Then we went to the next mansion which was occupied
by a person, who looked like a Chinese man. It was a two storeyed mansion
with a flat top. He had a very huge fruit garden. He took us to the top of his
first floor and showed us his beautiful fruit garden at the back. Amma, I
cannot explain its beauty. There were rows and rows of trees laden with
fruits of various colours with pathways inbetween and water flowed in small
channels. We could see the heads of people inside the garden here and
there.
We then went along the road which touched all the mansions around
that mountain. In some mansions, we couldn’t see any body and we just
passed them. Then we met one north Indian in his garden. He came from
the banks of river Ganges. He also had studied Horticulture and he had a
huge farm on the earth. I told him that I had come from the southern most
tip of India called cape comorin. He seemed to know the place. We talked
with him for sometime and went to the next mansion, where we saw people
going in and out. We met the owner who was a Swiss man. He was a great
research scholar in Horticulture and his mansion was a very huge circular
building with two storeys. He took us to the first floor where there was a
huge circular hall with circular tables, over which he kept many varieties of
fruits. There were a few people, both men and women who were classifying
them into different sections, by studying their structure. He told us that
some of the fruits fitted into the world classes of fruits. But they had to give
special names to many of the fruits in Heaven and put them into special
classes which were not in the earth-list. There was a round table at the
centre with seats around them, where all the inmates of that colony used to
have discussions. He also showed us a separate round conference hall at
the ground floor, at the back of his mansion. There were many seats where
they used to have conferences.
 We then went around the mountain. We saw, everywhere beautiful
mansions with huge fruit gardens around them and then we went to the last
mansion, where we met a French man. He showed his fruit garden and told
other inmates to collect samples of fruits in baskets which we could collect
later on. Then he accompanied us, while climbing the mountain. There was
a winding pathway going around the mountain to the top and on both sides
of which, were platforms with inbuilt, marble pots in which there were almost
all varieties of fruit plants with fruits, with name tags, which gave the name
and other details of the fruit. We could call that as a fruit-show garden. It
was really beautiful to see all the varieties of fruits in the same place. As we
were climbing, we were fascinated by feeling a kind of very fine spray of
water falling over us and on fruit trees from the top. Also the surroundings
were clearly visible from that height. It was wonderful to look down at the
picturesque stretches of landscape below. When we reached the top, the
sight was fascinating amma. There, from a round rock at the centre, water
was gushing out soaring up to a very great height and falling as a very fine
spray around the mountain. It was so fine and transparent, that we couldn’t
see anything. But we felt the fine spray over us, which gave us a thrilling
feeling. At the top we stood around the gushing water, holding our hands,
including the French man, (called Stephen) and sang all the songs of praise
we know. Then we turned around, facing out, holding our hands and
continued our singing. As I used to tell you often, the singing from a great
height would be wonderful, because our voices would vibrate and float in the
air. If it was the earth, we would feel frightened to stand
on such a great height, the top of a steep mountain, except for the pathway
and the beautiful colourful fruit plants. The view was wonderful amma. I
cannot express it properly in words. Then we glided down to the bottom,
went to Stephen’s house to collect the fruit baskets. Stephen told us that
they used to take part in the worship services in the presence of Jesus, at
the worship complex and other places. There was no separate chapel for
their small colony. Then we parted from him with a fond farewell, walked
along the pathway over the mountain and went to the opposite side to collect
the fruit baskets from our German friend. We then kept them in our boat and
came back home singing all along the way.
We were received by adults and children of our mansions and I came
home, kept all the small fruits from my pocket over the table at the back
portico and came up to my room. Now I am going down.
Amma : What happened after you came home from the island of streams
and precious stones?
David : Mamu was thrilled to see the beautiful gems. He got more crystal
jars from ammamma and started dividing them into two parts - one for
Palliyadi grandma. He had two of his friends to help him. Then I also
accompanied them. Mamu and his friends ran ahead of me. When I went
there, he was telling the story of the island to grandma. Mamu asked
grandma for something. She brought a tray with many small, cute, crystal
jars and the children separated the different coloured gems into the various
jars. At that time I talked with grandma. She asked about you all, specially
periamma (Pugal) and Thuthie annan and asked me to convey her love to
them. Then she asked about you all and about our other aunts and their
children. Finally, we started back home. Mamu went near her to receive her
kiss. Grandma fondly kissed him and his friends. She also kissed me good
bye. Mamu and his friends ran in front of me, while I walked back home.
Amma : David, we have written letters to friends and churches in America
about your book. I don’t know how many of them will read it and believe it.
David : Amma, don’t worry about that. Even when Jesus was on the
earth and while He was preaching such wonderful messages, He said, “He
who has ears, let him hear.” (Math. 13 : 9). That means, some of them didn’t
listen to Him. But the message is for those who heard and believe it. In the
same way, your duty is to write and send them if they want. Don’t worry
about the conequences, whether they will read it or believe it. Jesus will
take care of that part of our work. Even there were people who didn’t listen
to the message of Jesus, so don’t bother about those who don’t believe what
you have written. You go on doing your work. Pray and do your best and
leave the rest to Jesus. Don’t get discouraged also.
Bye Amma!
“Land ahead!” its fruits are waving
O’er the hills of fadless green;
And the living waters laving
Shores where heavenly forms are seen.”
- Rev. E. Adams

8. Mansions of Painters
7th June 2004 : 10.15 P.M.
Psalm 36 : 8 “They shall be abundantly satisfied with the
fatness of Thy house; and thou shalt make them drink of the
river of Thy pleasures.”

David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a painter’s colony.

We walked along the road in front of our mansions towards the left
and crossed the brook and came to the place where the road branched
towards the right. We entered that road, which passed through a beautiful
forest with flowering trees and we reached a river. We then got into a
launch and sailed towards the left of the river. On the way we could see the
beautiful huge mountain on the right. We didn’t turn to that side of the river
but sailed straight. After some distance, we passed through thick woods,
with tall beautiful trees laden with lovely flowers of different colours and
fruits. We saw many small streams of crystal-clear water flowing into the
river from both sides. In those streams we saw groups and groups of
graceful feathered and different coloured, beautiful water-birds of various
sizes. We sailed slowly enjoying the lovely sight of those flying and floating
birds and also hearing the sweet symphony of the birds, perching on tree
tops. It looked like a bird sanctuary. After a long way, we saw a beautiful
road on our left, touching the river. At that point, we left our launch and
walked through that road. All along the way we enjoyed the wonderful
scenery of flowing streams, flowering trees and beautiful green meadows.
We saw people sitting here and there and they were drawing on their sketch
boards. We didn’t want to disturb them and so we passed on silently and
then the road was rounding near a very huge lake, full of different coloured
water-lilies and water-birds. On the left side of the road, we saw a beautiful
mansion with one floor and on the right side near the lake, we saw a tall
white man drawing on a sketch board. As we went nearer, he turned around
and welcomed us. He introduced him as Jim from Florida and his greatest
hobby on earth, was painting. He invited us to his mansion across the road.
But we said that we were going up into the mountains nearby and after
saying “good bye”, we started towards the mountains, which was around 2/3
rd of the lake. The sight was just wonderful amma. We could see winding
pathways with beautiful flowering trees and plants on both sides. There was
a huge rock, surrounded with flowers and water was flowing over the rock
and reaching the lake as a lovely stream. We started climbing the pathway,
enjoying the beautiful scenery around us. As we walked steadily forward, we
saw a cave - like place, surrounded by huge rocks on three sides including
the top. We saw a few persons sitting inside, over small rocks and drawing
the beautiful scenery which they viewed from that place. It was so quiet and
serene except for the never-ending songs of birds. The whole place was so
beautiful, that it gave a perfect setting for the painters. We talked to them.
Some of them were painters by profession and for some, it was their greatest
hobby on the earth. As we walked farther, we met a man on the way, who
was walking along the road. He was a French man and he took us to his
mansion, which was on the way to the top of the mountain. He took us
around his mansion into the backyard, where there was a beautiful pool of
crystal - clear water and it was fed by many streams. There were long
marble steps along the sides of the pool, leading into it and all of us sat
there. He told us that he had many types of water birds as his pets. Inside
the pool, we saw groups and groups of different types of lovely birds floating
and swimming. He had a special name for each group. When he called one
name, one group of birds swam beautifully towards him and they got over his
hands, shoulder and played with him. They looked like our ‘seven sisters’
with red beak. His wife brought baskets of fruits for the birds from inside the
house and she greeted us saying ‘Hello’. He selected some fruits and said,
“Each variety of birds like a specific kind of fruits” and he fed them. When
he said, “Go away now”, they gracefully swam away and then he called the
next variety of birds by another name. There were beautiful water lilies of
different vivid colours within the pool.
His wife invited us into their mansion. It had two storeys. At the
ground floor, she took us into a huge beautiful music hall with a grand piano
at one end and a number of seats arranged in that hall. We all sat near the
piano. She said that she graduated in music and was a music teacher on the
earth. We asked her to play the piano. Amma, you must hear the lovely
music, she played on her piano - so wonderful !! We all enjoyed and
shouted with joy at the end of every piece. We then sang two songs while
she played on the piano. They were ‘How great Thou art’ and ‘Whispering
hope’ with full parts for the first one and three parts for the second one.
Then we thought of singing anthems. I asked her to give a partiular
key in the piano which she gave and played some prelude with that key and I
directed the first anthem ‘Jesus is our shepherd’. Amma, it was just
wonderful. By hearing our music, some people both men and women from
the nearby mansions gathered there. As soon as we finished, everybody
shouted with joy in great appreciation. The French lady, just rushed to me,
hugged me tightly and kissed me with great affection crying out “Wonderful,
marvellous.”
She never expected me to conduct the choir. She enquired about me and
asked me whether I completed my education in school. I told her, “I am
David from India and I had almost completed my undergraduate medical
education (M.B.B.S.) on the earth and now I am continuing my education
here.” She replied, “so you are serving two masters - music and medicine -
really great - you are really wonderful!”. Then all my friends gave their
names and explained what they were doing on the earth etc. She hugged
and kissed everyone saying , “You all sing wonderfully and your harmony is
perfect.” Amma, we were all thrilled by her great appreciation and love.
Music is a real bond between music lovers and it has no frontiers. I told her
that all our members were really talented with beautiful voices. John told
her, “Only after David came here, he organised a real choir and taught us
many new songs and anthems.” They asked us to sing another anthem and
we sang ‘Praise Him’. Again she came and hugged me with great
appreciation telling, “David, you are a wonderboy”. Amma, I was brimming
with joy, because our choir sang beautifully and that anthem was really a
beautiful piece of music. Then the ladies went inside to prepare fruit juice
for us and in the meantime we sang many choruses, sitting in the music hall.
They brought us some thick orange coloured juice in beautiful crystal
glasses. It was very tasty with a sweet flavour. She brought one fruit and
demonstrated by making a small opening at one side with a spoon and
poured the liquid into a glass. We were surprised to see how easy it is to
make fruit juice in Heaven. The French aunty (David didn’t know her name
and he promised to ask John and tell her name to me) asked us to stay with
them for a longer period. She became so attached to us. She said that her
own children were on the earth. Then John told her about our various
duties. He also told her that we had a ‘musical band’ too organised by Steve
and David. All of us told her what instruments we used to play in our band.
John told her that he would inform her about our next musical concert, so
that she too could attend and see us playing which she very much wanted to
do. She told us that they too had a choir with youth and adults from those
mansions (about fifty mansions) in that painters’s colony. She told us that if
we climbed up, we could see a very beautiful and huge rock over the
mountain where Jesus used to come and they all used to gather around Him,
sitting on that rock. It was like the place where Jesus used to give the
sermon on the mount near the sea of Galilee on the earth. She gave us
some paintings done in wooden planks and quartz plates. Our girls selected
a few which depicted the beautiful scenery of that place. Finally, we parted
from her with a very fond farewell.
We then climbed the winding pathway and reached the top. Amma, I
just cannot express the breath - taking beauty of the view from a huge wide
rock, where atleast five hundred people could be seated. That rock was
surrounded by beautiful trees laden with lovely flowers of many hues and
also wild flowers of exquisite beauty. We saw some people sitting in the
silent wood and painting. From the summit, the distant view was delightful
amma. A lake was shimmering on the other side of this mountain. The lake
was surrounded by beautiful mountains almost on all sides. We caught
glimpses of sparkling streams flowing on the mountain slopes amidst
beautiful flowering trees and lovely meadows blooming with blossoms of
different colours, covering the entire slopes of the mountains. This mountain
was an ideal place for painters. Each distinct place had its own unique
charm. We, then held our hands and sang some songs and got down
through another pathway, leading to the first lake, where we met Jim again.
He had almost completed his beautiful painting of one section of the
mountain, lake with swimming birds and water lilies. The resemblance was
remarkable like that of a coloured photo of that wonderful scenery.
Finally, we sailed back home singing all along the way. Just now I got
into my room.
Amma, be happy for my sake! What a wonderful life we are leading in
Heaven!!
Also remember that all of us (amma, appa, myself and periamma) are
doing the missionary work together. On the other hand, I would have done
the missionary work all alone in some remote corner of India on the earth.
I am eager to tell everything to ammamma and so I am going down.
Bye amma!
“There’s a home in that land,
At the Father’s right hand,
There are mansions whose joys are untold,
And perenial spring,
Where dear ones ever sing,
And nothing shall ever grow old.”
- F.A.F. White

9. Business Colony
11th June 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
Eccles. 9 : 1 “ ....... All this l laid to heart, examining it all,
how the righteous and the wise and their deeds are in the hand
of God.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to an island of business offices.
We sailed along the river at the back towards the right of our
manisons. After crossing all the familiar branches of this river towards the
left, we came to a point, where there was a right branch in the river and we
entered that one. The familiar surrounding of flowering trees had suddenly
changed into a beautiful garden of rows and rows of palm trees in between
the small streams, which were flowing from the river along which we were
sailing. It seemed to be a beautiful picnic spot with seating arrangements
below the palm trees. We decided to visit the place on our way back home.
We sailed through the river farther which reached the sea. From that point
we sailed straight along the shining waters of the sea. After quite sometime,
we saw a beautiful rocky island. The island was surrounded by marble
rocks which shone with a lovely golden reddish colour. Along the edge of
the whole island, there was a short parapet wall made of gold railings.
First we sailed around the island. We were able to see very beautiful
gardens, some huge mansions and other buildings deep within the gardens.
At one place, we saw beautiful wide steps leading into one of the gardens,
from the sea. There we saw many ladies and children climbing up and down
the steps, coming in and going out by boats in a busy manner. It seemed to
be a private pathway and so we didn’t get down there and sailed farther.
We, then saw a huge road, leading from the sea with a wide golden gate.
That side seemed to be a very busy place with people going in and coming
out, getting in and out of the many boats near the gate. We entered that
road and along the left side, we saw beautiful mansions deep within very
beautiful, well - arranged gardens. We walked farther and met a man on the
way. He told us that the mansions belonged to big business men, whose
offices were farther down the road. We found that the road was going
around the whole of the island. At the centre of the island there were
beautiful parks and gardens. When we went farther we saw a huge building
with three storeys. It looked like a business office, since a lot of people
were going in and coming out. When we went inside, we saw many huge
halls on the ground floor, with people working inside. We went to the first
floor, where we saw huge conference halls, enclosed by transparent walls
and inside we saw many people sitting and discussions were going on. In a
central huge hall, many ladies and gentlemen were sitting before their tables
and they were busy taking down notes or operating their computer - like
instruments. One person said, “This office is connected with many shopping
complexes and a network of messengers. They deal with receiving
messages of orders and sending messages to shopping complexes and to
other areas of professional complexes to place orders for things and also to
collect them and deliver them to the respective places from where they
receive orders.”
We went into the balcony which faced the sea and it was just beautiful
to see the gardens below and the sea beyond the island. We then came
down. John was talking with people who were doing office work there. On
our way we saw two more such huge office buildings and we came to a
beautiful chapel, constructed with white marble tiles, edged with gold. We
heard the voices of children, singing within the chapel and we went in. It
was very beautiful inside with many lovely seats. The two wings were short,
with a long central structure, with an altar in front. At the left wing, we saw a
group of children and teens (about the age group of 8 to 18) singing with a
young lady choir - director. They were singing in unison with different
variations like rounds etc. We went in and sat on the front seats in the main
section, watching them. Then John introduced us to the choir-director and
she said that it was the children choir and there was an adult choir too. She
told us that we had gone there at the busiest time of the island. After the
office hours, they used to go for picnics or have get together meetings in the
chapel. Sometimes Jesus visited them. Other times, some of the business
men among them, who were great preachers on the earth, used to talk about
Jesus and His teachings. She also said that after the choir practice, she
would take the children to one of the picnic spots. The area around that
island abounds in picnic spots in other islands. We then sang many
choruses and also our girls gave their usual wonderful programme, with their
funny facial expressions and actions and made the children laugh.
Then we said ‘good bye’ and left them. That lady told us that there
was a parallel road around the back-side of the mansions and during office
time, the children and women always used that road to leave the island.
Then we walked along that back road, from there also we saw very beautiful
gardens and fountains around the mansions. Our teenagers were restless to
go to the palm tree gardens quickly and so we sailed back in our boat and
reached that place.
In the stream beds, inside the palm gardens, there were a large
number of beautiful different coloured shining marble balls in different sizes.
We, the senior members sat on the beautiful cushioned cane easy - chairs,
while our teenagers got into knee-deep crystal-clear water and started
collecting those beautiful pebbles. As usual they filled all our pockets with
them and they collected a lot in their own pockets as well. The palm leaves
were long, like our coconut palm leaves but they were of a single long piece
like our palmirah palm leaf, instead of many pieces in our coconut palm leaf.
We spent a long time there. I told them to collect smaller balls for me, so
that Mamu could play with them along with his friends. Then all of us sat
there and sang a few songs and finally we entered our boat and reached
home.
Mamu, along with some small boys came with me. I went at the back portico
and arranged a game for Mamu.
There is a long low table with a very smooth surface. I collected some
wooden blocks from ammamma’s room and from Mamu’s room and blocked
the two longer edges of the table. Then I asked the four of them to stand
two on each side with small wooden bats. I gave them two sets of these
marble balls (in two different colours) and they should roll their balls from
their side to the opposite side and vice versa. They must try to block the
balls from the other side and so it became an exciting game for them.
Amma, that is why I couldn’t talk to you earlier.
Bye amma!
“Oh blessed work for Jesus’
Oh rest at Jesus’ feet
There toil seems pleasure
My wants are treasure.”
- Miss. Anna warner
 10. Island Mansions of goldsmiths and Gems embedded
tile Makers
23rd June 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
Ezekiel 16:11, 12, 13 “I decked you with ornaments, and put
bracelets on your arms, and a chain on your neck. And put a
ring on your nose and earrings in your ears, and a beautiful
crown upon your head. Thus you were decked with gold.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a mountain island
surrounded by sea.
As usual we reached the sea and from there we turned to our left,
sailed for a long time, crossed the Portugese colony and then turned at right
angles to the shore line towards deep waters. After some distance, faraway,
across its shining waters, arose a magnificent mountain of flowers. As our
boat approached closer, we found out that the mountain was completely
covered with trees laden with lovely flowers, plants and bushes with
beautiful blossoms. Rocks were decked with creepers covered with flowers
of different delicate colours, intermingled with rich green leaves. We saw
small shining streams rippling down and flowing over beautiful golden glassy
marble rocks. At the top of the mountain heights, we caught glimpses of
some portions of mansions, through the thick green foliage of overhanging
trees laden with beautiful blossoms. We went around the huge mountain
island and reached a flight of broad steps leading from the sea to the
mountain top. The steps were cut in the shining golden marble rocks and we
enjoyed climbing those steps looking at the lovely scenery of creepers and
trees laden with gorgeous flowers and flowing streams on both sides of the
steps all along the way. When we reached the top, we were captivated by
the marvellous beauty of the place. Mansions were poised on top of
inmense golden marble rocks here and there, surrounded by the same type
of flowering trees, creepers and shining streams. A broad road, laid with
golden tiles decorated with precious stones, was going around the island
from that summit. We turned left on that road when we saw the first mansion
over a huge rock. We walked along the path way going with steps at some
places leading towards that mansion. It was a two - storeyed building. The
ground floor was open on all sides with beautiful golden pillars. The first
floor had a flat roof with sloping edges. In the ground floor, we saw many
people sitting on the golden floor, involved in doing beautiful delicate artistic
work in golden tiles and they were embedding sparkling gems of various
colours and types in those tiles. There we met a south Indian, named
Robert, from karnataka state which adjoins the state of Tamilnadu. (David’s
place which was named Tamilnadu only recently). When I told him that I was
from Madras state, then only he was able to understand and he was happy.
He said, “All the inhabitants of this place had been goldsmiths or gold miners
on the earth. Many people from other sections of Heaven used to come
here to learn our art and used to stay here temporarily in the guest
mansions.” All of us sat with those workers, watching the wonderful way in
which they were making those tiles. We could see that the professionals
were doing the work quickly whereas the learners were doing it, a bit slowly,
but at the same time perfectly like the professionals. We saw all the races
of the earth among them. They were packing the finished products in
rectangular shaped cane baskets with handles. They told us that
messengers would go there and collect them mainly for palaces, castles and
chapels. Otherwise they would deposit them in the shopping complexes.
They were getting the precious stones from the island of gem-cutters which
we had visited recently. They promised to pack two or three baskets full of
finished tiles with different types of precious stones and bring them to our
boat. Robert took us to the first floor, which had a balcony surrounding their
bed-rooms. We stood there like people entranced, looking at the marvellous
view of the sea and the slope of the mountain covered with a mantle of
flowers and streams. Amma, it is very difficult to explain the immense
beauty of the whole place. This is the first high mountain surrounded by
sea, over which we stood and we were fascinated by its heart - capturing
beauty and natural serenity.
Robert then took us to different mansions. In one of them, they were
making beautiful crosses of different sizes in gold mounted over small
stands. Sparkling gems of all types were embedded in those crosses, made
with delicate artistic work in gold. We collected many of them in the small
cane baskets, they gave us. We, then visited mansions where they were
making glittering stars in gold decorated with gems and they were looking
very very beautiful. Also they were making wall plates in thin gold plates
with artistic work and precious stones. Another product was paper weights
in gold and gems were embedded in them. They were also producing paper
weights and other small articles in golden marble stones decorated with
gems.
Robert then took us to the right side of the road and there a long
range of huge, glistening golden rocks appeared starting almost from one
end of the island to the other end covering the entire area of the middle of
the mountain. There we saw people cutting out blocks and blocks of gold
very easily with simple instruments. Taking one layer of gold from the other
was extremely easy because the gold was deposited in layers only. People
were carrying them to different mansions where they were making various
attractive articles in gold.
We then went to the other side of the golden rocks along the road.
We saw small transparent streams flowing along the two sides of the road
and at the stream beds, we saw many gold nuggets. Our girls were
interested in collecting them too. But we discouraged them since we already
got a huge collection of golden articles as presents. We then started singing
along the way and many children and some adults followed us. People from
different mansions waved to us. Robert told us, that Jesus used to visit
them sometime with a host of angels and He used to sit on a golden rock
and the people used to sit on the broad golden road to worship Him. For
special worship services like Christmas and Easter, all the adults used to go
to the worship complex to take part in them. Finally, we reached the entry
point. From there Robert shouted “ooh! ooh!”, which was a signal to his
house hold members. Immediately, they brought three baskets of beautiful
tiles and they carried all the baskets along with us and kept them in the boat.
They asked us to bring our families, so that we could stay with them for a
longer time in the guest mansions. We thanked Robert and others and
parted from them with a fond farewell and started sailing back home.
Our girls poured down the contents of the baskets with smaller articles
like crosses, stars, paper weights at the centre of the boat and selected
some for me and John since we would not be able to accompany them when
they would be distributing the presents to others. They didn’t open the
baskets with golden tiles, which they will do at the museum site and they will
bring samples for me. They deposited my share into all my four pockets.
Amma they are so affectionate and if they see me with closed eyes relaxing,
they will tickle me or make some strange noises, which will make me laugh
and open my eyes.
Since Lu has joined us now my teenagers got a promise from me to
repeat all my ghost stories to them. They said, “David, if you don’t come to
our place of get together, all of us will rush to your home to hear the stories.”
Amma, they are very affectionate and really fond of me. Lu asked us
permission to bring her very close friend Lynd to our group and we gladly
said, “Yes”. Lu says that she doesn’t want to disturb the perfect harmony of
our group, by bringing more of her friends.
Finally we reached home, singing all along the way. I came home
atonce. Ammamma was at home. I kept all the presents on the table at the
back portico and just told her briefly about our trip and came up to talk to
you.
Amma, be happy, realising all these wonderful experiences, the
affection of my friends, my super brain, my chance to sing and conduct a
choir in the presence of Jesus and all my other privileges which Jesus has
bestowed on me. So don’t ever remember me on that weary earthly life
which is very short compared to the ecstasy of heavenly life for eternity.
Amma, always look upto Heaven and you will get perfect peace and
happiness.
Bye amma!
“We speak of its pathways of gold,
Its walls decked with jewels so rare,
Its wonders and pleasures untold,
But what must it be to be there!”
- Mrs. E. Mills
 11. Work-mansions of assembling musical instruments
1st July 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
Is. 44:23 “Sing, O heavens, for the Lord has done it; Shout, O
depths of the earth; break forth into singing, O mountains, O
forest, and every tree in it!
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We walked along the
road in the front, towards the left of my mansion. We walked past the
beautiful brook and then turned in the road towards our right and reached
the river, from where we sailed towards the left. After crossing the painters’
colony, we reached a right branch of that river and we turned in it. Amma, it
is difficult to explain the breath-taking beauty of the surrounding. One has to
see it personally to realise the wonders of Heaven. On both sides of the
river, we saw small hills, each one completely covered with trees laden with
beautiful flowers of one colour. It was like a huge heap of lovely flowers of
one shade. Between two such hills was a huge marble rock of one particular
colour and from its top, water was rippling down covering every inch of the
surface, reflecting the Heavenly light intermingled with the resplendent
colour of the marble rock underneath. We sailed very slowly, observing the
heart-capturing splendour of our wonderful Heaven. Finally, in front of the
river, a lofty mountain of enormous size rose up into the sky. As our boat
approached closer we saw the river splitting out into two branches,
surrounding the mountain and flowing smoothly downhill. When we saw
broad steps leading to the heights above, we landed there and glided to the
top. Amma, we were struck with the beauty of the place. There was a
splendid well-arranged structure of a central peak of marble rocks,
surrounded by many hills, just touching the central peak. In between
successive hills, there were narrow valleys. Water was rippling down from
the central peak and rolling as shining streams through those valleys. Each
individual hill (larger than the ones we saw on our way) was covered by one
coloured flowering trees and so the central peak was surrounded by different
coloured heaps of flowers. Amma, the sight was fascinating. We couldn’t
absorb the beauty fully at the first glance. Also we could see only some roof
tops and not the actual structure of the mansions on top of each of those
hills. This well-arranged colony can be called as a mountain complex. We
saw a road, which led us farther in and we reached a broad road going
around the whole mountain complex touching all the hills. Each hill had its
own flight of steps leading up. As we were climbing one such hill, a splendid
view of the surrounding trees was gained and we were thrilled by its beauty.
When we reached the top, we saw a huge round mansion with one
floor and a sloping roof and it was surrounded by a wide veranda. People
were sitting in the veranda and assembling violins of different sizes. They
got their raw materials from different places and they stocked them in small
separate rooms surrounding the central mansion. They kept their finished
products also in some of those rooms. In the central mansion, they took us
to a large central hall where every variety of those violins were displayed
and it was a beautiful exhibition of violins. They said, “Around the slope of
this hill, great experts are sitting in different places and they are fixing the
strings permanently according to the correct tuning. Once the strings are
fixed, there is no need for tuning afterwards. That is why they are sitting at
separate places and are engaged in the permanent tuning. All the workers
come here from different places of Heaven and so the mansion is only a
workshop. Other mansions on the hill tops are also workshops for
assembling other musical instruments.” They, then played the different
types of violins in the central hall and we enjoyed the lovely music. We then
parted from them. From one hill top, there was a long, beautiful hanging
bridge to the next one and we walked along that bridge. We stood at the
middle of the bridge, lingering there for sometime, enjoying the magnificent
panorama seen from that height. We sang from there and the effect was
very grand and superb.
In the next hill top mansion, workers were assembling guitars and
when we passed on to the third one, we saw them assembling different types
and sizes of harps of gold with strings. There also they played the harps
and we were entranced by the wonderful music. They offered the finished
products of the harps as presents and we collected some very small ones.
They gave us carry bags made of cloth to take them home. We thanked
them and went to the next hill top mansion, where they were assembling
different types of drums. As cover plates, they were using gold or silver
plates of different thickness and also they had rolls and rolls of leather -like
material, which was not leather, but was made from thin barks of trees. In
all these mansions, they were getting raw materials from different places of
Heaven and these people were only assembling and tuning the musical
instruments. We collected some very small drums from them. We then
walked over the bridge to the next hill top where we saw Africans assembling
drums of their choice. In all places, they exhibited their musical instruments
by playing them and the music was wonderful. From this place also we
collected small drums and went to the next hill top, where Indians were
assembling drums to play carnatic music. On the earth, we may not enjoy
carnatic music. But here in Heaven, we really enjoyed the music of those
Indian drums which they played along with violins. Those people were
happy to know that I was a south Indian. From there also we collected some
small drums. Next we visited the hill where they were making flutes in
different sizes and when they played them, the music was just fascinating.
They gave us some flutes. Thus we visited almost seven hills and covered only half
of the hill tops. We didn’t go to the remaining hill tops and we went down and sailed
back home singing all along the way. Amma, I just took only one small Indian drum and
came home.
Amma : David, what happened when you came home after visiting the snow-
white mountains?
David : As I went down, to my great surprise, I saw grandpa Bensam
and ammamma at the back portico. While I was explaining my experience in
that wonder-land, Mamu along with his friends came home carrying one
Tanjore doll. I brought many such dolls specially for Mamu and his friends.
He was very happy to see those dolls, balls and paper weights in that snow
white basket made of reeds. Mamu selected one Tanjore doll, one ball and
some paper weights, put them in that basket telling that they would give
these presents to Palliyadi grandma and bring back the basket. He and his
friends were greatly excited, looking at those dolls and balls.
Kamazh : David, then gave me a big sermon. Nowadays, my son is talking
fluently in English as well as in Tamil.
David : Amma, it was the wonderful will of the Father in calling me
Home to Heaven. Also He assigned such a wonderful Missionary work to me
in Heaven to convey Heavenly messages to the earth, which I am doing with
such great joy along with my loved ones on the earth. So be happy amma.
Also I attended a wonderful medical conference in the Medical study
centre. More than hundred doctors participated. About fifteen doctors gave
lectures on different topics of Medical studies with the help of individual
screens in front of us. In every topic, they closed with the ‘Healing touch’ of
Jesus, and as soon as we saw the nail print hand of Jesus touching the
patient, the hall would be vibrating, filled with the great shout of joy and
praises to our God. Amma, I cannot explain the joy and thrill which filled our
hearts at that moment.
For example, one doctor explained about the aids virus (enlarged) -
spreading throughout a human body and how it affected.
Chapter II
WORSHIP SERVICES
1. Worship service of Jesus in the golden cathedral in
Heaven
18th April 04 : 10.30 P.M.
Psalm 29 : 2, 4, 11 "Ascribe to the Lord the glory of His Name;
worship the Lord in Holy array. The Voices of the Lord is
powerful, the voice of the Lord is full of majesty. May the Lord
give strength to His people ! May the Lord bless His People with
peace!”
David : Amma we attended a wonderful worship service at a very huge
golden cathedral of magnificent beauty. We sailed along the river flowing
infront of our mansions quite far away from our colony. We passed the palm
grove island and sailed along the left edge. Further down the river we
crossed the two towns on its either side and sailed straight along the river
for a long time listening to the symphony of the water lapping against the
boat and also the sweet melodies of birds, before our boat glided into a
beautiful lake shimmering in the golden light. As soon as we entered the
lake, the first thing that arrested our attention was a very huge magnificent
golden cathedral with many high towers of gold glittering in the golden light.
The cathedral was poised in an elevated place on top of a beautiful
mountain range across the lake, Amma this cathedral resembled the ancient
cathedrals in Italy, which I had seen in slides on the earth. But this was
much more glorious than the earthly one in beauty and splendour. Around
the lake over the mountains were hundreds of beautiful mansions. We
sailed across the lake and reached the side of the golden cathedral. From
the lake there were beautiful wide steps made of white marble tiles edged
with gold, leading to the cathedral. we had to climb many steps before
coming to its ground level, Again we climbed many steps to enter into the
garden surrounding the cathedral, Amma I just cannot explain the exact
beauty of the building in words. The whole structure was covered with gold
with beautiful artistic work. It was so high that we found it difficult to look at
the top of the huge golden towers from the bottorn, and also because of the
golden radiance, the whole area was bathed in an intense golden radiance
that even the flowers of the lovely garden looked golden. Our dresses also
glittered like gold. A large multitude of people were walking along the roads
leading to the cathedral from all sides and also boats were pouring in the
vast golden lake.
When we went in, the cathedral was almost full. There were beautiful
golden seats with cushions draped in golden brocade for us to sit. The
interior view of the cathedral was very grand and magnificent. All the golden
pillars were along the edges of the structure. The altar was very huge and
completely covered by fine gold with beautiful artistic work on it. There were
two huge wings on the two sides, At the left wing there was a large human
choir and the dresses of its members were glistening in the golden radiance,
which pervaded the whole place. The choir was singing songs of praise and
their voices echoed within the high walls of the cathedral. The right wing
was empty.
Suddenly we were thrilled to hear the songs of angels high over the
cathedral and soon the volume increased and thousands of golden angels
with beautiful golden musical instruments descended from the top of the
central tower and they glided over to the right wing singing with their
instruments. The human choir then stopped singing. When the volume of
singing of the angels reached the peak, we, saw Jesus descending slowly,
on the altar with immense glory and majesty with a golden crown of
incredibile splendour, surrounded by a golden radiance, with thousands and
thousands of shining golden angels. Amma we were overwhelmed by that
view of His divine glory and infinite beauty. Jesus then sat on the golden
throne at the centre of the altar and his garment of radiant beauty was
flowing around covering the altar. A huge crowd of angels occupied the back
side of the altar and another group stood along the walls and the rest filled
the garden. As soon as Jesus entered the cathedral the golden radiance
became more intense. We all stood up atonce and the whole cathedral was
filled with our joyful shouts of praise. Our hearts flooded with joy in His
presence and the volume of our shouting of praises was tremendous. All the
time the angel choir was singing playing their musical instruments. Then
Jesus stood up. Again we made a thunderous shouting of joyful praises.
As we were standing Jesus started talking. Amma, what a magnificent voice
Jesus has! He talked on the topic "The inexhaustible power of the Father,
His intrinsic Holiness and the boundless Love of the Father.'' When He
talked there was perfect silence. His talk revealed His great love for His
Father.
He asked us, "Do you know the extent of the universe, My Father
created ? The people on the earth might have identified one millionth of the
whole universe and its wonders. How My Father controls everything !! Do
you know the abode of the angels and My Father’s glorious abode? You
may not even know the whole extent of the Heaven where you live. Can you
understand the Holiness of My Father? No sinner can come near Him. That
is why He had to send me to the earth to save the souls from sin and go
near Him. Even when He came nearer you could not withstand His Holiness,
His mighty power and His immense glory. Now you understand the depth of
My Father's boundless love for you, in sending His only Son to the agony of
the cross so as to save the human race and that they may not perish in that
eternal grave ( hell ). But those who accept My free salvation and the
boundless love of My Father can attain this perfect joy." Amma Jesus
always gives short messages, but it fills our heart with intense happiness
and joy. Jesus is so proud of His everlasting Father who is immensely
powerful, infinetely Holy and He has boundless Love!! He is our Father too.
Then the ascension started, Amma it was a glorious sight. We were able to
behold it for a long time since the altar tower was very high and Jesus
ascended slowly with the angels in the altar, followed by the angels in and
around the cathedral. We could see them floating above us as a golden
cloud and then they started ascending behind Jesus. All the time the angel
choir was singing praising songs and finally they too ascended behind Him
singing all along the way. We could hear the singing becoming fainter and
fainter and finally it stopped.
Then the human choir started singing while the audience slowly left
the cathedral. We also came out dazed because of the intense golden light.
The whole lake looked golden so also the thousands of boats. We sailed
along slowly singing songs. The people in other boats passing by were either
singing or praising Jesus in different languages. It was a wonderful sight
Amma.
Finally we reached home. We sat at the lawn near our museum and
discussed the whole service. Always such discussion enlightened us. Now I
am at home, I must go down to see ammamrna . Usually some of our friends
also used to come and we used to sit in the portice facing the river around
our round table and discuss the wonderful service. There were no children in
the cathedral. They must have been floating or playing in some rivers.
Amma : David what happened after you came from the forest island ?
David : I told you that I brought two table mats and Mamu took one to give
to Palliyadi grandma. Then I went to my study centre and on my way back
home I went to see Palliyadi grandma and we talked about Mamu. She says
that he is a beloved child (bry; y gps; i s) and she too used to wait for
him.(as Mamu used to say) she used to tell him stories and Marnu also used
to tell her about his friends and also about his expeditions. Grandma always
keeps something for him of the things grandpa used to bring. Mamu used to
go around all their rooms to see what all things are there and so grandma
and Mamu are great friends. Sometime he used to sit on her lap or recline on
her to talk. I told grandma all about my experience at the forest island and
came home.
By that time my friends brought several table mats, cotton flowers
and some balls of cotton thread for me. Mamu divided them into two
sections. It seems ammamma told Mamu that he could take things to
Palliyadi grandma only after David had seen them since he must know what
things his friends brought in. So Mamu was just waiting for me to take things to
grandma. Bye Amma! dear!
At about 8.30 yesterday night I was praying to Jesus to give me some
definite promise about my privilege.
I heard my beloved Jesus’ authoritative voice telling me as follows.
Jesus : This privilege is according to the perfect will of God, the Father, that
I gave to you. If some one questions whether such a privilege is possible,
you ask them the following question "Do you think that it is impossible for
the powerful Father who created Heaven and earth and also Jesus to give
me such a privilege according to their perfect will ? My Father and Myself
wanted to reveal some of the glories of Heaven to the earth and we selected
son David to do that wonderful missionary work. So you go on writing the
book as long as it is the will of the Father and until then David gives you
such messages. Don't mind people’s talk.
I thanked Jesus for a long time and a perfect peace
filled my heart.
"Then let us adore
And give Him His right;
All glory and power,
All wisdom and might;
All honour and blessing,
With angels above;
And thanks never-ceasing,
And infinite love.
- C. Wesley

2. Worship service in a pink-chapel

inside a rose garden
2nd May 2004 : 9.30 P.M.
Rev. 20:6 “- - - - - They shall be priests of God and of christ and
they shall reign with him a thousand years."
Dan. 7:13,15 ” - - - - - with the clouds of heaven there came one
like a son of man, and to Him was given dominion - - - and glory
and kingdom, that all peoples nations, and languages should
serve Him; His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall
not pass away, and His kingdom one that shall not be
destroyed."
David : Amma just now I came home after attending a wonderful worship
service. We walked along the river flowing infront a little away from our
mansions, leading to the worship complex. There we turned at right angles to
the river through a broad golden road which led us deep into the complex,
which was full of very beautiful gardens. We passed the chapel surrounded
by white flowers. Then at a distance we saw an enchanted colourful garden.
When we went nearer we saw a beautiful pink oval shaped chapel
surrounded by gardens of roses in different colours and of exquisite beauty.
(There are no thorns in the rose plants in Heaven.) The garden spread out
in a vast area. The extreme outer part of the garden was blooming with
beautiful roses of different shades of red. Then there was a lovely pathway
laid with red marble tiles decorated with gold. The next flower bed contained
different shades of orange roses and the next pathway was made of orange
marble tiles. The adjoining flower - bed was blooming with different shades
of yellow roses connected by a pathway of yellow marble tiles. Finally the
innermost part of the garden was full of beautiful lustrous roses in many
shades of pink. The broad pavement around the chapel next to this was laid
with lovely pink marble tiles. Golden flowers and pink roses were embedded
in those pink marble tiles. The walls of the chapel and also the sloping roof
were made of such pink jewelled marble tiles. The whole chapel was
glistening softly with imcredible splendour. The sight of the garden with the
chapel was so beautiful and wonderful amma.
We saw angels singing and gliding down in groups. We went inside.
All the seats were also pink in colour. There was a large crowd of children in
the front holding boquets. made of pink roses. (not a single flower). Inside
the chapel, we saw hosts of angels along the walls. There were angel
orchestra on both sides of the beautiful stage, with trumpets, harps and
other instruments. All the angels were singing songs on the theme " Praise
the Lord the king of kings". Though the tunes were not familiar to us, we
enjoyed listening to their sweet songs and the melody of their orchestra. No
human choir was seen there. After a long time, suddenly there appeared a
huge luminous white pillar at the centre of the stage. Then we realised that
groups of angels were descending and it looked like a moving radiant white
pillar. Some of them stood around the stage, some glided into the chapel and
others went out. They were also singing all the time, even when they were
descending. I can say, the whole chapel was filled with angel voices and the
sound of their musical instruments. Then all of a sudden a golden throne of
incredible splendour descended with Jesus on it with all His over whelming
glory and majesty, with a robe of radiant gold, and a golden crown of
magnificent beauty as the king of kings. Two angels holding golden sceptres
also descended along with Jesus and they stood on either side of His throne.
Amma the sight was wonderful. All of us stood up at once and raised our
hands shouting "Praise the Lord, the king of kings". The angels continued
their singing and the children were also shouting with joy. Amma try to
imagine the volume of all our voices. Amma I can always explain the
physical beauty and the tremendous volume of the sound made by all our
shoutings and angels's singing. But I cannot explain the wonderful jubilation
and ecstasy we felt at that time. Amma Jesus was so handsome glorious
and majestic. Then Jesus stood up extended His hands over the audience
and said.
"Peace be unto you" Immediately there was perfect silence. Amma I
remembered the incident in the Bible. "When Jesus said "Peace be still" to
the raging sea of Galilee, how it became calm at the instant itself." Jesus
talked about the millennium rule on the earth.
Jesus : In Heaven great preparations are going on for the
wonderful millennium rule on the earth. But, even the Christian nations on
the earth are going astray from My ways. There is no peace on the earth.
When the time comes, according to the perfect will of My Father, My
millennium rule will start on the earth. Though I will be the ruler, everything
will be done according to the perfect will of My FATHER with My Father's
wonderful infinite wisdom and with the inexhaustible mightly power of My
Father.
David : Amma, whenever Jesus said Father, we could feel His intense love
for His and our Father. The end of His message would concide exactly with
the starting of the singing of angels with their orchestra. Then again all of
us praised Him and Jesus with His mighty forces of angels ascended. All of
us stood up and shouted praises with joy until all the angels left the place.
Then the children streamed out of the chapel with great joy holding their
bunches of pink roses. When we came out we saw a beautiful pink crowd
going to wards the river. I was very sure that they would jump into the river
to float back home.
Then my friends and I spent sometime looking around the chapel and
enjoyed the beauty of the garden. We went along the pathways within the
garden. Amma, I cannot explain its beauty and the sweet perfume of that
lovely garden of roses. Then we walked along the road and reached the
river. As we walked along the side of the river, we sang songs of praises.
First we sang the song "Praise the King of glory". We sang that repeatedly
since we all liked it very much. People, going by boats congratulated us in
appreciation. Steve was also with us. Then we got into a boat and
continued our singing.
Finally we reached our place and we all went to our museum site. In
Aunt Margret's ground floor there is a huge hall and it is filled with tables in
several rows. Our girls have temporarily arranged the things on them with
their rough paintings of the places and people from whom we got those gifts.
Even the rough paintings are beautiful. They have painted King Solomon,
the once cannibals coming to receive us inside the forest, the African and
Indian children receiving us near the lake etc. Our French painter has
started doing the final paintings for us.
Amma Kashmir shawls and tablemats will be included in our Indian
collection. Mamu selected one tablemat for Palliyadi grandma. Also he
packed the shawl, telling that he would show that to her and bring it back. I
am going down for discussing the worship service with ammamma and
others.
Be happy amma! Bye!
'There's a glorious kingdom waiting
in the land beyond the sky,
where the saints have been gath'ring year by year;
And the days are swiftly passing
That will bring the kingdom nigh:
For the coming of the kingdom draweth near!
 Et. Nathan

3. A Worship service - A symbolic scene of

our Lord's second coming
10th May 2004 : 9.30 P.M.
Mat. 24 : 30,31 - "Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in
Heaven, and then all the tribes of the earth will mourn, and they
will see the Son of man coming on the clouds, of heaven with
power and great glory; and He will send out His angels with a
loud trumpet call, and they will gather his elect from the four
winds, from one end of heaven to the other."
David : Amma, we had a wonderful experience in our worship service.
We walked along the road in front of our mansions towards the right.
After a long distance, our road touches the river which flows in front of our
mansions. At this place the river turns left and right. If we sail towards the
left of the river, we can reach the usual worship complex. Amma, I think that
this river surrounds the huge area of the worship complex. We entered into
a beautiful barge there and started sailing towards the right of this river.
After some distance, we saw the river, slowly curving towards the left. At
that point, a beautiful mountain range started on the right side of the river.
Mansions at different levels on the mountain slopes were visible at random
amidst lovely gardens, green lawns, flowering trees of many colours and
flowing streams of shining waters. When we reached almost the middle of
the mountain range, we saw more mansions on the slope than on the two
sides of the range. Opposite to this area, across the river, stood a very
huge golden cathedral of immense beauty glittering in the ethereal light, on
an elevated place. Long and wide golden steps were leading from the river to
the top of the ground where stood the grand Cathedral. The golden steps
were decorated with gorgeous flowers in lovely golden pots kept at many
places here and there. We slowly climbed the steps, singing as usual. Then
we sat on the steps on the top, watching the boats and people climbing up
the steps, Many groups, youth and adults, held their hands singing all along
the way. Overhead we saw shining angel groups floating down over the
cathedral. As we sat on the golden steps, the whole picture, the river
sparkling in front of us, the beautiful mountain range across the river, the
white robed throng climbing the steps, the luminous cloud of angels floating
above us, was very beautiful to behold.
When huge crowds of people started going into the cathedral, we also
went in through the front door and sat in the front row. There were two wings
to the cathedral. From outside we saw three immense high towers one in the
front and two on either side above the wings. The whole place (floor, altar
etc) was filled with beautiful carvings in gold and we saw fine artistic work on
the walls. The altar in the front was very big and beautiful. The roof was so
high that we couldn't see the structure clearly.
 On the right wing, a very large choir with hundreds of members was
singing softly and beautifully to the accompaniment of a large orchestra
standing beside them with all kinds of musical instruments. The co-ordination
between the choir and the orchestra was wonderful and perfect amma. The
orchestra played very beautiful preludes and interludes. We were sitting
there listening to their lovely music for a long time. The members of the choir
belonged to different races of the earth. Though we saw hosls of angels
descending on the cathedral, very few only were inside.
Then a wonderful and spectacular event happened. All of a sudden in
an instant, thousands of angels with trumpets burst forth into the cathedral
through the walls on all sides and from the top with Jesus. We were
inmensely astonished because we didn't anticipate such a sudden
appearance of so many angels. Immediately they started playing their
thousands of trumpets with multi sounds (not our usual four parts only)
beautifully and harmoniously. Amma I am not able to explain our feeling of
rapture at that particular instant. There was not even an inch of vacant
space either on the walls or on the roof. Along the walls they stood one row
above another and the whole walls were completely covered. The most
wonderful part of this event was that everything took place at one quick
instant in the twinkling of an eye. Jesus also came to the stage at that
instant. A glorious light was radiating from the whole figure of Jesus and its
radiance filled the entire cathedral. The next moment we stood up in great
joy and wonder and we burst forth into shouting praises. Our shouts of joy
couldn't be compared with the glorious strains of thousands of turmpets of
the angel’s orchestra with such enchanting melody. The whole audience
were astonished beyond words and our intense joy was boundless. The
angels were playing for quite a long time and all that time, we were also
praising with great joy, and ecstasy. Then as soon as Jesus stood up,
stretched His hands and said, "Peace be unto you," there was pin-drop
silence. The angels stopped their playing atonce and we also stopped our
praising at that instant. Then Jesus enthralled the audience by His magnetic
personality. We sat spell-bound hearing his wonderful divine message.
Jesus : This event is symbolic of My second coming on the earth. All of you
gazed in rapture when these thousands of angels with their trumpets burst
forth in an instant into this cathedral. Now you can imagine how it will be
when millions and millions of angels cover every inch of the whole earth
within no time with the mighty sound of the trumpets along with Me!!. Can
you imagine everything taking place suddenly within a moment of time!! what
tremendous effect it will have on the people of the earth. My children (real
believers) will be filled with joy and praise the Lord since they have the Holy
spirit within them. That event will reveal the overwhelming glory, the
awesome power and the magnificent greatness of My Father. But, for the
unbelievers it will be a moment of terror. They will suffer anguish and cry in
agony and intense fear. They can't bear the mighty angel forces and their
tremendous sound. Many of the so-called Christians also will be in that
group. Millions of Christians today do not believe My virgin birth, salvation,
resurrection,life after death,My second coming and My millennium rule on
the earth. For them also, it will be a moment of terror and agony. I wanted to
show you, the trace of the effect of My second coming over the earth. Those
people who abuse Me and My children now, will be heartbroken then.
David : Amma after this expereince I just wonder, how it will be when the
whole globe of the earth will be filled with angels in a moment with the
mighty sound of their trumpets.
At the very moment, when Jesus stopped His message, the whole angel
groups started their wonderful rapturous trumpet music. The next moment
all of us raised our hands and shouted praises, with great joy. After
sometime, suddenly all the hosts of angels and Jesus disappeared in an
instant, just like the way, they burst forth into the cathedral. Next moment,
the whole cathedral was empty except the redeemed souls, who continued
their praising for some more time. Then all of us started coming out slowly
with great joy. Our group stood at the top of the ground to see the whole
crowd descending slowly on the wide steps, singing and shouting praises.
There were hundreds of boats on the river. It was beautiful to see the boats
sailing in all directions. There was no traffic jam as on the earth. Those
boats sailed smoothly like the rays of the morning or evering sun, spreading
in all directions. Finally, we also descended holding hands and singing all
the way. Amma I can never ever forget the wonderful scene. Amma try to
remember the details I told you. I don't think that I can explain the glorious
scene more clearly to you further than this. You please pray to Jesus to
guide you while writing down the wonderful and marvellous scene-a symbolic
scene of our Lord's second coming. Our Lord must have revealed these
symbolic scenes to many of His children on the earth, through visions or He
would have directly spoken to them. We have beautiful songs in which
people have written about the second coming of our Lord and Saviour. Just
now I reached home and nobody is here now. Bye amma!
"Mine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord
He is trampling out the vintage where the grapes of wrath
are stored,
He hath loosed the fateful lightning of His terrible
swift sword;
His truth is marching on.
He has sounded forth the trumpet that shall never call retreat;
He is sifting out the hearts of men before His judgement seat;
O, be swift my soul, to answer Him; be jubilant my feet!
Our God is marching on . . . . glory glory Hallelujah!"

Julia Ward Howe

 4. Worship Service in a chapel on a
mountain top
16th May 2004 : 9.25 P.M.
Isa. 2:2,3 “...... The mountain of the house of the Lord shall be
established as the highest of the mountains, and shall be raised
above the hills; and all the nations shall flow to it and many
people shall come and say : "come, let us go up to the mountain
of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob; that He may teach
us His ways and that we may walk in His paths".
David : Amma, we had been to a wonderful worship service.
We walked along the road in our front towards the right side of our mansions
and turned left and then sailed along the river in the front, towards the left.
We passed the worship complex and then came to the place where the river
branched towards the right to reach the palm grove island. We didn't enter
that branch but sailed straight which passed through beautiful forest with tall
overhanging flowering trees on both sides. We enjoyed the scenery and
sailed quite a long distance. The river then flowed in between two high, very
big mountains, which continued as a range. Over the mountain slopes we
saw beautiful path ways and lovely mansions shone here and there through
the green of the drooping branches of the trees laden with flowers on the
right side of the river. We saw roads and mansions and also a beautiful huge
chapel on the top. So, as soon as we got near the road, which touched the
river, we left our boat and walked along that road, Amma there were broad
steps which led directly to the mountain top, but there was a winding road,
going around the mountain slope. Since we had ample time at our disposal,
we decided to walk around the mountain through that beautiful road, which
was gradualy leading up. After walking around 1/3 rd of the mountain, we
saw a very deep and wide valley which covered almost 2/3rd of the
mountain. There were very beautiful wild flowers of many different colours at
different sections of the mountain slope, as well as the slope of the valley.
We saw shining streams and small golden falls, flowing into the valley from
the nearby mountains. It was a beautiful sight as seen from the road, which
was laid with different coloured marble tiles with golden edges. On the outer
side of the road there were parapet walls with golden tops and in between
two parapet walls, there were steps leading down into the deep valley. Then
we walked slowly along the road. On the right we saw very beautiful two or
three storeyed mansions here and there at different levels, embedded in the
foliage of the flower-laden trees and lovely gardens. Like that we walked
around the mountain, along the road which led us higher and higher. In many
places, touching the road, we saw, wild flowers on the slope. It looked like
different coloured carpets of exquisite beauty covering the mountain slope.
In some places we saw small streams of crystal-clear water flowing down
from the top of the mountain, rippling along the road and reaching the valley
below. When we went almost to the top, we sat on a parapet wall. As we
were on that height, enjoying the breath-taking beauty below, mountains with
shining streams and falls and the vast beautiful valley at a distance, the
mountain slope below studded with mansions amidst over hanging trees
laden with lovely blossoms and sparkling streams, we started singing. As our
voices, vibrated and floated in the air, we saw people coming to the top-floor
of their mansions and waving to us in great joy. In some house-tops we saw
youth coming up with their musical instruments and they also started singing.
After sometime we walked further up and reached the very top of the
mountain where stood a huge chapel of exquisite beauty with gracious
golden domes and towers surrounded by gardens of beautiful white
blossoms of very sweet perfume. (Like our jasmin in long stalks, which we
saw around a chapel in our worship complex) Over the parapet walls, here
and there, we saw beautiful different types of white flowers in golden pots.
Then we went to the back side of the chapel. There were beautiful marble
rocks of different gold-tinged hues, with wild flowers around them and in
several places, springs of water coming from their Clefts were flowing down
the mountain in thin streams. Then we went to the front. The chapel had two
wings. The front portion and the wings were in oval shapes with tall windows
with glass shutters. So from outside we saw a large human choir singing
from the right wing. We went inside the chapel through the left wing, so that
we could way My powerful Father could have saved Me from death
(Sacrifice) on the cross. But He didn't do it, because then the purpose of
saving human race could not have been fulfilled. Now My message to the
world is as follows. Through sacrifices, mental and physical agonies only,
My children can save souls for ME. But I am with them to comfort them and
guide them in their tribulations. This message will be passed on to My
Children on earth through many channels.
May the glory and honour be to My Father for ever. Amen.
David : As soon as Jesus finished His wonderful message, the angel choir
started singing and we all shouted praises in joyful adoration. Then the
whole angel choir and Jesus started ascending singing all along the way. To
our great surprise, we saw the baby angels with their chiming bells in front of
Jesus, during His ascension. We were looking up with great joy and deep
adoration and we heard the music slowly fading away in the distance and
finally stopped. When we looked around us, there were no angels inside and
around the chapel. They must have gone with Jesus without our knowledge.
Then the human choir started singing anthems and the people started
dispersing. We wanted to collect the music notes for the beautiful anthems
they sang. So we went near them and listened to their singing. When they
finished, John introduced us to the choir-director and others. They
welcomed us joyfully. We praised their wonderful performance. They asked
us to sing. I gave the starting notes in the golden piano and sang an anthem
'Jesus is our shepherd.' It had many variations with solos for the different
parts. I stood near the tenor so that I could sing along with them. As soon
as we finished, there was a loud shout of appreciation and they asked us to
sing another song. We sang our favourite song "Praise the king of glory".
Again they greatly appreciated our singing. My other friends went up and
talked with the choir members. There were many white people along with
people from different races of the earth. John and I talked with the choir -
director. He told me, "David, you look very young for leading such a
wonderful choir". John told him that I was a medical student on earth and
still learning medical subjects in the medical study centre here, He was
much surprised. Amma, I am so happy that our choir sang so beautifully.
Then we asked for music notes for the anthems. He took us near the
wall shelf where he had a large collection of music books. He selected many
books with anthems, saying that those would be ideal for our group and that
he had many copies of those books. He put them in a shoulder carry-bag
and gave it to me . We had pleasant conversations with others as well.
They invited us to go there often. They all belonged to the mansions on the
mountains on either side of the river. John told them that some of us had
other works too. But anyway we would try to go over there sometime.
Finally all of us parted from them with a fond farewell and started
going down through the steps at the back of the chapel. To my great
surprise, my teenage friends got my bag with books from me to carry it
home. Then we walked in two rows, one behind the other. so that we could
glide down singing together. We asked our teenagers to go in the front, but
they compelled me also to go with them in the front row. So we all glided
down enjoying the beautiful scenery. Then we sailed back home. I don't
think that anyone from here attended the service and so I am going down to
explain everything to ammamma.
Amma : David, what happened.when you came home after visiting king
David’s city of gold, light and music?
David : Amma, ammamma was greatly surprised. She said that they used to
think that the old testament kings and others must be here in Heaven. But
they never saw them. She said, "David, Jesus has given you a great mission
of revealing such wonders to the earth. That is why He is arranging for you
to visit such places".
Ammamma was very happy to hear the news. Mamu, as usual divided
the things, I brought, into two and put one share in a bag to carry that to
Palliyadi grandma. I also visited her on my way back home from my study
centre and explained about king David’s palace. She was also greatly
surprised.
I asked grandma whether she kept the things Mamu had brought to
her. She replied, "Mamu is a very sweet boy. I used to wait for him and I
keep everything he brings in a big wall-shelf with name-tags. When he
comes, he used to go there and inspect them and enjoy the sight. So I
always keep everything, except a few things in duplicate, which i give to my
friends and relatives. I keep them for Mamu as his own treasure here.
Bye amma !
" On the margin of the river,
Washing up its silver spray,
We will walk and worship ever,
All the happy, golden day
Yes we’ll gather at the river;
The beautiful,the beautiful the river;
Gather with the saints at the river
 That flows by the throne of God.
- R. Lowry

5. Worship service at a golden chapel by the river side

22nd May 2004 : 9.40 P.M.
Is. 49:15 " can a woman forget her sucking child, that she should
have no compassion on the son of her womb ? Even these may forget,
yet I will not forget you."
Is. 66:13 "As one whom his mother comforts, so I will comfort
you."
David : Amma, I just came back after attending a wonderful worship service
in a chapel near a river, We all walked along the road in the front , towards
the right side of our mansions and reached the river which flows in the front
of our mansions. We then sailed along the river and reached the palm grove
island and sailed farther crossing all the different worship places of which I
had told you earlier. Then the river flowed along a plain ground without any
mountains. We saw mansions along the river side. Since it was plain, we
could'nt, see anything beyond the first row of mansions. We sailed towards
the right and landed there, when we saw a broad road leading from the
river bank. There was a single row of mansions along the river with beautiful
flower gardens around them, Each mansion had its own unique
charateristic features like architecture, building style etc. We cannot say
whether they faced the river or not, since both sides looked alike with
porticos facing the gardens of equal beauty. As we crossed this row of
mansions we saw many pathways going in circles, encircling a round chapel
of exquisite beauty at the centre. It shone through the green of the over
hanging trees intermingled with lovely blossoms. Along each pathway, on
both sides, there was a single row of beautiful flowering trees. Each row
had the same coloured flowers. In between two concentric pathways, there
was a beautiful green lawn out of which grew those two rows of wonderful
trees touching the two pathways and whose drooping branches were laden
with exquisite blossoms of the same colour, but of different varieties. We
saw red, pink, yellow, white, violet flowers on the various rows. Through the
main road we reached the chapel at the centre. The huge round chapel was
made of white glazed marble tiles decorated and edged with gold. So the
whole structure looked golden in appearance. The sloping roof also was
made of the same golden jewelled white marble tiles. The nearest row of
trees surrounding the chapel had golden yellow flowers matching the golden
structure of the chapel. We joined the flow of humans entering the chapel.
One fourth (1/4th) of the entire space within was filled by a huge stage in
the shape of half moon. On the two ends of the stage were hosts of angels
with beautiful golden musical instruments. They remained silent when we
entered the chapel. All seats looked golden and they were arranged in
galleries. There were only two doors on opposite sides. There was a human
choir consisting of about one hundred members on the left side below the
stage facing sideways and was singing many songs. The angels were silent.
 Then suddenly we heard the lovely music of the angels on the top of
the chapel. Then a host of singing angels descended along with Jesus on
the stage. Immediately the angel orchestra started playing their musical
instruments as accompaniment for loving you all the time. Now you are in My
presence, enveloped by My perfect love. I know each and everyone of you
here. I want you to love Me and My Father more and more, and also you
must love one another,
Now I give a message to My children on the earth, I love them deeply
with great compassion. I give them deliverance from sufferings according to
the perfect will of My Father. Sometimes there is no deliverance coming
forth. My children feel lonely and desperate. No, I will never forsake them. I
am with them, closer to them than before, like a mother who is closer to a
sick suffering child than with her other normal children. Sometime
deliverance doesn't come as they expect. Deliverance is given according to
the perfect will of My Father. Sometime I have to tell them, as I told My dear
apostle Paul-"My grace is sufficient for Thee; for My strength is made perfect
in weakness." [II cor 12: 9] That may be due to several reasons. My Father’s
will may be to draw them closer to Me or they may be better witnesses and
more souls will be saved through their sufferings. But they must always
remember that I am with them all the time, closer to them, comforting them.
My sole aim is to bring them Home to Me and bring other souls also into this
Heavenly Home and into this blessing.
May the love of My Father and My love abide with you for ever and
ever, Amen.
David: Amma, what a wonderful comforting message to the whole world !!.
Then the angel choir started singing along with the angel orchestra. I think,
that though all angels used to sing, this was a perfect angel choir. We were
thrilled to hear their wonderful music and songs. All of a sudden, they
started ascending, singing and playing their instruments all along the way
with , Jesus who was ascending, extending His two hands over us. We all
shouted with joy and we were praising Him all the time. After they all floated
above, when we looked around, we couldn't see any angel standing along
the walls of the chapel and we didn't see them gliding away. I don't know
when they left. The children in the front streamed out of the chapel first,
shouting with joy. Then groups and groups of people followed them singing
in different languages as they were going home along those lovely paths.
Their mansions must be around that chapel in different directions. We also
went along the pathways around the chapel, singing all the time with great
joy. Then we came home singing as we sailed along the river. Now I am
talking from my room. There is no one at home. I am sure that ammamma
and grandpa had attended the service, with their groups. Now I must go
down to see whether ammamma has arrived.
Mamu is not to be seen any where, He must be playing with his
friends. I don't think that our children group attended the service. Bye Amma
!
" I sing the song of perfect love,
It casteth out all fear !
O breadth, O length, O depth O height !
 O Love so full of cheer !
His praises I will sing,
He is my Lord and king;
And now with all my ransomed powers,
His praises I will sing."
- J.B. Atchinson

6. A wonderful worship service inside a forest

28th May 2004 : 9.50 P.M.
Ps. 89 : 5,8 "Let the Heavens praise Thy wonders O lord,
Thy faithfulness in the assembly of the Holy ones !
O lord God of hosts,
Who is mighty as Thou art O Lord,
With Thy faithfulness round Thee?”
David : Amma, we attended a wonderful worship service. We walked along
the road in front towards the right of our mansions and then got into a
launch and sailed towards the left of the river. We crossed the worship
complex, then the palm grove island and travelled along that river for a long
time, crossing many places, where we attended worship services on
previous occasions. Finally the river seemed to end , but when we went
nearer, we found, that the river turned at right angles and flowed towards the
right. We didn't turn in it, but landed near a road, which led us into a very
dense forest. From the road we could discern the thick green foliage of the
forest with very tall trees along the bank of the river as far as the eye could
see. We walked along the road and we saw many streams flowing from left
to the right, crossing the road, where we saw beautiful bridges on the road
over the streams.
Every where we could see scenery of serene and breath-taking natural
beauty. We could hear only the melodious songs of lovely birds perching on
the green branches of the trees. Also we saw animals along the banks of the
streams. We saw very tall trees which grew close to each other and wild
flower-beds of various lovely and delicate colours of exquisite beauty along
the banks of the streams and also under the trees. We stood on the bridges
and enjoyed these beautiful sights. We then walked further on the road,
which ran deep into the forest, After quite sometime, along the banks of the
streams, we caught faint glimpses of mansions here and there deep within
the forest. The mansions were situated between two streams among very
thick forest. We could see pathways branching from the main road on both
sides along the streams leading to the mansions. Since they were deep
inside the forest, we couldn't see the structure of the mansions from the
main road. Then we came to a place, where we saw a cross-road cutting
across the main road. But we walked straight enjoying the heart-capturing
beauty of the natural dense forest studded with sparkling streams, wild
flower-beds inhabited by birds, animals except for the roads, bridges,
pathways and mansions. All of a sudden, we saw some clearance inside the
forest where stood a very tall huge oval-shaped chapel of imposing
grandeur, whose roof became gradually narrower and narrower towards the
top, with a very tall tower at the centre. (Almost cone shaped with an oval
base). We saw people emerging from all sides of the dense forest
surrounding the chapel. Even, that sight of the multitude entering the chapel
was beautiful. We also walked inside. The arrangement within, was entirely
different from the other chapels. A huge, high oval shaped altar was at the
centre of the chapel, with a large vacant space around it, Along the edge of
the walls, seats were arranged in oval shape, facing the altar. There were
entrances on all the four sides. As we entered through the front portal, we
saw a human choir at the opposite side singing songs in English with four
parts. We saw people from all races of the earth in that choir, but most of
them were whites. We went straight and sat down almost at the front, facing
the altar. We enjoyed the music by the choir. The whole chapel was filled up
soon and the choir continued their singing.

Suddenly we heard baby voices over the tower and the choir stopped
singing. We saw a group of tiny baby angels descending with their golden
bells and they stood around the altar at the centre, followed by groups and
groups of angels with different golden musical instrumente. They all stood
around the altar and started singing with their beautiful instruments. After
sometime, we heard the sound of trumpet and a group of angels with
trumpets along with Jesus descended and Jesus sat on a beautiful throne at
the centre of the altar, while the angels with the trumpets stood below the
altar and joined the angel choir.

Then Jesus stood up with His flowing radiant white garment and
started talking. The whole audience went nearer to the altar, including the
human choir and all of us stood just behind the angels. Jesus first turned to
the human choir and started talking on the topic of “Praisiing our Father”.
We could see only the back of Jesus and it was a glorious sight, amma.
Usually we will not be able to see His back. We were all thrilled to hear His
magnificent voice which filled the whole chapel with power and glory. He
said,
"You sing the praises of our Father. But you must sing and praise the Father
from the bottom of your hearts and minds with real praises, not just from
your lips”. Then Jesus turned towards the left and continued His, message
on 'Praising our Father'. He said, " You must praise the Father for this
beautiful place with mansions of your liking. While on the earth I told you
that there were many mansions in my Father's Home. Now you have seen
them personally and enjoy living in them. So you praise My Father with all
your heart, mind and soul". He was slowly turning around, while speaking.
Then he was looking towards our side, continuing His wonderful message.
He said, "You give praises to My Father, for your loving homes, loved ones
and friends around you and for the work you are doing according to your
heart's desire". Then again He slowly turned to the other side saying, " you
praise My Father for His love in providing free salvation for you, through Me
and bringing you here and it is a continuation of your life on the earth". The
whole audience were able to hear the whole message given by our Jesus.

Then something wonderful happened amma, Jesus faced the human

choir and raised His hands, as though he was the choir director.
Immediately the choir started singing a 'praising chorus' similar to our
'hallelujah chours'. Then Jesus slowly turned around and raised His hands
pointing to the next section of the audience. Immediately they started
singing joining the choir. Every one of us knows this song. But a section
joined in the singing only after Jesus raised His hands towards that section.
Every section joined in the singing, some in four parts, some in unison and
in different languages. Then Jesus turned to our side, looking at us, and
raised His hands. Amma, with great joy, we joined the audience in four
parts. Like that Jesus turned around, raised His hands and the whole
audience joined in the wonderful singing of that song. Finally He looked
around the angels and raised His hands and the whole angel group burst
forth into singing the same song, but in their language (which we don't know)
with all their instruments. Amma, I can't explain and express the wonder and
thrill we all experienced. The whole chapel was filled with the wonderful
song of praises.

Again we were fascinated by the next wonderful event. While we all

were singing Jesus spoke words of praises to our Father. It some what
resembled the sermons given by great preachers on the earth, while a soft
background music was played and a choir sang softly. But here we all sang
with great enthusiasm and the voice of Jesus rang above our voices. Jesus
spoke with His magnificent voice, manifesting His mighty power and His
great love for His Father. jesus said, "Praise our Father for His great Love
in sending His son to the earth to give you all the wonderful salvation.
Praise Him for the glorious Heaven full of wonderful mansions. Praise Him
for the singing birds, flowing rivers and shining streams. Praise Him for the
beautiful flowers, the deep forests, the tall trees, the golden sea and the
meadows. Praise Him for the thunderous sound of the falling water. Praise
Him for the beauty and riches of Heaven. Praise Him for having given you
all, this glorious and wonderful Heaven. Praise Him for all His creations, the
earth, the universe and Heaven of such splendour and exquisite beauty.
Praise Him for your loved ones, family and friends. Praise Him for His
boundless love, His immense power and His overwhelming glory". As Jesus
spoke these words of praises,He slowly turned around, raising His hands
whenever He said 'praise Him', we also raised both our hands and were
singing the song of praises which came deep from our hearts, minds and
souls. We experienced a great special joy, while singing the song. Amma,
you must see the awe-inspiring beauty of Jesus and hear His marvellous and
powerful voice, which rang above all our voices. His voice was just like the
rumble of the thunder.

While speaking like this Jesus started ascending slowly followed by

the singing angels. We all were singing with great joy and vigour looking at
Jesus all the time. Finally the whole heavenly hosts of angels left the chapel
and we continued our singing for some more time and the choir director
ended the chorus in the usual way and we all stopped. Then all of us
praised our beloved Jesus and our mighty Father for quite sometime and
then the audience started leaving the chapel.

We stood outside for sometime to see the multitude leaving the chapel
and walking in different directions and disappearing into the forest. Amma,
even that was a lovely sight. Then we started walking through the road by
which we came. On our way, we met a man from Canada. He invited us to
his home which was deep inside the forest, but nearer to the main road. The
mansion had only one floor with a sloping roof. He invited us into his sitting
room. Amma, it looked like a real beautiful flower garden with bunches of
flowers (not wild flowers) in very lovely flower vases arranged beautifully
inside the spacious room with many comfortable seats. Also we saw a fire
place with red glowing bricks. It gave a soothing warmth. Because of the
numerous streams, it was cooler outside than the other places in Heaven.
He asked us to sing. I gave a note to our girls who started humming the
starting note of treble and others took the starting notes of their respective
parts and we sang a small anthem. The other members of his family were
also there. They all appreciated our singing. The Canadian told us that
people who lived among great forests on the earth and people who wished to
live amidst such beautiful natural surrounding, were given mansions here by
our loving God. Then we parted from them with a fond fare well and started
walking and we met a Russian. He took us to his home and he spoke in
Russian language. There also we saw beautiful garden inside the sitting
room. He said that they used to go to their friends’ places to collect such
flowers or their friends used to bring such flowers in boats since they wanted
to keep the surrounding area as natural as possible. There also we sang a
song and then returned home, enjoying the wild beauty of that place. In the
middle of the streams we saw white marble rocks in many places and they
resembled the snow white mountains of the earth. Then we got into our boat
and came home. Amma I am going down to explain the wonderful
experience to ammamma. I don't think they all came to the service. I think
we were the only group from outside that place.
Amma : David, what happened after you came home from the fruit gardens?
David : Amma, I left the small fruits on the table in the
portico. Mamu and his friends came in with some big fruits given by our girls.
Ammamma cut them into small pieces and we all tasted the different fruits.
They were very tasty amma. Mamu collected some cut - pieces and some
small uncut fruits to Palliyadi grandma.
Now, Mamu is not to be seen. He knew that we went to a worship
place and there wouldn't be much to see. But this time our girls collected
some new varieties of wild flowers from many places in the forest.
Amma, I am going down. Be happy amma. Remember always the
wonderful experinces we had in many worship places and what a great
privilege we have in this wonderful Heaven!
Bye Amma !
"Praise ye the Lord ! He is the king eternal;
Glory be to God on High
Praise ye the Lord, tell of His loving kindness
Join the chorus of the sky”
- F.J. Crosby
 7. Worship Service to Honour soldiers
of the cross
9th June 2004 : 10 P.M.
Heb. 12:1,2 "Let us run with perseverance the race that is set
before us, looking to Jesus the pioneer and Perfecter of our
faith; who for the joy that was set before him endured the cross,
despising the shame and is seated at the right hand of the
throne of God."
David : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service in a
huge cathedral inside the worship complex. We all walked along the road in
the front towards the right side of our mansions. After some distance, we
turned left into a broad golden road which led us into the worship complex.
We passed the huge open-air worship place and we walked steadily forward.
Then we came to a place where the road branched to the right. We turned
right and walked along that road and saw beautiful gardens and flowering
trees on both sides. After quite some distance, the whole scenery turned
into that of wild beauty with clusters of different coloured marble rocks here
and there decked with beautiful flowers around it and inbetween the rocks,
on both sides of the golden road. Every where we could see beautiful green
meadows and also meadows blooming with lovely wild flowers of many
delicate shades. Shining streams of crystal clear water were flowing every
where on both sides of the road, covering a large area. When we walked
farther, we saw a huge beautiful cathedral on a slight elevated ground.
When we reached there, we saw a vast ground around it on all sides, laid
with beautiful golden tiles glistening in the golden light. The cathedral had a
central huge high tower and two towers on both sides over the two wings.
The towers looked like having many storeys with balconies, the storeys
reducing in size gradually towards the top. There were three huge entrances
at the front, with a wide portico.
We, then saw angels descending playing their musical instruments.
To our great surprise, they landed over the towers, stood there and
continued their lovely music. From a distance itself, we saw intense golden
light beaming out through the windows and doors of the cathedral. We
entered through the front door. The view within the cathedral was
marvellous amma. An intense golden light filled the whole interior. The walls
and floor were made of pure gold with lovely delicate artistic work. In the
front we saw a huge semi circular altar covered by a huge dome, blazing
with the same golden light and there was a beautiful golden throne on it. On
the left wing of the cathedral there was a large human choir standing in a
gallery in a rich uniform. All of them and their dresses looked golden
because of the strong golden light. Our teenaged girls couldn’t distinguish
the nationalitry of the members because everyone including their hair looked
golden. They wore a golden long scarf around their neck and it was
glistening in the golden light. The choir director was a tall man and they
were singing beautiful hymns and anthems. We occupied the lovely golden
seats almost in the front on the right, so that we were able to watch the
whole choir singing. Suddenly we heard a wonderful marching tune played
by pipe instruments. We saw a group of men, in some thing like a military
uniform, with bright shining golden belts, cross belts over their golden
looking uniforms, marching inside the cathedral through the central front
entrance. They were playing different types of pipe instruments and
marching inside with four men in each row. There might have been around
two hundred members in that band. Amma, the very sight of them was grand
and wonderful. They marched to the front and stood on either side below the
stage at the vacant space in front. We, then saw an intense golden light
streaming in from the front door and we turned back to see Jesus coming in
with a host of angels playing their musical instruments. Our beloved Jesus,
just looked radiant in His flowing golden garment and His hair was shining
gold around His glorious, bright, divine face. He walked through the human
band, still playing the marching tune, and sat on the golden throne. The
angels glided behind Him and arranged themselves at the back of His
throne. We all stood up and shouted praises to Him in great joy. The
members of the band just backed away and occupied the right wing. All of a
sudden, the human choir along with the band started singing 'Crown Him,
crown Him, Christ our Lord and King' (S.S. 94). The volume filled the whole
cathedral and it was really superb. While we were all standing Jesus stood
up and extended His two hands over us and started speaking.
Jesus : I take this opportunity to bless and honour the 'soldiers of the Cross'
in Heaven. It includes the Martyrs, My apostles like Paul, Peter, John,
James and others and all who were ready to die for Me and for the sake of
the Gospel, till the end of their lives on the earth. They had great zeal to do
My work on the earth. It includes the soldiers who fought in wars for the sake
of the gospel and died. Next I am, blessing the 'soldiers of the Cross' who
are still on the earth. I am protecting and guiding them while they are
fighting against satanic forces and other human forces who are opposing
them vehemently. They are ready to die for ME and to do My great work till
they breathe their last in the world. I quote the words of my servant Paul
which is applicable to the 'soldiers of the Cross' in Heaven as well as on the
earth. "I have fought a good fight, I have finished the race, I have kept my
faith" [2 Tim. : 4:6]. I bless every one of them.
David : Amma, it was so wonderful to listen to the lovely
message of Jesus, who spoke these words of blessing with great love.
As soon as He finished His message the human choir along with the
'Band' started singing "Am I a soldier of the Cross" (S.S.672), while we all
raised our hands and praised the Lord. They sang another similar song
which I don't know. While they were singing that song, Jesus started
ascending with his host of angels. As He was ascending with extended
hands we saw the nail prints on His palms and we all shouted with adoration,
" Praise to Jesus, the supreme First soldier of the cross". We don't know
how we all said the same words of praise and we were looking up to see Him
disappearing along with the angel orchestra. Then the members of the band
started playing a marching tune in their pipe instruments and started
marching out in rows of four. Amma it was a wonderful sight. They were
followed by the human choir members. We all came out and stood on the
front portico to watch them going out. They marched upto the edge of the
huge ground in the front and then divided into two groups and went along the
two sides of the cathedral and were going back. We followed them and
stood at the back of the cathedral to watch them going along the two
beautiful golden roads parallel to each other with a central row of huge
golden globes of light fixed over high golden stands. We couldn't find out
the nature of the light coming out of those globes. But the two roads shone
with golden light diffused from those globes. We, the whole audience stood
there and watched them marching away from the catherdral. The sound of
their music was slowly fading and finally they disappeared from our sight.
With great wonder and amazement the audience dispersed and went along
the three roads, leading from the front and the two sides of the cathedral. It
was a wonderful experience amma. We took the front road, singing 'Am I a
soldier of the Cross and also 'Onward christian soldiers’, along our way back
home. Nobody knows the identity of the members of that band, marching
inside the cathedral. We discussed and thought that they might have been a
part of the 'soldiers of the Cross' from a distant place in Heaven about whom
Jesus spoke.
Amma, it was a thrilling experience. I don't know whether my grand
parents attended the service. I must go down and talk with ammamma.
Amma, Steve told me that we may have to give some musical items in
some musical concert. We don't know whether it comes next in our
programme or later. Anyway I must go to Steve's room for music practice
along with the other members.
Bye amma!
"Strong to meet the foe,
Marching on we go,
While our cause we know must prevail;
Shield and banner bright
Gleaming in the light,
Battling for the right, we ne'er can fail!
Rouse then soldiers! rally round the banner!
Ready, steady, pass the word along,
Onward! forward! shout aloud Hosanna!
Christ is captain of the mighty throng!
- W.F. Sherwin
 8. Worship Service in an Island inside the worship
complex
21st June 2004 : 10.40 P.M.
John 3:16,17 "For God so loved the world that He gave His only
Son, that whoever believes in Him, should not perish, but have
eternal life. For God sent the Son into the world, not to condemn
the world, but that the world might be saved through Him."
David : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service.
We walked along the road in the front, towards the right of our
mansions and turned left to reach the river. We then took a boat and sailed
towards the right and we passed on the familiar huge chapel on the left and
the mansions on our right. We visited this chapel once. As we sailed
farther, singing all along the way, we noticed a left branch to this main river
and we turned in it, and sailed for quite some distance. This branch was
flowing right across the vast lovely stretches of land of the magnificent
worship complex. The river then divided itself into two branches surrounding
a very beautiful island, in the centre of which stood an immense oval shaped
auditorium of imposing grandeur. We landed at the frontside of the island
and we saw beautiful fine white sand which spread over the entire bank of
the river. This strip of land was surrounded by a row of lovely green palm
trees, bearing bunches of coconut like nuts. But the bunches were longer
and the leaves were different from those of our coconut palms. The nuts
were of different colours, yellow, orange, green, pale red etc. There was a
broad golden road, leading from the river bank straight to the auditorium.
There were several such roads from the river to the building from many
directions. Next to the row of palm trees, we saw a broad golden road
running parallel to that row of trees. We walked through that road, turning
to our left. Towards our right, we saw beautiful gardens of flowers in bloom,
in between this road and the auditorium. We enjoyed ourselves, walking
along that broad road, holding our hands and singing many songs and
choruses. Lu, the new member was also with us. We saw many people
coming in several boats and reaching the island from different directions. We
walked almost half way along this road and then we also joined the crowd
and went inside the beautiful auditorium. The stage within was in the shape
of a half moon and the seats were arranged in the form of semi circles
facing the stage. We sat in the front, facing the stage directly. When we
were walking outside, we saw hosts of angels descending on the island. But
we didn't see any of them inside, When the auditorium was almost full, we
heard the wonderful music of a singing choir, entering the auditorium through
the front entrance and occupying the seats on the left side and they
continued their singing. Lu recognised them to be the choir from her colony
of music lovers which we visited lately. Suddenly we heard the melodious
music of an orchestra, following the same path playing all types of musical
instruments. We recognised them as the members of the orchestra, we met
recently in the music lover's colony. They joined the singing choir and the
effect was superb. After sometime again we heard lovely music coming from
behind through the main entrance. We saw a host of angels with music
instruments singing and gliding in. They occupied the stage in a semi circle
and continued their singing. At once the human choir stopped their music.
Then all of a sudden Jesus descended from the top with angels and
golden red light was radiating from Jesus and the whole auditorium shone
with that radiant light. All the angels and the white robes of the redeemed
souls became golden red by that intense glorious light. Amma, I was
overwhelmed by this new experience. Immediately we all stood up, raised
our hands and praised Jesus. The choir along with the orchestra started
singing 'All hail the power of Jesus'name', with full parts. We also joined
them with our full parts and the voices of the vast multitude took up this
grand triumphant song. The singing and playing of the angels though
different were in complete harmony with our singing. Jesus then stood up
and said, "Peace be unto you" and He gave the following message.
Jesus : This time I want all of you to remember the day you received
salvation or the incident and circumstances in your life which led you to long
for the redeeming love of your Lord and got Salvation when you were on the
earth. I want you to remember with your whole heart, the great and
incomprehensible love of My Father, in providing salvation for you through
Me. Among you, there are many parents and others who know the love of
your parents. Now you try to realise the great depth of love of My Father who
planned every detail of the process of salvation even before. I was born on
the earth, so that He could bestow His great love on the whole human race
according to His perfect will. I want you to realise solemnly the channel of
love which flowed from My Father to Me on the cross which sustained Me to
bear the agony of the cross and that channel of love flowed from Me on the
cross to the whole human race to provide salvation for them. Let that love
fill your hearts.
David : As soon as Jesus said 'cross' we saw a huge
magnificent cross, ablaze with golden red light behind Jesus who was
speaking with stretched hands, the radiance of this golden red light from the
cross intensified the already existing golden red light in the entire
auditoruim. At that moment our hearts were filled with the fathomless love of
the loving Father and our wonderful saviour Jesus Christ, who suffered for
us on the cross. We were standing silently with great adoration and rapture
realising the wonderful flow of love from the Father, through Jesus to us.
Amma, I cannot express fully my feeling at that moment. My heart was
flooded with joy when I realised the immense and boundless love of My
Father and Jesus, Time stood still. After sometime, the choir along with the
orchestra sang the first verse of the song “Just as I am” very softly and
melodiously from the depth of their hearts.
"Just as I am-without one plea,
But that Thy blood was shed for me,
And that Thou bidd'st me come to Thee
O Lamb of God, I come ! I co me!"
Amma, the effect of the silence, the soft strains of the music and the
soft singing of the whole redeemed souls, who accepted Jesus as their
personal Saviour, was so intense and overwhelming, that I am unable to
explain that in words. You pray to Jesus for guiding you to find words to
explain the effect while writing. Then Jesus continued His message.
Jesus : I want my children on the earth to remember this
wonderful channel of love flowing from My Father, through Me on the cross,
to all the members, both redeemed and unredeemed, who gather to worship
Me and My Father. Along with the shouts of joy in praising the Triune God, I
wish they spend a few moments in silence, remembering this wonderful
message of love.
David : Then, while the orchestra was playing softly, the music of the song
‘Just as I am’ Jesus started ascending along with the angels, who were
singing softly the songs of praise with their musical instruments. We were all
thanking Jesus with great love, reverence and adoration saying, "Thank you
Father for your great love for us, Thank you Jesus for redeeming us through
your love on the cross”.
We were saying this for a long time with the soft background music of
that great redemption song. Our hearts were filled with joy and unspeakabe
love for our Holy Father and His holy Son since we are enjoying the Fruit of
our redemption in Heaven which is a realm of indescribable beauty and
glory. After a long time we started coming out and our group sailed back
home singing softly many songs of love and praises, with great reverence.
Amma, please tell this experience to appa and ask him to tell this
wish of Jesus to our churches when he visits them and ask him to tell the
congregation to kneel down for a few minutes and repeat what Jesus told
us. This will give them a great inner joy and peace and make them realise
the fathomless and boundless love of the Father and Jesus towards us. It
will be a great experience for the saved people and will have a tremendous
inpact on the unsaved, so that they will accept Jesus as their personal
saviour.
Amma, please tell periamma also. You try to spend sometime atleast
once a day realising fully with all your heart and mind the infinite love of our
Holy Father and the intense love of our saviour, who bore the pain, agony
and humiliation on the cross. It will fill your soul with great inner joy, which
the world cannot give and which nobody can take away from you.
Amma, Lu and her family are staying in our colony with our friends.
We had a choir practice with Lu. I introduced her five year old sister Jene to
Mamu, who took her to his group of play-mates. All the time they are playing
in the river with small toy-boats and also in our portico, their usual games. I
am sure my grandparents had attended this service. They would have come
through the opposite side, that is through the back of the auditorium along
with their friends and relatives.
Amma, I am going down to discuss this wonderful experience with
ammamma.
Bye amma!
 "Praise our creator and saviour eternal
Him who redeem’d us from death and the grave
Sing of His greatness, oh, hail and adore him
Strong to deliver and mighty to save.!
- F. J. Crosby

9. Worship service at the doctor's colony

27th June 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
Is. 35 : 4,5,6 "Say to those who are of a fearful heart", “Be
strong, fear not! behold your God will come with vengeance, with
the recompense of God. He will come and save you."
“Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of
the deaf unstopped; then shall the lame man leap like a hart, and the
tongue of the dumb sing for joy."
David : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service in the
chapel near the residential area of the doctors and the medical study
centre.
We walked along our road towards the left of our mansions. Before
reaching the brook, there is a road branching towards the right and we
turned in it. I know that this road would lead us to our medical complex.
After reaching the complex, we walked along that road which was going
around the left of the complex. From that road we could see doctors
mansions on our left at different levels on the mountain range and on our
right a river, far away beyond the medical complex.
As we walked farther steadily enjoying the scenery of beautiful
gardens, flowering trees and flowing streams from the mountain, the
mountain range ended and another range started. In between those two
mountain ranges, was a beautiful valley and at its centre rose up an
enormous golden coloured marble rock, over which stood an imposing
beautiful golden chapel. When we went nearer, we saw wide steps leading
from the bottom to the top of the rock. There was a broad road going around
the bottom of the rock. Over the entire slope of the marble rock, small
platforms were hewn out of the solid rock at equal intervals from the bottom
to the top. Beautiful golden flower pots with gorgeous flowers were kept on
those platforms surrounding the rock. Natural flowers intermingled with
golden ones were embedded in the marble slopes seen in between the
platforms. The whole rock shone with indescribable rich beauty. We didn't
go around that rock, but we got the beautiful view from. the steps. We then
reached the top.
The chapel stood over a wide platform. Around the platform, there
were small pools of crystal-clear water. Water was coming from the clusters
of rocks here and there. Around the pools and also at some other places,
we saw beautiful golden flower pots with lovely flowers. While we were
walking around the chapel, we met a lady doctor from the department of
pathology. She showed us the mansions around the mountains nearby and
she pointed out one of those mansions as her own. She then took us to the
back of the chapel, from where we saw picturesque stretches of land
surrounding a wide lovely lake at the back of the mountain range. Also we
saw many boats sailing on its sparkling waters. Our doctor friend said, "
While the medical study centre is at the front of the mountain range, our
recreation spot is at the back . I love swimming so also many of my friends.
All of us used to go for swimming in the lake or we sail across the lake in
boats and enter the nearby rivers and we enjoy such trips. We have music
centres and other recreation centres for our youth and children". I
introduced all my friends to her individually and she shook hands with each
and every one of them and told them, " David should have been with us
being a medical student. But now he is living with his grand parents and so
he is with you all". I immediately my friends said, "David is our great friend
and our choir director. Though he is a medical student, he belongs to our
place only". All of us had a good laugh over this Comment.
We then saw many people going into the chapel and we also went in .
It was an oval shaped building with two short wings and a beautiful altar in
the front. We sat in the front seats. From there we could see a choir on the
left wing in a gallery. To my great surprise, one of our chief surgeons was
the choir director. I could recognise only a few of the choir members. Others
might have been their family members. They were singing beautifully. Soon
the chapel was full. Suddenly we heard wonderful music and we saw a host
of angels descending on the right wing playing their musical instruments
and they continued their lovely music.
Then all of a sudden, we heard the sound of mighty wind over the
chapel and our, beloved jesus with his full glory descended with a host of
angels on the altar and occupied the beautiful golden throne. His radiant
garment was flowing gracefully over the throne. We all stood up raised our
hands shouted with joy and praised Him Then the human doctor choir and
all of us sang a song of praise to the accompaniment of angel orchestra.
(Amma, you don't know that song.) The singing with the angel orchestra was
marvellous and our hearts were filled with rapture. When the singing ceased,
Jesus stood up extending His hands and we could see the nail prints on His
palms and we all praised Him again in joy. He then started talking with His
blessing "peace be unto you".
Jesus : I wish you all doctors great success in your endeavour in the
medical field, which is a training for the millennium rule on the earth. You
must realise that the great healing power is part of the immense love of My
Father from whom it flowed to the human race, along with their salvation.
The healing touch is a great gift given to the redeemed souls on the earth
according to the perfect will of My Father. I wish to convey the following
message to My redeemed doctors on the earth. They do a wonderful work of
healing on the earth to relieve people from their pain, suffering and physical
ailments. But the physical death is inevitalble at one time or the other. So
I want my redeemed doctors of the world to realise the importance and to
work for their patient’s spiritual healing along with the physical healing. The
spiritual healing will save them from the eternal death and give them
eternal life. I want all the doctors on the earth to receive the free salvation
from Me and pass it on to the patients they treat".
David : Amma, we were thrilled by the wonderful message of Jesus who
spoke with great love and power. As the angel orchestra started playing, all
of us shouted praises to Jesus for His great gift of salvation and healing
touch by His pierced hands. Jesus, then started ascending with the host of
angels surrounding Him. After they disappeared, we looked at the angel
orchestra. To our great surprise that wing was empty. With great joy, all of
us started leaving the chapel. Many doctors waved to me saying, "Hello
David". and I greeted them as well. My friends were telling me, "David, you
are popular every where! and we are proud of you". We then slowly
descended looking at the beautiful view around the chapel and we bade
farewell to our doctor friend and left for home.
Amma, I wish that this message of Jesus is conveyed to all the
doctors on the earth. I am going down to see ammamma and tell her about
our wonderful worship service.
Bye amma!
"If I walk in the path way of duty,
If I work till the close of the day;
I shall see the great king in His beauty,
When I've gone the last mile of the way.
If for Christ I proclaim the glad story,
If I seek for His sheep gone astray
I am sure He will show me His glory,
When I’ve gone the last mile of the way.
- Johnson Oatman. Jr

10. Worship service in a green lawn

honouring angels
3rd July 2004 : 9.55 P.M.
Rev. 7:11,12 “....... All the angels stood round the throne... and
they fell on their faces before the throne and worshipped God
saying "Amen! blessing and glory and wisdom and thanks giving
and honour and power and might be to our God for ever and ever!
Amen."
“While I was busy making up my bed, I heard David's voice
calling me "Amma amma."
David : Amma, I came home earlier today and I am speaking from my room.
We attended a wonderful worship service.
We walked along the road in the front towards the right of my
mansion. After some distance, we turned left and reached the river, from
there we sailed towards the left, crossed the worship complex, passed the
palm grove island on our right and sailed on and on. We crossed the huge
mountain range on both sides. The river then passed over stretches of low-
lying plain ground. On our left we saw a broad road running along the
river. A lovely green lawn of vast area, fringing the road, was backed by
beautiful woods far, with pathways leading to this lawn. We landed there,
crossed the road and climbed down the wide steps into that green lawn
which was very soft and fine. At the centre of the lawn, we saw many seats
arranged in galleries in two thirds( 2/3 )of an immense circle touching a
huge open stage, which occupied the other one third ( 1/3) portion. This
had a capacity for the seating of many thousands. We saw people coming
from all directions. A multitude was emerging from the woods. Also people
started arriving from both sides of the river as well as the road. We saw
thousnds and thousands of angels descending around the gallery and also
amidst the woods, which started to shine with a white radiance. Amma, we
always prefer front seats so that we could be closer to Jesus. Here also we
occupied the seats just in front of the stage. Looking at the tremendous
crowd of angels, we were wondering, whether our mighty Father also would
be coming along with Jesus. After sometime the galleries became full and
the front space was filled with children. When we saw the children, we were
sure that only Jesus would be coming to this service. Wherever we looked,
we saw angels and angels only, except a huge empty space in the lawn at
the back of the stage. There was a very large human choir, occupying the
left side of the stage in that gallery and they were singing .
Suddenly we heard the lovely music of an orchestra, high above us
and also we saw a round space filled with radiant silver-light. Since it was
an open space, we saw the spectacular sight of such great splendour. When
God, the Father used to come in open space, we would be struck down by
the dazzling brilliance of lightning and also the mighty roar of thunder and
so we would not be able to see the descent of our Lord. But on this
occasion, we were able to see the whole glorious descent of our beloved
Jesus. Slowly the shining ring became larger and larger and the brilliance
of its glory and radiance increased more and more. The soft sweet strains of
the music became louder and louder. Finally when they came down, the
immense glory covered the top of the entire worship place and we all stood
up and our hearts flooded with such great thrilling joy that we shouted
praises unto our Lord. After coming nearer, we found that Jesus was sitting
on a glorious throne and descending, surrounded by several thousands of
angels playing their different types of musical instruments. Amma, I cannot
explain the divine glory unveiled in its fulness and the splendour of the
scene of our beloved Jesus descending on the stage with His infinite glory,
and the brilliant radiance surrounding Him. Behind the throne of jesus stood
the angel orchestra. covering the entire back, portion of the lawn, as though
standing on a gallery, so that the audience could see the whole multitude of
the angels with their glittering musical instruments, Amma. I always used to
say that the angel orchestra is the best (compared to the human one) and
also this time the orchestra had innumerable members and we were
captivated by their ethereal music. This is the first time that I had seen such
a huge angel orchestra. we all started praising Jesus, by raising our hands.
Then all of us sang a praising song led by the human choir with the
accompaniment of the immense angel orchestra. Amma the superb grandeur
of our singing cannot be explained by words. It was tremendously
wonderful and we were thrilled by its overwhelming richness. Jesus then
stood up, extended His hands and gave His wonderful message.
Jesus : This is a special occasion in which I would like to thank and
appreciate the whole multitude of angels who are occupying both the Heaven
and the earth, for their great sincerity in performing the service assigned to
them by our Holy Father. I appreciate them for showing such great Love,
honour and reverence and also for giving praises to their Lord and serving
Him with implicit obedience and faithfulness. [While saying the above words,
Jesus was turning and extending his hands towards the angels surrounding
Him. Then He extended His hands towards us and continued His divine
wonderful speech.]
Now, you, the redeemed souls remember the history given in the Holy
Bible from the beginning till the end, where the angels performed and
fulfilled the will of My Father in the lives of My children while they were on
the earth. Remember the incidents of saving lives of Lot and his family,
Elisha, Daniel and my disciple Peter and those who fought wars for my
chosen people-the Israel and also many other incidents in your lives and
also in the lives of My saints and missionaries involved in My ministry.
During the time of wars, the angels were great warriors, helping My people.
They can serve My people only according to the perfect will of My Father.
There are millions of angels on the earth now fulfilling the will of My Father,
under the direct control of the Holy spirit. The angels are constantly moving
between Heaven and the earth, bringing thousands of my redeemed souls to
Heaven according to the perfect will of My Father. I want you to remember
all those incidents of the great services rendered by our angels.
Now my message is to My children on the earth. Remember you are
surrounded by thousands of angels, ready to serve you, according to the will
of My Father under the control of the Holy Ghost,the great Comforter who is
always with you all, throughout your whole life time on the earth and bring
you Home to Heaven when the time comes according to the perfect will of
My Father. So remember to pray fervently so that our mighty Father
sanctions deliverances and the Holy Spirit, who controls the host of angels,
executes them. He guides you and helps you with these angels, wherever
their help is needed, They are always ready to help you any time anywhere
and in any circumstances, according to the perfect will of our Father. So
you must be always in good cheer. Now let us all thank the angels for the
great services rendered. (We all stood up and thanked them). Now thank
our Father who created them, assigned the work to them and controls them
with great love.
David : Amma, the human language is inadequate to describe the shouts of
praises which followed the message of Jesus. Amma, you must hear
personally, to know the 'great shouts of praises' which poured from the
whole redeemed crowd and also from the great multitude of angels. The
angels were jubilant and they were filled with great joy and the volume of
their shouts was so tremendous that it filled the whole open space with an
enormous impact. As the angels and we were shouting praises. Jesus
ascended gracefully accompanied by the angel orchestra, and the whole
host of angels. Amma, we were overwhelmed by the wonderful message
and also by the amazing sight of the Divine ascent, from that open lawn.
We were looking up, still praising Jesus till they disappeared from our sight.
Then with great joy we started dispersing. and we sailed back home, joy
fully.
Amma, I told you that I gave Mamu a small Indian drum which I
brought from the work shop in the musical instruments assembling colony .
Now, I can always hear Mamu playing that drum. He used to put it round his
neck, (since I tied a tape around the drum ) and beat it with a small stick.
So now it is easier to know the where abouts of Mamu, while he is around
the house or inside the garden from the sound of that drum.
Amma, what a wonderful message Jesus gave in the worship service.
Please tell appa, periamma and others about this. So there are hundreds of
angels around you all and around all the children of Jesus. But they can act
only according to the perfect will of our Father, which you have to get
sanctioned by fervent prayer through our beloved Jesus. Bye amma!
"Oh when shall I be dwelling
where angel voices swelling
In truimphant hallelujahs,
make the vaulted heav'ns ring
where the pearly gates are gleaming,
And the morning-star is beaming
Oh, when shall I be yonder
In the presence of the king".
- Florence C. Armstrong

11. Worship service with Disciples and apostles of Jesus

9th July 2004 : 11 P.M.
Rev. 21 : 23 “And the city has no need of sun Or moon to shine
upon it, for the glory of God is its light and its lamp is the
lamb, By its light Shall the nalions walk....."
David : Amma, we had a most amazing and wonderful experience. All of
us sang till we reached home and that is why I could'nt talk to you earlier.
We walked along the road in front of our mansions towards the left.
We passed the brook, turned to the right branch of the road and reached the
river. We sailed towards the left of the river. After passing all the familiar
places, we came to a point where the river had a right side branch and we
entered it. That river flowed amidst thick forest with tall green trees laden
with flowers. When we sailed for sometime we noticed a very spectacular
sight over the woods at our left. We saw shafts of very glorious radiant
white light beaming deep inside the forest and ascending over the trees. We
sailed on and on looking at that wonderful light and when we just came
straight to that light, we saw a broad road leading from the bank of the river
into that forest. That road led us straight to the place from where the
glowing white light was emanating. We saw an immense wall encircling a
very huge magnificent cathedral. The whole structure was made up of some
material which was giving out that intense white light. So the white light not
only was spreading over the surrounding area, but also was ascending
upwards above the trees. The cathedral was like a shining white flower
having four petals. the front portion was longer than the other three sides.
We found it difficult to behold the interior of the cathedral due to the high
intensity of the white light which was radiating from the walls and also from
the roof. Amma I cannot possibly explain the wonder of it. We left our
shoes outside and entered since we felt some kind of awe and reverence in
that holy place. The cathedral was almost full. The two wings were packed
with angels and they were singing very softly. Another spectacular sight on
the stage attracted our attention. There was a magnificent radiant white
throne at the centre. Also there were two rows of low white cushioned
seats without backs on the stage-the first row on either side of the throne
and the second row behind it. The whole cathedral was filled with such
seats only. On the stage some people occupied those seats. We couldn't
see their faces, because ot the dazzling light radiating from them. Another
amazing thing was that our faces and dresses also became dazzling white
and so we found it diffecult to recognise one another. Angels were singing
softly first and suddenly they increased their volume. At that instant our
beloved Jesus descended on the stage with a host of angels singing songs
of praises. The intensity of the white radiance was increased many fold by
the presence of our Jesus surrounded by thousands of angels. All of us knelt
and bowed down low, touching our heads over the white cushions in front of
us. The holy people seated on the stage also shouted praises and
worshipped Jesus who was sitting on the throne. We all remained in that
posture for a long time. At that time we heard the voice of an angel shouting
as follows : "Praise the Lord, our beloved Jesus, praise the Lord for His
great disciples. Praise the Lord for his great apostles". These praises were
repeated by all the angels with great shouts of joy and enthusiasm and all
the time we remained in our worshipping posture only. Then Jesus stood up
with extended hands and spoke as follows :
Jesus : I bless and honour My beloved disciples and apostles who suffered
for Me and for the spread of My gospel around the world.
I also remember the last supper I had with My disciples on the earth.
David : Amma, we could hardly believe our ears. We raised our heads to
see the disciples and apostles. Due to the intense white radiant light, we
couldn't differentiate the disciples and the apostles of Jesus one from the
other. All looked, alike. The angels then started singing songs of praises
and we all shouted praises to Jesus. Then Jesus started ascending along
with the thousands of angels. The singing angels from outside started
ascending along with Jesus, surrounding Him on all sides. After all of them
ascended, to our great surprise, we found the stage to be empty. We don't
know, whether the disciples and apostles ascended along with Jesus or left
the place through some door at the back of the stage. We were all dazed by
this wonderful experience. After the volume. of the singing of the angels
became fainter and fainter and finally stopped, there was a perfect silence
within the cathedral and we dispersed in great silence. We walked along the
front road and reached our boat. Only after leaving the dazzling white light
we became normal. What glory amma! All along the way we sang songs, of
praises like 'holy! holy ! holy!', ‘All hail the power of Jesus name’ etc. Also
we discussed that service. We are sure that all the disciples of Jesus and
also the apostles like st. Paul were there. Amma our hearts flooded with joy
and rapture by this wonderful and rewarding experience, within the cathedral
and we sang all along the way till we reached home.

Be happy amma, Bye!

"Apostles, martyrs, prophets there

Around my Saviour stand;
And soon my friends in Christ below,
Will join the glorious band"
- F. B. P.

12. Worship service - Jesus gave message of happiness, joy &

peace in Heaven
15th July 2004 : 11 P.M.
Is. 51:11 " And the ransomed of the Lord shall return and come
to Zion with singing; everlasting joy shall be upon their
heads;they shall obtain joy and gladness and sorrow and
sighing shall flee away."
David : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service.
We sailed along the front river-encircling the vast picturesque
stretches of landscape of the worship complex towards the left. After
passing the auditoriums on our right, the river splits into two branches. The
left branch would lead us to the palm grove island. But we sailed along the
right branch which was going around the huge worship complex. After
sailing a long distance, we saw a very beautiful green lawn at our left. The
lawn was divided into many sections by green plants which were blooming
with blossoms of different colours. Beyond the lovely lawn, a beautiful
mountain range was seen and its slopes were covered with green trees filled
with lovely flowers of various colours, which made the mountains extremely
beautiful. On the opposite side of the river, that is at our right side, a very
huge rectangular auditorium with a single tall tower stood in imposing
splendour facing this splendid scenery. We landed just infront of the
immense structure and we entered within its portals. The entire walls and
windows of the building were made of a transparent glass-like material.
A large number of seats were arranged in galleries facing the wide
stage in the front. Below the stage, at the left side we saw a large human
choir and a large human orchestra on the right. We occupied the front seats
near the orchestra and we recognised its members. They were from the
music lover's colony, which we visited once. They invited us to participate in
a musical concert which would be organised in their auditorium to give an
item if we would be free at that time. All this time the choir (which also
belonged to that music lover's colony) was singing. The orchestra then joined
them with their musical instruments. By that time the auditorium was completely filled
with people - around two thousand redeemed souls.
Suddenly everybody stood up and looked at the back through the
transparent windows and walls. We also turned back to see the mountain
heights resplendent in magnificent beauty. A very brilliant white light
emerged over the mountains. We then saw a large host of glittering angels
arising from the other side of the mountain range and gliding horizontally
towards the auditorium. The angels within the auditorium at once went to
the front to welcome the divine group. When they landed, we saw Jesus in
the front and He entered the auditorium gloriously, followed by the angels.
Jesus extended His hands on both sides, walked gracefully along the aisle,
looking on both sides and greeting the people with a brilliant smile on His
face. Amma our Jesus is a person of extraordinary beauty and we were
thrilled to see His magnificent smile. We all stood up, raised our hands and
burst into shouts of praises to Jesus with tremendous joy. Jesus slowly
moved to the front along with the angels, stood on the stage with extended
hands surrounded by the angels at the back. We continued our shouts of
praise for sometime. Then the choir, orchestra and we all sang a song
'Praise the Lord' with great joy. The volume was so tremendous that the
auditorium seemed to vibrate with that joyful song. Jesus then started to
give His message with His blessing "Peace be unto you" and gave a sign
with His hands for us to be seated.
Jesus : I want you to compare your joy and happiness in the
world with that, you are now enjoying in Heaven. On the cross, I died for
your sins and also I bore your sorrows, pain and sickness. I also told My
children, "In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have
overcome the world." (John 16 : 33). But satan is there to depress My
children. Though they have tribulations, I want them to have an inner joy
because I am always with them, so also the comforter, the Holy Spirit. But
My servant Paul says, "I have a desire to depart and to be with Christ which
is far better." (Phil. 1 : 23). You have the perfect undiluted happiness, joy
and peace only in Heaven. Is it not?
David : Amma, immediately we all stood up, raised our hands and shouted,
"Yes Lord, yes Lord. Thank you Jesus, thank you Jesus." I cannot explain
our ecstacy and we all jumped with joy. Jesus was smiling at us. That made
us even more happy and our hearts flooded with indescribable jubilant joy.
Then the choir started singing joyful songs like "Praise Him, praise Him.
Jesus our blessed Redeemer. ..... Praise Him ever in joyful songs." Amma,
Jesus became a great choir director, extending one hand towards the choir
and the other towards the orchestra and moving His hands up and down
rhythmically, with a radiant smile on His glorious face. I don't know whether
the audience sang or just shouted with great joy praising Jesus. Our group
just jumped in joy, raising our hands with shouts of praises. We didn't know
what we were doing. Amma, I cannot explain our wonderful and marvellous
feeling of joy in words. The choir sang many choruses like "I have a joy, joy,
joy down in my heart." All the time Jesus was standing there with a radiant
smile extending His hands. Jesus then started ascending with the host of
angels who also raised their hands in abundant joy uttering praises. We
were shouting praises even after Jesus ascended gloriously out of the
auditorium. We then joined the flow of people that surged through the
threshold still shouting with joy. Finally, we sailed along the river
surrounding the other side of the worship complex and reached home singing
all along the way. Amma, it was such a joyful and wonderful worship
service.
"Rejoice, rejoice believer
Press on to join the hapy, happy throng;
Where soon thy Lord will call thee
To realms of joy and everlasting song."
- Grace J. Frances

13. Worship service - Jesus blessed

His children
2nd August 2004 : (David's birthday) 11.05 P.M.
Num. 6 : 24 - 26 " The Lord bless you and keep you: The Lord
make His face to shine upon you and be gracious to you. The
Lord lift up His countenance upon you and give you peace."
David : Amma, we had a wonderful worship service, in which
Jesus blessed the entire audience.

We sailed along the river touching our gardens, towards the right of
our mansions. Before the river joined a large lake, there was a right side
branch and we entered it, which flowed in between two mountain ranges.
After sometime, our boat sailed through a country of vast plains which was
exceedingly beautiful. On both sides, stretched lovely green lawns, on which
we saw small elevated places like sand dunes completely covered with wild
flowers in bloom and the blossoms were blazing with different beautiful
colours. It was like a well arranged garden with flowerpots here and there
with different coloured flowers of exquisite beauty. Amma in Heaven,each
place has its own unique charm. After a long way we saw a road, leading
from the bank of the river towards our right. we landed there and walked
along that road and on its both sides, the same beautiful view was visible.
At a distance we saw a beautiful chapel with two tall towers, one in the front
and the other at the back. This road led us straight to the chapel. There
were pathways on both sides of the building leading to mansions deep within
the woods, which encompassed the lovely green lawn, studded with small
flower-hills.

When we went nearer, we saw hosts of angels drifting from different

directions and descending at the back of the chapel. Also we were surprised
to see a human choir standing on the balcony of the first floor of the tower
and they were singing beautifully. We stood in the open ground at the front
of the chapel and enjoyed their lovely songs. After sometime they
descended through the steps on both sides of the tower and entered the
chapel in a procession, singing. People were coming from all directions to
the chapel and we also went in and sat at the front row. The human choir
was on the left side and a large number of children were seated on the right
side of the chapel. In the front, there was a semicircular immense stage.
Beautiful and long draperies were hanging in shining folds around the stage
behind the platform. The human choir was singing all the time. Suddenly the
draperies shimmered and moved on towards the two sides at the back of the
stage and through the opening a radiant whitelight emerged and a huge host
of angels streamed in on the stage. Then the white radiance slowly
changed into a bright golden one and Jesus came in, encircled by a host of
angels. We all stood up. raised our hands and shouted with joy and praised
Him. Jesus sat on a golden throne at the centre. Angels stood around Jesus
and also along the walls of the chapel within and also outside the building all
over the place. Then all of us sang a chorus 'Praise the Lord', raising our
hands.

Amma,it was a blessing ceremony. The children went first with their
flowers and stood before Him. Jesus blessed them and said "You all are
making Heaven a joyful place". Then the members of the choir went and
knelt before Him. Jesus blessed them and said "By your songs you bring
glory to Heaven”. Then many adult groups went and worshipped Jesus, who
blessed them and said, "By your love, you bring happiness to the inmates
of Heaven". Like that many groups went up and got blessings from our
beloved Jesus. Almost in the end, our group went up and knelt before Jesus.
He smiled at us, blessed us saying, "I am happy that you are involved in My
ministry and fruitful service". Amma, we felt extremely happy since we got an
opportunity to go near our beloved Jesus.

Then, while we were all singing a praising song joyfully, Jesus

disappeared from the stage along with the multitude of angels in a moment.
We didn't see them ascending. They must have gone through the back of the
stage.

We all then came out and walked along the road singing joyfully. we
sat on the beautiful lawn, in a circle and my friends celebrated my birth day
anniversary singing "Happy birthday to you". Amma, so far, we haven't
celebrated birthdays of my friends since it is difficult to remember days
here in Heaven. Since you told me about my birthday and the celebration
you are going to have in Puthalam worship place, I was able to tell them
about my birthday.

As I told you earlier, I explained the scene of our Puthalam worship

place, the beautiful sea view in the front and the size of the building. Also I
told them about our small choir, sunday school children, the members of our
congregation who are poor and also the oppositions, we had to face there.
Then we sang a few songs imagining that we all were there on the stage with
our musical instruments- I, at the key board and others with their guitars,
violins and pipe instrumens. We also planned that everybody should explain
about their churches-each one at a time and then we would sing a few songs
for the congregation, thinking that we were facing the dear ones in the
audience. Finally we reached home. My friends promised to come back and
join me in celebrating my birthday with ammamma and grandpa. Ammamma
would cut different fruits and mix them to prepare a delicious fruit salad for
all of us. I am sure Mamu will bring his friends too. (Then I, kamazh told
David about his birthday service at Puthalam and how happy we felt when
we sang the song, “All hail the power of Jesus name” by raising our hands
and thinking that we had joined the great redeemed crowd of Heaven with
our beloved son David, his frineds and other dear ones in the presence of
Jesus).
David : Amma, now you'll know to some extent our happiness in Heaven.
So be happy amma ! Bye!
"Oh, when shall I be yonder?
The longing groweth stronger
To join in all the praises the redeemed ones do sing,
Within those Heavenly places,
Where the angels veil their faces,
In awe and adoration, in the presence of the king!"
- Miss. Florence C. Armstrong

14. Worship service in a huge cathedral

with nuns and priests
18th June 2005 : 10.55 P.M.
Mat. 25:40 "Verly I say unto you, in as much as ye have done
unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto
me."
David : Amma, just now we came home after attending a wonderful worship
service. We walked along our mansions, towards right, turned on the left
road and reached the river. From there we sailed in a boat towards the
right. The river curved towards the left. After passing that curve we sailed
steadily forward, a long way. Then we saw a broad road, starting from the
right bank of the river and going into the interior. We left our boat there and
started walking along that road which was fenced in on both sides by very
tall flowering trees. There were many left and right branches to that road.
Tall flowering trees lined the edges of all those branch roads. We saw
gardens, meadows carpeted with wild flowers, green lawns etc. On the side
road, we saw few people walking towards the main road. But we could'nt
see any mansion either beside the main road or beside those side roads.
Later on we learnt that huge and grand mansions were studded along the
side roads amidst very beautiful gardens and flowering trees far away from
the main road. That was why we couldn't see them from there. We walked
steadily forward and reached an immense cathedral which stood in imposing
grandeur and splendour over a large rectangular platform which was
surrounded by a number of steps. The entire building was outlaid with white
marble tiles decorated with gold and precious stones. Many tall towers of
different sizes made of gold, adorned the building. Amma, the cathedral
looked like the ancient cathedrals in Rome and other European countries
which I saw in pictures. But this one far surpassed them in grandeur, beauty
and elegance. Ascending those steps, we reached the platform. Then we
saw three more roads coming towards the cathedral from the other three
directions. As we were standing there and watching, we saw a group of
women both youth and adults approaching us through the same road in
which we walked. When they came near us, they greeted us warmly and introduced
them as nuns from different parts of the world.
Nuns : We had been catholic nuns,and we have found out that Jesus was
the only Saviour and He was the only way to eternal life. On the earth we
were involved in many types of social work to uplift the down trodden and we
did such works for Jesus. Now in Heaven Jesus has given us individual
mansions of wondrous beauty. Also We have community mansions where
we can live together if we desire. We gather there for Bible study. Around
this cathedral. there are hundreds of mansions. These are occupied mostly
by people who had been nuns, Fathers and Bishops of catholic denomination
on the earth. But in Heaven there is no difference between the different
denominations. Our family members are also here . Other families also
reside along with us.
David : We, then introduced ourselves and all of us started walking towards
the cathedral. There we saw beautiful crosses on the top of all those towers.
We saw hosts of angels descending, over those towers, playing their
musical instruments. By the way we brought a guitar with us. I don't know
why we did that. Then we all went within the cathedral with the multitude.
Seats were arranged in galleries facing a beautiful altar. On the wall of that
altar, was a huge cross which was ablaze with a brilliant white light. I think
that the material of the cross (diamond?) was giving out such a light. There
were wings on both sides, of the building. Left side wing was occupied by a
large human choir. They looked beatiful in their choir uniform dress. They
were singing songs which were like chanting and the language was not
English. Soon angels started descending playing their musical instruments.
Suddenly Jesus descended with a host of angels and was seated on a
glorious throne on the altar. Amma, I am sure that the throne was not there
before, the arrival of Jesus. The throne was also blazing out the same
brilliant white light. From Jesus, dazzling white light was radiating in all
directions. The whole audience atonce stood up, raised their hands and
sang a praising song which was like chanting. We also raised our hands and
praised Jesus. Then Jesus stood up and enthralled the audience by His short and
sweet message.
Jesus : On the earth I told my followers, "As you did to one of the least of
these My brethren you did it for Me". [Math. 25 : 40] I know each and
everyone of you present here and also what you had done to the poor, the
down trodden, the old and the sick while you were on the earth. You did
that because you loved Me, because you know that I loved you and I died on
the cross to save you from that horrible eternal death. Those who accepted
Me as their Saviour only could help the poor with a sincere heart, because
you knew that you were doing it for your Saviour. I want to honour you for
all the good you have done to help the downtrodden in My name and now
you are here with Me for ever.
David : Jesus then ascended gloriously along with the
angels. Then the choir members came out in a procession followed by the
audience. As usual we stood outside watching the multitude walking along
the roads. Suddenly we got an urge to sing with our guitar. So we stood at
the platform near the front road and started singing many songs and
choruses. The first chorus we sang, was " I have decided to follow Jesus".
We used to sing it with actions. Soon many people started gathering around
us and we continued our singing. Finally a large crowd was sitting in front of
us and listening to our songs joyfully. We sang only choruses and some
hymns with four parts or with two parts. As soon as we finished one song,
they raised their hands with shouts of joy. Finally we bid them a fond
farewell and started to depart. One person stood up, thanked us and asked
us to go there again when we could find time. The nuns were also in that
group and they waved their hands. Some of them started walking with us
along the main road. While walking also we started singing with the guitar.
Some of the inhabitants stood near the cross roads to listen to us. When we
passed them, they waved their hands. Then only we knew why we had the urge to
take our guitar while starting this trip. Then we sailed back home joyfully singing all along
the way.
Bye amma !
"Bear the cup of loving service
To the weary and the sad;
For the draught held out to others
Makes the giver more than glad
Tendered in His loving spirit
Blessed will the mission be;
E'en the smallest cup that's offered,
Christ, our gracious Lord, will see.

Chapter III
PALACES OF KINGS, DUKES AND LORDS IN HEAVEN
1. Castles of Dukes And Lords
26th April 2004 : 10 P.M.
II Peter 1:11 “.... There will be richly provided for you an
entrance into the eternal Kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus
Christ.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and just now I reached home.
Our group sailed in a boat along our usual route towards the left of our
mansions and reached the sea. From there we didn’t turn left or right, but
travelled straight towards deep waters. After a longtime we saw at a
distance a very beautiful flower garden floating on the sea. when we went
nearer we found that it was part of an immense island. We landed near the
flower-bed where there was a huge beautiful golden gate. When we entered
it, a marvellous sight of beauty awaited us there. There was a golden road
(not in the middle of the island) leading from the gate to the other end of the
island. On both sides there were golden round pathways, surrounding
circles of flower-beds of exquisite beauty. The flower pots were made of
shining gold. On both sides, the flower pots were arranged in circular
galleries in marvellous splendour. In one section, we saw one variety of
flower (say roses). There were different beautiful shades and different sizes
of roses, all mixed up so that it gave the gentle beauty of the rainbow
colours. There were sparkling fountains around the circular flower-beds with
such fine spray that it almost looked like a transparent golden cloud
enfolding all the flower pots. We passed on to the next sections of different
varieties of lovely blossoms. Some of them were completely new to us. We
saw seats here and there around the flower-beds and we saw a few people
siting there and reading books. We saw some people planting tender plants
in pots at the extreme right of the flower-beds. They told us that the English
Lords and Dukes of mostly 17th to 19th century lived in castles on the other
side of the island. Then we walked straight through the main golden road
between the flower-beds and reached the back end of the island. From there
we came to the parallel road which was going through the middle of the
island. Then we walked from the back towards the front of the island. That
road was laid with beautiful jewelled white marble tiles edged with gold. On
our left we saw beautiful tall flowering trees, very closely planted and it
looked like a beautiful thick forest of flowers, saw a path-way going on our
left. As we walked through that, we heard children’s voices somewhere. We
found, at the left of the path way a beautiful golden swimming pool with full
of children playing and shouting with joy surrounded by the same type of fine
spraying fountains, amidst the thick flowering trees. Our teenagers just
rushed to them, joined the joyful crowd talking and laughing with them.
There were beautiful green lawns and flowerbeds around the pool. Then
again we came to the road and walked further and there we saw a clearance
amidst the thick wood. Surrounded by beautiful wide gardens, on an
elevated place stood a magnificent castle complex with several towers, long
windows and balconies all around. Amma I cannot explain the golden beauty
of the castle. This resembled the grand castles of olden centuries in
structure which I must have seen in pictures on the earth. But this was much
bigger and surpassed in beauty and grandeur. Its beauty cannot be
compared with any building on the earth. We walked through the golden
path-way amidst the English gardens of flowers of exquisite beauty. The
pathway contained golden steps in different places and we reached the
elevated place. We saw several people inside the garden and also in front
of the castle. One guide took us inside. He said that several castles were
built into one single unit and people of many generations belonging to the
same huge family were living together in this castle complex. I cannot
explain the richness and beauty of the huge halls and their artistic
decorations in gold and precious stones. He led us deep into the castle and
we found a huge hall with full of luxurious seats arranged in semicircles. A
family worship service was in progress. One person was talking about the
love of Jesus. The audience smiled at us and signalled us to be seated. We
all sat on the left side where seats were vacant. As soon as he finished
speaking he welcomed us. Then John told about us and introduced us to the
audience. While John talked, he told, “If this is the earth, we can never
dream of entering into a castle where Lords and Dukes live.” For that the
Duke (I think) replied, “In Heaven we all are one united by the wonderful
bond of love of our beloved saviour Jesus and we all are His Children”.
Then we had a get-together meeting. One teenager around eighteen
gave her witness. Amma you must see the beauty of that girl! With long
golden hair and blue eyes, she looked like an angel. With a sweet voice, she
told us how she was touched by the compassionate love of Jesus and how
she accepted Jesus as her personal Saviour. Another younger girl also gave
her wonderful testimony. Then different groups sang. There was a grand
piano and some one played on it. Then they asked us to give a few items.
Amma, I gave the starting note in the piano and we sang some small anthem
like songs with many variations. They were really good and they burst into
applause by raising their hands and shouting with joy. John introduced me
as a medical student on the earth and now a medical student cum a choir
director and they appreciated me and our songs very much.
Then they gave us delicious fruit juice in beautiful golden cups.
Before leaving they gave us lovely golden apples decorated with precious
stones as present. I took three and others took two or three from the basket
in which they brought them. Our girls told about our museum. They told us
that they were having a museum at the back of their castles and they askd
us to collect from their store house whatever we wanted for our museum.
Finally, we parted from them with a fond farewell and came out with a
guide who took us to the museum, which was wonderful with many things in
gold, silver and wood similar to ones belonging to the 17th to 19th century of
England with tags attached to them explaining the details. There were many
paintings and portraits too. The guide said that there were many painters
and artists even among the family members. He gave the girls whatever
they wanted from their store-houses with tags giving all the details we
needed and packed them in huge carry bags for us.
Then we said good bye and walked along the road at the back of the
many castles. We didn’t go into all of them. At the left side we saw very
beautiful wide green lawns with a number of horses of different sizes and
also we saw people riding on them. Children were riding on ponies and
some were teaching them. We saw children playing with pet animals and
also some children were enjoying themselves in swimming pools situated at
different places. There was a net-work of pathways inside the forest at the
back of the castles. As we were passing, we saw ladies sitting in balconies
and they waved to us and we also greeted them. We saw youth groups
playing some games in many places. Finally we reached our boat and we
saw many luxurious boats on the sea.
We were told that there were many huge islands in an enormous circle
on the ocean with castles similar to this one, where Lords and Dukes of
other European countires were living. Also they had a huge beautiful
cathedral in an island, almost at the centre of all those islands. There, they
used to have wonderful worship services, when Jesus visited them with
angels.
Then we sailed on and reached home. I left my three golden apples
downstairs and came up. I must go down now. Also Steve told me that we
might have a music programme soon and I am going to his house for
practice, so bye Amma.
“Growing in the upper garden
Flow’rs the earth too rudely pressed,
In that land shall reach perfection,
By the heav’nly Gard’ner dressed.
 There the flowers bloom for ever,
Death can find no entrance there,
There is life and light eternal,
There is joy beyond compare.”
- C. Austin Milet

2. Palace of King David

14th May 2004 : 9.30 P.M.
Ezekiel 34:24 “I the Lord, willbe their God and my servant David
shall be prince among them, I the Lord, have spoken.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful and marvellous experience and I feel
over joyed when I think of that.
We went by our river at the back. We took our usual route and
reached the sea and then turned towards the left. After passing the
children’s home at the beach we turned at right angles and sailed towards
deep waters for a long time. From a distance we saw a shining city of light.
When we went nearer, we saw a very beautiful wall of fine gold. Edges of
the wall were ornamented with lovely precious stones. Over the walls, there
were golden stands and on the top were transparent golden coloured globes
givings out golden light. (Like our sodium lamp, but the light emanating from
it was of golden colour). The sight of the glittering golden wall with sparkling
gems and the golden light diffused by those glowing globes was enchanting
and marvellous Amma. We felt that it must be the abode of some rich King.
It was a very huge island when compared to the other islands we visited till
now. Then we, entered the island through a golden gate which also had the
same type of lights over it. We walked along a golden road made of golden
tiles edged with precious stones, but covered with transparent golden
coloured marble. It gave the road a luminous and rich appearance of
exquisite beauty and also the roads were extremely smooth, because of
those glazed tiles. On both sides, we saw very beautiful gardens with
gorgeous flowers in golden pots. In some sections of the garden fine spray
of water was springing up from the edges soaring up high and then falling
into the garden as a glistening golden cloud. In some gardens we saw lovely
children playing and in many of those delightful gardens, groups of men and
women were playing harps and small drums and were singing beautifully in
unison. It was almost like chanting. As we walked amidst these enchanted
gardens of flowers music and light we saw a huge road branching towards
the left. This road looked more charming than others and we turned and
walked along this lovely road. We then saw an exquisitely magnificent
golden palace of imposing grandeur with a number of golden domes and a
fabulous facade of gracious beauty, with an immense lighted garden
blooming with gorgeous blossoms in the front. The garden stretched on
either side of a golden central pathway of fascinating beauty. Along the
edges of the pathway, there were golden railings decorated with sparkling
gems and over the railings we saw glowing golden globes radiating golden
light. There were many sections in the garden with lovely golden pathways
inbetween. The beautiful sounds of music coming from different groups of
people in those elegant gardens pervaded the whole place. In many
sections of the garden we noticed children with very sweet faces. As we
approached the palace, a guide told us that it was the palace of King David.
We were stunned and we couldn’t believe our own ears. At the same time
we were thrilled and it was beyond our wildest dreams Amma. We thought
that it was the palace of some great King, but we never expected that to
belong to the great and mightly King David.
The guide led us into the palace. The walls and floors were made of
gold decorated with precious stones. We passed many huge halls glittering
with gems and artistic work of elegant beauty. The walls and floor of one
hall were strewn and ornamented with radiant red rulies, another hall with
sparkling diamonds, another with shining green emerald stones and yet
another hall with bright blue sapphire stones etc. Beautiful winding golden
staircases were going up in those central halls. Delicate and enchanting
curtains were hanging in shining folds. On the two sides of each hall, there
were music rooms. We just looked into them. There were men, women
separately or together singing with harps, flutes like instruments and with
small drums. With their musical instruments, their singing was melodious.
We remembered that King David himself was a great musician and he had
written hundreds of psalms. He was the earth’s greatest songster. Then the
guide took us to a huge hall in the first floor. There we saw the King, seated
on a shining golden throne, with delicate artistic work, in a sparkling fine
garment of rich. golden brocade with gems, with a golden crown of
splendour, fit for the greatest Jewish King, loved by God. His throne was on
a huge platform and there were some people with him and we saw many
empty beautiful seats there. The hall reflected the splendour of its rich
Jewish royal heritage.
In the front, there was a huge choir, both men and women singing
beautifully with their musical instruments. The guide led us to the stage and
the King with a friendly smile directed us to be seated. Then the choir
stopped singing. John introduced us collectively and started talking about
the great King David. John said, “We used to love and memorize many
Psalms when we were children. We can hardly find any Christian without
knowing Psalm 23 “The Lord is my Shepherd” by heart. Also the first Bible
story we studied was David and Goliath’ with our picture books”. King David
was much pleased to hear this. He looked like a middle aged man, very
handsome with curly hair. Actually he looked like a real King and a great
warrior. He asked his choir to sing the song “The Lord is my Shepherd”.
They sang in their language with a chanting like tune. Since we knew that
Psalm, we were able to understand the verses easily. Then he asked us to
sing. We decided to sing the same song “The Lord is my Shepherd” in our
usual tune with four parts. Amma we sang beautifully. As soon as we
finished he rose up from his throne and showed his great appreciation along
with his choir who shouted in joy. King David said, “Wonderful! Wonderful!
You sing very beautifully. Who is your music-director?”. At once John
pointed me and said “David is our music-director”. To my great surprise and
wonder, he came to me, hugged me and said, “I am so happy that there is
another David like me who loves music”, Amma I felt so happy and I was
touched by his love and admiration. Then John introduced every one of our
group and explained about our music system of four parts - bass, tenor,
treble and alto. We raised our hands to show him who all sang the different
parts. He asked us to sing the same song once more and we sang with great
enthusiasm with our small golden guitar. (one we picked up from the
shopping complex) Though the king spoke in his native language, he spoke
very clearly and slowly and we were able to undersand each and every word.
Then he started telling about himself.
King David : I was the youngest son in my family and I was very close to my
father, who loved our God. So from my childhood he used to tell me about
our Great and mighty God, Jehovah who led the Israel through the
wilderness with His powerful Hands. So from my childhood I used to love my
God, the Father. I had very great love and affection for Him. I also loved
music from my childhood. So when I was a shepherd boy, I used to compose
and sing songs of praises to my beloved God and Father playing my harp.
When I killed wild animals, you would have thought that I was a great
warrior. No. Not at all. I was only a boy then. But I used to pray fervently and
I used to feel the great power of God descending on me. So it was not me,
but my God, the Father gave me victories, over the animals and my enemies.
While killing the great Goliath also, who gave me the wisdom to do, what I
did? Who helped me to kill the great giant? It was my God, the Father. He
was with me always throughout my life. Though I sinned against Him, when I
repented and asked His forgiveness, He forgave me, the greatest sinner, and
I loved my Father with such great love which I cannot express even now in
words. (Then he explained many of his battles, like stories and how God
helped him with his wonderful power and wisdom). So naturally I used to
praise Him with my songs, since I was a great lover of music. Here in
Heaven some time our God, the Father and Jesus visit us with their angel
choirs with harps. We used to fall before them and worship, since their
presence used to be so very glorious.
David : Then ladies brought us very delicious fruit juice in big golden cups
with handles on both sides, kept on individual trays. Each lady carried only
one tray with one cup and so a long row of ladies came up to the stage to
serve us.
Then king David invited us to go there again with all our musical
instruments and entertain all the residents in their huge temple. (John told
him about our band). He asked us to visit his treasure house and pick up
whatever things we liked. He asked us whether he should come personally to
give us presents. We said a definite ‘No’ and thanked him profusely and left
him. He is a humble man Amma not at all proud.
The guide then took us to his treasure house. What a fascinating sight
Amma! There were beautiful things in gold, used during their time on the
earth. We saw crowns, staff, swords, harps, other musical instruments and
jewels in all sizes - from large to small tiny ones. I took two small pieces of
harps, swords, staff etc and put them in my pockets. Others also took things,
they wanted. The guide gave our girls huge long carry- bags to collect things
for our museum and the guide asked a few men to keep those filled- up ones
near the front gate near our boat.
We then walked along the main road looking at the magnificent
mansions on either side of the sreets branching from this main road. The
guide showed us the mansion of Jonathan, the great friend of king David.
There were mansions of king David’s father, brothers, family, friends and his
contemporaries. There were more than hundred mansions. Then he showed
us a huge central garden with lovely flowers, sweet children and singing
groups. The beautiful sound of music pervaded the whole island typical of
king David’s city of music with golden lights.
He then showed us a huge temple similar to that of king solomon’s
temple. We then walked along the main road, finally reached the entrance,
kept all our gifts in our boat and sailed back home singing all along the way.
Amma I am going down to explain everything to ammamma. Bye amma!
“His children so sweetly are singing
Up there by the beautiful sea.
Sweet chords from their goldharps are ringing
How beautiful Heaven must be
Sweet home of the happy and free”
- Mrs. A.S. Bridgewater

3. Palace of Emperor Constantine

5th June 2004 : 10.15 P.M.
Proverb 21:30,31 “No wisdom, no understanding no counsel, can
avail against the Lord. The horse is made ready for the day of
battle, but the victory belongs to the Lord.”
David: Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a golden city in an island.
We reached the sea by our usual route. At the sea, we turned left and
from the mansions near the back waters, we turned at right angles to the
shore line, towards deep waters. The sea spread out far before us as a
beautiful shining golden glass and we sailed on and on. On the way we saw
the ship mansions. As we sailed farther, from a distance we saw something
glittering. When we went nearer, we saw huge shining walls, made of pure
fine gold edged with precious stones, around the island. The golden light of
Heaven which was reflected from the walls made the island more glorious
and golden. We sailed along the edge of this massive wall. Since the water
was very transparent, to our great amazement, we found the wall erected
from the deep bed of the sea. The golden wall was crowned with the
drooping branches of trees laden with, gorgeous flowers and fruits of many
colours intermingled with the green of the leaves. What a fascinating
beautiful sight amma! we couldn’t see. anything within the island. As we
sailed around the huge island, we saw a few golden gates, but they were
closed. Finally, we reached an open gate, with a very wide golden road
leading from it. At the gate we were warmly welcomed by small children with
flowers in their hands and there was a band with various types of drums and
other instruments. The men were dressed in some kind of uniform with belts,
cross-belts, with a high hat and we also found some medal-like ornaments
over their coats. To our great surprise, they played some kind of marching
tunes and led us into the city of gold. We followed the children who walked
behind the band. After walking for some distance, we found a huge oval-
shaped ground laid with golden tiles edged with precious stones. Around that
plain ground we saw beautiful golden palaces with very lovely gardens in the
front, Since the ground was plain, we caught glimpses of all those palaces,
encircling the ground. The band led us straight into a magnificent palace at
the opposite side of the entrance. There was a huge ornamental golden gate
in the front. Precious stones were embedded in it. Near that gate, the
children took leave of us after giving their flowers to us. They waved their
hands and walked off. We fixed the flowers in our coats.
The band then led us into the garden. On the two sides of the road,
we saw men in uniform and they gave us a guard of honour, to our great
amazement. The band led us upto the entrance of the huge golden palace.
At its portal, an announcer (Who was also in a grand uniform) shouted,
“welcome to the palace of the first Christian Roman Emperor, the honourable
Emperor Constantine, the great,” Amma we were strunned to hear that name
and also we felt so honoured about the way they welcomed us. The
announcer then led us into the magnificent halls of immense grandeur. The
first hall looked golden and shone with a reddish tinge, since rubies were
embedded in the golden walls and floor. We passed on to the next hall which
shone with a greenish tinge since it had green gems emerald, embedded in
the golden walls and floor. Then we reached a beautiful hall which glittered
with brilliant white light since it was ornamented with sparkling diamonds.
Amma I have no words to express the beauty and splendour of that very
grand and huge hall with a huge golden throne in which the great christian
Roman emperor Constantine the great was seated. Behind the throne, we
saw two huge flags made of gold mounted on two golden stands. In one flag,
there was a beautiful lustrous white cross made with sparkling diamonds and
the cross on the next flag was red made with shining rubies. The emperor
looked handsome and majestic. There were other thrones near by and some
men were seated there. There were many grand seats arranged in half circle
facing him. John introduced us collectively and the emperor asked us to
occupy those seats, with a smile on his face.
Then he started to tell about the great victories he won and how he
captured the Roman empire with the flag bearing the cross and also he told
about the sign of the cross he had seen on the sky with the word “With this
sign you win.”
Emperor Constantine : When I saw the sign of the cross, I accepted Jesus
as my personal saviour. I learnt from other Christians, how Jesus was
sentenced to death by the Roman governor Pontius Pilate and how the
Roman soldiers crucified my saviour Jesus Christ so cruelly on the cross and
also about the many Roman Emperors after that who killed the great
Apostles and Christians later on! That time I took a vow in the name of Jesus
that I would conquer the Roman Empire by all means with the help of my
saviour Jesus Christ. I had a zeal to do that for the sake of my Jesus, the
Apostles and Christians killed so cruelly by the Roman Emperors. With the
help of my great leader Jesus Christ and bearing a white flag with a red
cross, I marched into Rome and after severe battles. I won and became the
first Christian Roman Emperor. Because of my great zeal for Jesus, I wanted
all my soldiers and my country people to become Christians and gave orders
to that- effect. It might have been wrong, because a number of them became
‘name- sake’. Christians because of my order, but many of my soldiers
became real Christians and hundreds and hundreds of them are with me in
this city. You can see a row of many golden mansions behind the first row of
palaces. There the soldiers and my army officers and their families live in
great harmony. Then I built very grand and glorious Cathedrals in Rome and
sent Missionaries to other countries to spread the Gospel.
David : Amma, we were spell-bound to hear his wonderful narration.
Since I had studied church history, I was able to follow him. For my teen-
age friends, the story was completely new, though his name was familiar to
them. Jane, our history graduate friend, asked many doubts and he cleared
them. Then John praised him for his great zeal for Jesus and also for his
wonderful vicotry over the evil Roman Emperor of that time.
Then we all went near the Emperor and told him that we would sing
two songs, one in praise of Jesus and another one a great marching song of
soldiers. First we sang ‘All, hail the power of Jesus name’ with four parts in
the tune, where ‘Crown Him’ was repeated by Bass and Tenor. Then we got
ready to sing ‘Onward Christian soldiers marching as towar’. Before we
started singing, John slowly and clearly narrated the lines, of the first stanza
of that wonderful song. Amma, since we had practised this song thoroughly
for our music concert we sang it beautifully. As soon as we finished singing
the first stanza and the chorus, John recited the second stanza, so that the
words would become clear to them before we sang the second stanza. Like
that we sang the five stanzas with great enthusiasm, since the words of the
zealous Emperor were ringing in our ears. As soon as we finished, there
was a great shout of joy from everybody present there. The emperor
thanked us profusely for the wonderful song and again we were seated.
They served us fruit juice in beautiful jewelled golden cups. Then they
brought us huge trays full of miniature golden flags with crosses made of
diamonds and rubies. John sat first in the line and I was seated next and
then followed the others. So when they brought us the presents, we wanted
to take the minimum number. I took two, one with diamond cross and
another one with rubies. In the end, the servers gave all the flags left, to our
girls. (Later on girls gave me two more). In the same way they brought a
tray full of golden chains with golden crosses. Beautiful sparkling gems were
embedded in those crosses. I took only one chain and girls in the end got
more so that we were able to give one to each of our friends. Then we went
nearer to the Emperor to bid him farewell. At that time he gave us two huge
golden flags (about 11/2 feet tall) with stands having a white cross of
diamonds and a red cross of rubies. He also asked us to visit a grand
cathedral next to his palace. He said, “When Jesus used to visit us, the
whole army of our city used to march behind Jesus with our band and also
we used to give Him a very grand guard of honour at the central ground and
also at another ground in front of the Cathedral”. Then he shook hands with
each and every one of us and we left the palace in great excitement amma.
To our great surprise, the same army band accompanied us with two golden
flags, one with a diamond cross and the other with a cross made of rubies, in
front of them. The soldiers on the two sides of the palace road gave us a
grand farewell. We requested the band not to accompany us farther than the
palace since we wanted to see the Cathedral and other mansions, before
leaving the city. We thanked them also profusely and went to the Cathedral.
Amma, it was so grand that I have no words to explain its awesome
structure and the artistic work done around the building. You must have
seen some pictures of grand Cathedrals in Rome. It is similar in their
structure, but completely made of gold. Over every tower we could see the
beautiful golden flags with white or red crosses. We went inside. It was so
huge that we had an awe-inspiring feeling. There were no seats and in the
front there was a huge, highly decorated altar. At the centre of the altar,
there was a huge golden cross, with full of sparkling diamonds, fixed on the
wall. At the two extreme ends of the altar, there were two golden flags, one
with a white radiant diamond cross and the other with a shining red cross
made of lovely rubies.
We, then came out and from the huge ground at the front, we saw a
beautiful golden road leading to the back of the island. We, walked through
that and it joined a golden road in between the golden palaces in the front
and a row of beautiful golden mansions at the back. We just had a view of
them. There were more than one hundred mansions in that row. We, then
turned back, reached the front gate and sailed back, singing ‘Onward
Christian soldiers’ with great enthusiasm, remembering the wonderful story
of the Emperor Constantine.
When we reached home children were following the girls to hear the
wonderful stories. Amma we have decided to tell stories of Jesus, His
miracles and His parables, to the children during these times.
I came home amma. Ammamma is not to be seen. Amma I am really
excited to tell the story to ammamma and others. I am going down. Be happy
amma! Bye!
“On ward Christian soldiers-
Marching as to war,
With the cross of Jesus, going on before,
Christ the royal Master, Leads agaisnt the foe,
Forward into battle, see the banners go.”
- S. Baring gould

4. Meeting a German Lord

17th June 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
II Timothy 1 : 8 “Do not be ashamed then of Testifying to our
Lord, nor of me His prisoner, but take your share of suffering for
the gospel in the power of God.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and after coming home,
I met grandpa Bensam and I was talking with him. That is why I am late.
Amma we sailed along the river touching our gardens, towards the left
of our mansions. We took the usual route river - lake - river. If we go in one
particular left branch of this river, we reach the sea. But we sailed straight
without turning. We passed the island of Botanical gardens and sailed for a
long time. The river flowed along the fringes of the mountain ranges on both
sides. The slopes of the mountains were covered with flowering trees and
flowing streams. Then we came to a point where there was a branch of the
river towards the right and when we turned in the branch, we were fascinated
by a magnificent panorama. On both sides of the river, there were beautiful
mountains (not very high) just covered with flowering trees. From a distance
all we could see was the flowers and each mountain seemed to be covered
with a mantle of blossoms of the same vivid colour. So from a distance, the
sight was similar to heaps and heaps of different coloured flowers. Lovely
valleys, through which streams rolled in silvery winding streaks, were
separated from each other by those huge heaps of flowers. Those shining
streams plunged into our river, which became wider and wider. We, then
saw mountains at a distance, which loomed up higher and higher, as our
boat approached closer and closer and finally this river joined an enormous
lake, shimmering in the golden light and surrounded by about six mighty
mountains (not a continuous range) with valleys inbetween. All the
mountains also seemed to be covered with flowers. On the top we could see
clusters of mansions of different sizes. The river then left the shores of the
lake and plunged once more into the unknown through a gap between two
mountains.
We sailed straight across the lake and started gliding along a broad
winding road leading to the heights above of one mountain. On the way we
saw short trees laden with flowers of different colours and varieties. Also we
saw numerous shining streams flowing along its slopes. When we reached
the top, the view was fantastic. There were several broad peaks on the
mountain edge and one at the centre. We saw valleys in between the peaks
and also small pools of crystal-clear water in many places. The main road
went along the bottom of the peaks with broad beautiful steps leading from
the road to the top of each of the peaks. In some peaks, we saw very huge
castles and in some others a few beautiful mansions. At the central peak,
we saw a huge beautiful and magnificent castle and we went to the top by
climbing through the broad steps. On the top there were well-arranged
gardens, springs and small water pools. We saw people working there.
Some were seated in those lovely gardens and were immersed in reading
books. Children were swimming and playing in those pleasant pools. A
guide met us and took us inside the castle. He said that the castle belonged
to a German Lord who was a great friend of Martin Luther and all those who
lived on the mountain top belonged to 15th and 16th centuries. We were
surprised and excited hearing that news. The castle was immense with
many towers and hundreds of rooms. Without the help of the guide, we
would not have been able to find our way into the castle. He took us in a zig
zag manner crossing many rooms decorated with gold and finally we reached
almost the top of one of the towers and we landed in a huge balcony. He
took us to a beautiful round conference hall at the centre surrounded on all
sides by the balcony. On the balcony we saw a few people sitting in
different places, reading books and taking down notes. The view from the
balcony was breath-taking amma. We could see the buildings on the other
peaks of that mountain, the other mountains around the lake and some parts
of the lake too glistening in the golden light.
The guide led us to the conference hall (not very huge) where single
tables with seats were arranged in circles. About ten men were seated on
the inner circle. As we entered, one man (He was introduced as the German
Lord later) welcomed us and invited us to occupy the seats in the next
concentric circle. He was speaking in German, which we could understand
in English. He then said, “I am one of the intimate friends of the great man
Martin Luther. He had many friends like me and he used to teach the real
gospel from the Bible. We were involved in many wars and fights. But the
great Martin Luther and his friends stood very firm for the true Gospel and
we all helped them in their endeavour. Most of the people living in this
mountain and other mountains around the lake were involved in that
struggle. Martin Luther and others used to come here and address large
gathering in my huge auditorium in the ground floor. Now we are collecting
the effects of reformation in later centruies in all the countries of the world.
For that we collect many books. We have a huge library. Also we try to get
informations from enlightened persons and many of our great writers are
writing books on that. We have many correspondents who visit people
around Heaven and collect such informations. We enjoy the work very
much. Jesus used to come to a huge chapel over another mountain and all
of us used to gather there and worship Him.”
John then introduced himself and others collectively. Jane (History
garduate) discussed with him some points. Then we told them that we would
sing two songs which would be appropriate for that period. We stood up and
sang “stand up, stand up for Jesus” and also “Faith of our father’s Holy
Faith”. John used to recite the words of each stanza and then we sang the
song, so that the words would be clearer, since they would not have known
these songs in those early centuries. As soon as we finished singing, they
raised their hands and shouted their appreciation. They asked us earnestly
to select more such wonderful songs and they requested us to go over there
again to teach those songs to their youth, children and adults. We promised
to do that. They asked about me. I said. “I came from the southern tip of
India. A German Missionary named ‘Ringeltaube’ of the London Missionary
Society was the one who brought the light of the Gospel to our place in the
beginning of the 19th century. Now we have about thousand churches in our
district. At that time, the lower caste people in our area were much
oppressed by the upper caste people. In India, we have the evil of caste
system. The early Missionaries lifted us up spiritually, educationally and
socially.”
Amma, they were very much interested to know about it, since they
didn’t have much information from India. I told them about grandpa Bensam.
I said that he knew more details about our Church History. Immediately they
were much interested, asking us direction to come to our place and the
German Lord told us that he would send a messenger to grandpa to collect
information and also that he would invite grandpa, when Martin Luther and
others visit their place.
We then parted from them with a fond farwell and the German Lord
instructed the guide to show us the auditorium and their library. Also he
offered us to take a copy of any book (They had many copies of the same
book) we wanted from the library. The guide took us to the auditorium,
which was huge and grand, filled with seats for the audience. He then took
us to a very large library. There were thousands of books. There was no
need to refer to catalogues or computers since the librarians were like live-
computers to give the information one needed. Jane took some copies of
the books, they had. We then thanked the guide and started for home.
On the way; I told my friends to collect the songs, go over there and
teach them. But they flatly refused to go there without me amma. They
said, “David, you only can teach the songs in a systematic way. We can
teach choruses and not these regular Hymns.” Amma, I don’t know how I am
going to find the time. Anyway. I must do it, since they were very earnest in
their request.
When I reached home, I met grandpa Bensam and I told him the whole
story. He was greatly excited and he was even willing to go over there
before a messenger came from there to meet him. He may go over there
with his father. (Ahimaz Nayagam)
Amma I am going down to talk again to grandpa.
Bye amma!
“I’ve enlisted for life in the army of the Lord,
Tho’ the fight may be long and the struggle fierce and hard;
With the armour of God and the spirit’s trusty sword.
At the front of the battle you will find me”
- Mrs. C.H. Morris

5. Castles of English Lords

7th July 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
2 Kings 6:17 “Elisha prayed and said “O Lord, I pray Thee, open
his eyes that he may see” So the Lord opened the eyes of the
young man, and he saw; and behold the mountain was full of
horses and chariots of fire round about Elisha.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed through the river at the back,
towards the right of our mansions. We passed all the familiar branches of the river
towards the left and right and sailed on straight. We then saw a branch going towards
the left and we turned in it. After sailing a short distance in between beautiful flowering
trees on both sides, we reached a large lake, shimmering and surrounded by a very vast
lovely park which extended as far as our eyes could see, with rows and rows of trees
laden with beautiful flowers of different colours. A net work of pathways was laid with
white marble tiles, decorated and edged with gold within the park. Along the pathways
and inside the park, there were beautiful golden edged pots with flowering plants. In
some places, there were beautiful fountains and in many other places, there were
splendid seats-either single ones or in clusters. There were many broad roads touching
the lake and leading away from it and we entered one such road and we walked on and
on and finally we saw a beautiful enormous castle deep within the park. But we couldn’t
see anybody around it. So we went inside the park and occupied the seats arranged in
a circle around a beautiful fountain, which adorned the park. All the sections of the lawn
were looking soft and lovely with different shades of green and also in other delicate
attractive colours. We sat there and started singing. After sometime we saw many
people both young and old advancing towards us riding on white horses, from deep
inside the park, from the back of the castle. The sight was beautiful. Small children
were riding on ponies, clinging on to their necks and lying over them. One couple came
and received us. They said that they were the owners of that castle and they belonged
to the English royal families on the earth. John then introduced us and they took us to
the back of their castle. There we saw a beautiful velvety green lawn of vast area with a
large number of white horses. We saw people coming and riding on those horses. The
English Lord called a few men and asked them to take us for a horse-ride. Amma you
must have seen the joy of our teenagers. Each horse had a broad golden collar around
its neck with a handle at the back of its neck, Amma, since I was not at all familiar with
horse-riding and though it was not at all a problem in Heaven, still I climbed behind
sylvia, one of my young friends. The horses were very friendly. As soon as we went
closer the horses came to us as though they wanted us to ride on them. We mounted
fifteen horses - Some of us in doubles and some in singles. Two of their men rode in the
front to show us the way. We started our thrilling ride, waving our hands at our hosts.
There were very beautiful broad winding pathways going round and round amidst lovely
flower laden trees. After a long time we reached a broad-based hill, not very high, full of
flowering trees and a winding pathway climbing to the top. We rode in rows of four
horses in a line. Amma, I just can’t explain my joy and thrill which I experienced on my
first pleasure-ride on a horse. It was a wonderful experience. The horses galloped
slowly and finally we reached the top, on which there was a rest house - a huge round
hall, open on all sides with a sloping roof - and we occupied the seats within. The sight
from that summit was just marvellous. We could see many such small hills here and
there with winding pathways leading upto the hill. The whole area abounds in flowering
trees with a net work of wide pathways in between. This scenery stretched as far as our
eyes could see. We caught glimpses of the tops of many such castles far away. This
place had the distinctive charm of flowers of different colours which seemed to fill the
whole place, because of the innumerable flowering trees. We sang for sometime and
then we talked with the two men who accompanied us. They told us that there were a
chain of lakes around that area, surrounded with castles belonging to members of royal
families of different nations of the world. They were all horse-lovers and they loved to
ride on horses. Many horse lovers from other parts of Heaven also used to visit them
and go for horse riding. Horses also loved these sessions of riding. By that time our
horses roamed all over the top and also along the pathway around the hill and they
seemed to enjoy themselves. As soon as we got ready to go down, the two men called
them by names and you must see them galloping back to us amma. Even that was a
wonderful sight. Then again we galloped back to the castle, enjoying the wonderful sight
all along the way. When we reached there, we had a get together in their immense
lovely back portico where seats were arranged in semicircles and many members of
their family were seated there. They invited us to occupy those seats. They praised
Jesus for having given them such a magnificent castle in the midst of picturesque
stretches of land of exquisite beauty. They said, “Our God has provided mansions
nearby for our friends who helped us on the earth. He has given us abundant facilities to
continue our music and other hobbies which we enjoyed on the earth and more”. We
then sang a few songs and entertained them and they appreciated our singing. They
served us delicious fruit juice. They also brought many trays containing beautiful golden
rings, decorated with all sorts of sparkling gems. The rings were of many sizes. They
asked us to take as many as we wanted. We all stood around the huge round table
where they placed those trays of rings. We started selecting some for each one of us.
Amma I took only a few rings of different sizes decorated with gems of various colours.
But my friends selected more and dropped them in my pockets as usual and so I don’t
know the number of rings I have now.
We then thanked our hosts and those who accompanied us on our horse riding
trip and left them. They asked us to bring our children and adults sometime to enjoy
their horse riding. They invited us to go within their castle, but we promised to visit and
spend more time with them sometime later. Finally, we sailed back home.
 Amma I am so happy here and you see the different types of pleasures of
Heaven which God has provided for His children!! Amma, I hear the sound of Mamu’s
drum somewhere around and so he’ll be here soon and I am going down.
Be happy amma! Bye!
“In the christian’s Home in Glory,
There remains a land of rest
There my Saviour’s gone before me
To fulfil my soul’s request
There is rest for the weary,
On the other side of Jordan,
In the sweet fields of Eden,
Where the tree of life is blooming
There is rest for You.”
- S.Y. HARMER

Chapter IV
YOUTH AND MUSIC
1. Music Concert At An Open-Air Stadium
28th April 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
Ps. 81:1-3 “Sing aloud to God our strength; shout for joy to the
God of Jacob! Raise a song, sound the timbrel, the sweet lyre
with the harp Blow the trumpet............”.
David : Amma just now I returned home from a music concert in an open-air
stadium, which was near our musical complex. It had a large stage at the
front and seats were arranged in galleries.
We had a very good music practice at steve’s mansion. This time we
had to play and sing. We selected the song “Onward Christian Soldiers” with
some other interludes. We all started for the stadium with our drums,
guitars, violins, flutes and pipe instruments. There was a huge crowd on the
galleries and it was filled up soon.
Our item was almost at the beginning. Our whole band first played a
prelude wonderfully and immediately after that we started singing with full
parts playing our instruments softly. Even in between two lines we were
playing interludes with pipe instruments. There were a lot of variations -
girls sang (treble and alto) one stanza with violins and flutes followed by
chorus with full choir and instruments. Amma I played my drums
wonderfully. At the end of the chorus and every stanza, I played my end
drums with a marvellous ringing sound of many bells and it was very grand.
Our bass was really powerful and everyone sang their parts well. Between
stanzas we sang other choruses also. Steve conducted it wonderfully and
we received a tremendous appreciation from the audience at the end.
Amma, what a privilege to play and sing before such a huge crowd of
redeemed souls and music lovers!.
 Many choirs with their instruments came from different parts around
that area. Bob (American) and his choir gave a wonderful item with Bob
giving beautiful solos in between, with his powerful baritone voice with soft
back ground music. His solo was immediately followed by the full choir with
all their instruments. Their item was almost similar to ours. Only their drums
were different. I was thrilled with delight to hear his remarkable baritone
voice which cannot be compared to any one’s voice in Heaven which I heard
so far - that is something special, a God-given talent to him. Small children
with their drums marched on to the stage. They marched while playing the
drums marching sideways, towards the front and the back. It was very
charming and they did it uniformly. Also very small kids (3-5) sang in their
beautiful baby voices, while bigger children (6-7) played guitar and violin.
You must hear it Amma to realise the wonder of it. They sang in unison, but
it was uniform and melodious. Several European choirs, African and Indian
choirs sang with their different types of drums and instruments in different
languages. Margret aunty, her band and her choir also gave an item. It was
a long programme, but we thoroughly enjoyed it and it was very fascinating.
After the programme, I met Bob and congratulated him. Amma, he just
hugged me and kept me like that for a long time telling, “David I wish you
were my son”. Amma, the bond of love and friendship is strong and
wonderful between us. He asked me to go over to his mansion so that he
could teach me to sing solo. I told him, “Bob, I don’t have your wonderful
baritone voice to sing like you, even if you teach me”.
Finally, we started back home. Frank, my American friend carried the
24 piece drum set, while I carried the two individual drums and also Frank’s
pipe instrument and flute. The girls carried their guitars and violins. I
expected that our teenagers would make a fuss to carry my drums from my
house to steve’s place. so I walked ahead of them, thinking that I could keep
them at home and then take them to steve’s room after talking to you. But to
my great surprise, they called me and said, “David, David , give your drums.
we’ll drop them in steve’s house.” I patted them and thanked them and gave
my drums. Now I am at home. I’ll talk to you later. Bye Amma!
Kamazh : I read in a book the following incident which took place in world
war II.
On 10th August 1941, there was a war-ship, (battle- Ship) named
‘Prince of Wales’ near the island Newfoundland which is on the eastern side
of Canada. It was a sunday morning. The British Prime Minister Mr. Winston
Churchill and the American President, Roosevelt got ready to conduct the
morning worship service on the deck of the ship with all the naval forces. At
the request of Prime Minister Churchill, the song ‘Onward Christian soliders”
was sung by all with great joy and enthusiam. Prime Minister had a
wonderful revelation when they were singing that song. He felt asthough, he
heard a trumpet sound from Heaven, asking the two Christian nations to
save the world which was deteriorating and also to fulfil God’s purpose on
the earth.
“At the name of Jesus, Satan’s host doth flee;
On then, Christian Soldiers, onto victory
Hell’s foundations quiver at the shout of praise
 Brothers, lift your voices, Loud your anthems raise!
Onward, Christian Soldiers!
Marching as to war,
Looking unto Jesus,
Who is gone before”.
- S. Baring Gould

2. A Sing-song Worship Service in an auditorium inside a

huge Garden
15th June 2004
Isa. 35:10 “The ransomed of the Lord shall return, and come to
Zion with singing, everlasting joy shall be upon their heads; they
shall obtain joy and gladness and sorrow and sighing shall flee
away.”
David : Amma, we attended a wonderful worship service.
We walked along the road infront towards the right of our mansions.
After a long way we came across a road, towards our right. We turned in it
and walked on a bridge, over the river flowing at the back of our mansions.
As we walked along this road we came to a point which was almost at the
middle of this river and the lake. At that point, there was another road
branching towards our left and we turned in it. We were told later that this
road was passing through a colony in between the river and the lake. One
row of mansions was facing the river and another row was facing the lake.
Each mansion was within a huge area full of beautiful gardens. From the
main road we could see the pathways leading into the gardens on both
sides. We walked on and on. Then in the front, deep inside a very huge
beautiful garden, we saw an enormous, magnificent auditorium. We walked
along the main path way and entered those gardens. There were a lot of
sub-pathways leading into the different sections of the garden, which had
different kinds of beautiful well-arranged flowering plants. Along the edge of
all pathways there were fountains soaring up and coming down into a very
fine spray of water falling in the sections of the garden and it was a beautiful
sight. Then we walked straight and left our musical instruments on the huge
platform around the auditorium and went into the gardens surrounding the
four sides. On all sides the garden extended as far as the eye could see.
We couldn’t see anything else but the flowers of so many lovely shades and
of exquisite beauty. At the back of the auditorium, beyond the flowering
gardens, we were told, that there was another colony. The mansions there
also either faced the river or the lake. After going through the gardens, we
came back, took our musical instruments and went inside the auditorium.
We went through the extreme left entrance and there, the seats were
arranged diagonally, facing the very huge platform. Similarly, the seats were
arranged this way on the extreme right as well. In between, the seats were
directly facing the stage. There was a huge empty space in the front, below
the stage. We sat on the left side seats almost in the front. On the right,
there was a large human choir on one side and a human orchestra on the
other side. They were singing beautifully with the accompaniment of the
orchestra. People started coming in including many choirs, some with their
musical instruments.
Suddenly we heard the lovely music of the angel-voices, just above
the stage and a very large host of angels descended. The angel choir
occupied the left side of the stage and the angel orchestra on the right,
leaving the front portion empty. They continued their singing with the
accompaniment of the angel orchestra. Then a very glorious radiant white
light flashed over the stage and Jesus, accompained by a host of angels
descended on the stage. Jesus sat on a bright white throne. It was a
glorious sight and the whole auditorium shone with the white radiance. We
all stood up and praised the Lord raising our hands, while the angels
continued their singing. Then the whole audience sang a praising song,
along with the human choir and their orchestra. After the praising song, our
programme of singing session started. While one group was singing
standing on one side at the front, the next group stood waiting on the other
side. Small children groups also sang in their beautiful baby voices. Our
group stood on the left side of the front space and sang the anthem “Praise
the Lord” with our musical instruments except the drums. Steve couldn’t
accompany us. Our orchestra played a prelude first and then we started our
anthem. Amma I was extremely happy to conduct the choir. At the middle of
the anthem, the girls alone sang ‘Praise the Lord’ twice decreasing the
volume gradually and then the whole group played an intertude with all their
violins, guitars and pipe instruments. Then again we continued our singing
and finally ended with a lovely music by our orchestra. After each item, the
whole audience shouted with joy and also praised Jesus. Aunt Margaret and
many other choirs gave items. Finally the human choir with their orchestra
gave a beautiful item. Jesus, then stood up, raised His hands and blessed
us. He appreciated all our items and gave the following message.
Jesus : You sing beautifully with great joy and happiness. You must sing
your songs of praise, realising the deep meaning of the words with great love
and adoration for the Lord. Now I am giving a message to My children on
the earth. They also should sing their songs of praises to the Lord, realising
the deep meaning of the words with great Love and adoration for their Lord.
Then their hearts also will be filled with great joy and happines of the Lord,
whatever may be their circumstances.
David: As soon as Jesus finished His short and wonderful message, the
angel choir sang a song of praise with the accompaniment of their orchestra.
Then Jesus, along with the host of angels started ascending. The angels
continued their singing as they all ascended slowly with Jesus, who was
extending His Hands towards us. Amma we all gazed in wonder as the whole
celestial group disappeared from our sight with their sound of music
becoming softer and softer and finally stopped. We all stood up, raising our
hands and praised Jesus. Our, hearts were filled with great joy and
happiness.
The audience, then started dispersing. John knows the director of that
local choir and also he has many friends and relatives living in that area. So
we all went and met them. The choir-director was a tall white man, while the
members of the choir and the orchestra were from different races of the
world including white people. John introduced each and every one of us. The
choir-director shook hands with me, telling that our item was really wonderful
especially because, we sang as well as we played our instruments. He said,
“David, you directed your choir wonderfully, and you look very young for your
profession”. Many of the choir members also expressed the same remarks
about me and I felt so very happy to hear their appreciation. We all had a
good time talking with members of that choir. We, then left the auditorium.
The sight of people, the white robed throng, going in all the four directions
amidst the flowers of many hues, was a wonderful sight. we then took the
path way, which directly led us to the river. We walked a long way through
the beautiful gardens reached our river and sailed back home by a boat.
Amma, you follow the message given by our beloved Jesus to His
children on the earth. You try to sing all the praising songs from our hymn
books, which you know by realising the deep meaning of each and every
word, with great love and adoration for the Lord. Then your heart will be
filled with joy and happiness, which the world cannot give.
Amma: David, when will you come and take me Home to Heaven?
David: Amma, the time is in the Hands of our Lord. Before that you have to
fulfil all the works that Jesus has assigned to you. You must write the books
and also you must be there to assist appa in his church activities to save
souls. Amma, try to be happy, thinking about my happiness in Heaven. Think
about my super- brain. I have to learn all branches of medical study. My
teachers always say that their knowledge has greatly increased, though they
were great experts in their fields on the earth. Because, all their doubts
were cleared by the Great Creator, through the still small voice, speaking in
their inner soul, whenever they ask for guidance.
Amma : David how long will you talk to me my dear son?
David : Amma, in our ‘Lord’s prayer’ we say “Give us this day our daily
bread” By daily bread, we mean not only physical food, but also spiritual
bread. Now our beloved Jesus is giving regular spiritual bread by revealing
the wonders of Heaven to you. So, as long as you get physical bread, you
will get this ‘Heavenly bread’ too. That is what I think. so be happy amma!
Amma : David, periamma has asked me to convey her love to you. Also,
please convey our love to both your grand parents and Mamu.
David : Amma, please tell periamma that I love her. I love you my dear
amma. I’ll convey your love to them . Be happy amma! Bye!
“Songs of gladness, never sadness,
Sing the ransomed ones in Heaven;
Anthem swelling, ever telling,
Of the joy of souls forgiven.”
- Horatius Bonar
 3. Visiting Music Lover’s Colony
19th June 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
Isa. 38:20 “The Lord will save me, and we will sing to stringed
instruments all the days of our life at the house of the Lord.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a colony of music lovers. We
sailed through our river touching our gardens, towards the right of our
mansions. After passing a branch towards our right, which led us to the palm
gardens, we saw another branch of the river towards our right. We entered it
and after some distance, we saw a branch of this river on our left and we
turned in it. This river passed through the familiar surrounding of tall
flowining trees for sometime. Then suddenly, the scenery changed to vast
stretches of plain ground with green meadows. At the same time, the river
entered a beautiful round lake and ended there. We landed at the junction of
the river and the lake and walked through a broad road which ran parallel to
the lake towards our left. From that road we could see many pathways,
leading to the mansions here and there. Those palatial houses were
surrounded by picturesque stretches of lake land with green lawns or beds of
beautiful flowers blooming in different colours. Those flowers resembled our
different varieties of table roses of many colours. We went along the first
pathway and reached the first house which was a two storeyed beautiful
building. At the ground floor, there was a huge music hall with a stage and
many seats were arranged along the walls. There were about hundred
people, with different musical instuments. They were playing them with a
music director on the stage. Amma, the music was just superb. We went in
through the back door and sat on the seats at the back. As soon as a piece
of music was over, they turned around waved their hands and they sat on the
chairs along the two sides of the hall. John went to the front and shook
hands with the music director, introduced us collectively and told them, that
we were all great music lovers and we were captivated by their music. The
music director said, “The inmates of all the mansions around this lake are
great lovers of music. we have a huge choir and we used to practice in the
auditorium nearby. Whenever an orchestra or a human choir was needed for
worship services in the worship complex, they used to invite us. Our
children too used to go to the music complex to learn to play musical
instruments and also practise vocal singing. Also we give them training
here.” He seemed to know Steve. Then he requested all of us to go to the
stage and sing a song for them. There was a piano on the stage. Amma, as
usual we sang the, anthem, ‘ The Lord is my shepherd”. It was just
wonderful amma. You must hear the shout of appreciation we got from them.
I felt the strong bond of music between us the music lovers. They asked for
one more song and we sang our, favourite anthem ‘Praise the Lord’. Again
there was a great shout of joy. John introduced each and everyone of us.
The music director asked me to say a few words about me. I said, “I am
David, a medical student from India. I used to teach songs to a very small
group of village children who had no taste for music and I used to sing tenor
in that small beach village sunday service. My long time ambition was to
sing in a big choir and my Lord gave me that chance in Heaven. The music
director said, “your choir is wonderful, well-organised and you have given
them a perfect training and you all sing with a perfect harmony”. He, then
quoted the verse “His Lord said unto him, well done, thou good and faithful
servant: thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over
many things: enter thou into the joy of thy Lord”. (Mathew 25:21) in the
parable of talents. Amma, I was so happy to hear his comments, so also the
members of our choir. He also invited us to become the members of their
orchestra or the choir. At the same time, he told us, that it was better to
keep our identity as an ‘excellent small choir’. Amma, we also felt the same
way. Finally, we said ‘good bye’ and left them. They gave us directions to
go to the auditorium. At that time a girl called ‘Lu’
(An American) volunteered to come with us to show the way. So we all
started walking. Lu held my hand and asked me, “David, your choir is just
wonderful and perfect. Will you please allow me to become a member of
your choir”. Amma, we all were greatly surprised and warmly welcomed her
to join us by all means. She was very happy and then, she took us to a
grand auditorium with a very large stage and full of comfortable seats. The
choir practice was going on with hundreds of members. We sat at the back,
watched them for sometime and then left.
Lu, then took us to the woods at the back of their mansions, where we
saw small small groups of boys and girls practising their musical
instruments. We sat on the chairs over a lovely lawn and sang some
choruses. Lu, then took us to her own mansion. She said that in every
mansion, there would be a music room. In her mansion too, we sat inside
their music room. There we met her mother, her five year old sister “Jene”
and her aunt. We then sang two anthems, to their great joy and
appreciation. We invited the whole family to come and stay with us as our
guests, so that Lu could join in our choir practice. They discussed it and
promised to come and stay with us immediately, so that we could have a
music practice as soon as I came back from my study centre. That used to
be our usual time of practice. They gave us some delicious fruit juice. Lu
said, “Even after coming back home, I can take a speed boat and reach your
place, whenever you go on trips to various places in Heaven.” She was
very much excited and we all were glad to have her in our group. My
teenage friends jokinlgy told me later, “David, we are jealous of you, since
everybody is attracted to you. Some how you have a special charm and
attraction for every one-may be your sweet smile and your music talent.”.
We, then reached home happily. Lu and her sister accompanied us
upto our boat and said ‘good bye’. Amma I am going down to tell ammamma
about our trip. Bye amma!
“Oh how sweet it willbe in that beautiful land,
So free from all sorrow and pain;
With songs on our lips and with harps in our hands,
To meet one another again.”
- Ellen H. Gates
 4. Visiting the Office of
Music Composers and Poets
25th June 2004 : 10.50 P.M.
Ps. 27:4 “One thing have I asked of the Lord that will I seek
after; That I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the days of
my life to behold the beauty of the Lord and to inquire in His
temple.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a lake near the sea.
We sailed through the river touching our gardens towards the right
side of our mansions. After a long distance we came to a point, where there
was a right branch to this river and we turned in it. After some distance the
river joined a vast lake. As our boat entered that long golden waterway
which stretched on both sides of the river, a splendid view was seen and we
were struck with the beauty of the place. On our side, the river flowed into
the lake and on the opposite side, we could see the vast ocean glistening in
the golden light. Water from one side of the lake was moving mildly in
ripples and flowing into the sea and nearby we could see many small lovely
sand dunes with flowering trees. Mighty green woods rose from the other
sides of the lake to stretch away right upto the shores of the sea. In those
woods we saw trees laden with flowers as well. We sailed towards the left
bank of the lake and we saw a wide road touching the lake, and leading into
the woods and we started walking along that road, leaving our boat there.
We then saw another road crossing this road at right angels and we turned
on that cross road to our right. That road ran parallel to the lake. We could
see very huge beautiful mansions on both sides of that road deep within the
woods with pathways leading from the road. But scarcely a sound of human
activity disturbed the silence of nature. On our left, beyond the mansions, we
saw lofty mountains covered with trees and small sparkling streams running
down along its slopes and forming small pools here and there and we didn’t
see any children near the pools. We walked along the road and we couldn’t
resist marvelling at the very beautiful scenery and we were thrilled to hear
the lovely songs of the birds. We didn’t go near any of those mansion. The
road curved slightly towards our right, so that it ran parallel to the curve of
that lake. We walked further and further and almost reached the sea where
we saw some people getting out of the boats and coming towards us. On
our way, we met a middle aged couple and they invited us to go with them to
the nearby mansion which was nearer to the sea on one side and to the lake
on the next side. It was a three storeyed building, very huge and beautiful
with a small garden around it. Otherwise it was surrounded by short trees
laden with gorgeous flowers. As we entered the ground floor, we saw many
large rooms. They led us into a beautiful music room, with a grand piano in
the front and they asked us to occupy the seats arranged there. They
introduced themselves as a couple and they were music composers. They
said, “This colony of mansions is a guest resort for great writers, poets,
song writers and music composers. There are huge halls in all the mansions
for conducting conferences for such people and there are many empty,
furnished mansions for the guests who come to attend such conferences. All
of us have our own mansions at different places in Heaven and many of us
come here regularly to do our work in these beautiful mansions which are
situated in a very quiet place of lingering loveliness. In many of the
mansions including this you can see great writers, music composers, poets
who write on many topices like ‘Messages of Jesus’, ‘Different people in
Heaven’, ‘Wonderful places in Heaven’. When we have conferences in
music, great music composers like Beethoven and Handel used to participate
and a large number of music composers and music lovers used to attend.
(Beethoven (1770-1827) German composer. George Frederick Handel
(1685-1759) English Composer, born in Germany, German).
Our hosts were French people and they were great experts in
composing music to the songs written by great authors. They had a huge
library with full of music books. The French lady then played beautiful
pieces on the piano and they both sang duets at our request. We enjoyed
their music very much. John introduced each and everyone of us. They
asked us to sing a song. As usual I gave the starting note in the piano and
we sang our favourite anthem ‘Praise the Lord’. It was really good. As soon
as we finished singing, they appreciated us very much and the lady came to
me and pattd on my cheek saying “Wonderful David, wonderful”. John told
her, “David is a medical student, but he takes great effort in teaching music
to our choir members, since David always tries to attain perfection in
everything”. Amma, I don’t deserve such praise. The French lady then said,
“I always used to think that doctors are not usually much interested in other
activities like music etc. Now I am greatly surprised and I am sure that
David is an exception”. Amma I felt so happy since an expert music
composer congratulated us. She then asked me to sit near her in front of the
piano, while others were talking and laughing with the French man who
talked humourously. The lady selected some of the anthems she composed
and said, “David, these are small pieces, well suited for a small choir like
yours of nearly thirty members”. Also she played some of them and gave me
some instructions. She asked me to take those music books to teach my
choir members. Since we would not be able to go over there often, she
asked me to do the practice at home and after finihsing the first round of
practice, she asked us to go over there, so that she could do the final
touches to our singing. Amma I felt very glad to sit near her, learn many
new things and hear her playing so beautifully. She gave me many music
note books and asked John to take more copies for our members (since he is
in the information centre) so that it would be easy for us for the first round of
singing. We thanked them profusely and climbed to the first and second
floors of that mansion. We saw a few men and women sitting here and there
on the beautiful balcony overlooking the sea or the lake and writing. We
didn’t disturb them, but the view from there was wonderful. When we went to
the top of the second floor, we were fascinated by the charming view visible
on every side.
We then parted from our French music composers with a fond farewell
and started for home. On the way we saw many people sitting in one
conference hall in the first floor of a huge mansion, which was open on all
sides. We silently went in, sat at the back seats and heard many poets
reading their poems in different languages and we realised that it was a
conference of great poets. As we walked further, in some places, we saw
men and women sitting alone and writing something. We didn’t want to
disturb them and so we got into our boat and sailed along the bank of the
lake. On the beach side also, we saw people sitting under the flowering
trees, over the sand dunes and writing. We saw mansions on the other side
of the lake too, deep within the woods. We then returned home singing all
along the way. We brought home different varieties of wild fruits which we
plucked from the woods.
Amma : David what happened to the articles you brought from the
goldsmith’s colony the other day?
David : Amma, when I came down from my room, I saw Mamu along with his
friends running into our home. He divided the crosses and the stars and
took one share to Palliyadi grandma. I accompanied him and his friends this
time and explained about my trip to grandma. Amma, be happy remembering
all my great privileges here in Heaven and my happiness. Bye Amma!
“Jesus, the very tho’t of Thee
With sweetness fills my breast;
But sweeter far Thy face to see
And in Thy presence rest.
Nor voice can sing, nor heart can frame,
Nor can the mem’ry find
A sweeter sound than Thy blest name,
O Saviour of mankind.
And those who find Thee, find a bliss
Nor tongue nor pen can show;
The love of Jesus what it is
None but His loved ones know.”
- E. Caswall

5. Singing in Music Lover’s Colony

17th July 2004 : 11.05 P.M.
Is. 38 : 20 “The Lord will save me, and we will sing to stringed
instruments all the days of our life, at the house of the Lord.”
David : Amma as I told you before, we participated in a music concert in the
Music Lover’s Colony, which we visited once. As soon as I reached home
form my study centre, my friends said that the music concert would be our
next programme. John had asked them to inform me as well as Steve.
Immediately we all went to Steve’s mansion and we selected the song ‘Mine
eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord’. Amma do you know this
song? (I said, “Yes”). It is a beautiful song with wonderful meaning and also
it has a marvellous marching tune, which was grand when we played it in our
band. First I taught the different parts to my choir members. Since they
know this song already it didnt take much time for them to learn their parts.
Then it was Steve’s work to introduce the instrumental parts which he did
beautifully. The whole piece of music was very grand and superb.
First a prelude was played by trumpets alone, which
gave an impression of the mighty, sound of the trumpets which will be played
by the angels, during the second coming of our Jesus to the earth. (Later on
I (Kamazh) tried to imagine the effect of
our Lord’s second coming over the earth with the tremendous sound of the
trumpet played by the angels. The mighty power and glory that will be
revealed at that time according to the Bible verses in Mathew 24:30, 31 as
“...... They will see the son of Man coming on the clouds of Heaven with
power and great glory and He will send out His angels with a loud trumpet
call”). As soon as the playing of trumpets was over, the whole band including
my drums played the tune of the stanza. Immediately after that we all sang
the chorus “Glory glory Hallelujah! ...” with tremendous volume and
enthusiasm realising the full meaning of the words, with the accompaniment
of drums and guitars only. After that we sang the first stanza, which was
followed by an interlude by our full band. Like that singing was followed by
interludes. Amma it was perfectly organised by our great band director Steve
who conducted the whole music piece wonderfully. Our singing with all the
four parts was perfect and we blended beautifully. We practised thewhole
piece several times. Our new friends Lu and Lynd also joined us. Lu can
play violin and flute. Lynd can play a pipe instrument. Amma we enjoyed the
practice very much.
We then started for that place in our boat with all our musical
instruments and we reached the Music Lover’s colony encircling a lovely
lake. Our friends’ (Lu and Lynd) relatives were waiting for us near the lake
and they took us to lynd’s mansion where she lived with her aunt. In the first
floor of their mansion, there was a huge music hall and we had our final
practice there. After that we left for the auditorium which was near the
mansions of Lynd and Lu. The building was surrounded by a vast ground laid
with golden tiles. Beyond the ground were beautiful flower gardens. On both
sides of the auditorium small shining streams were flowing, starting from the
woods at the back. Even from a distance we saw many choir members
standing on the open ground and I recognised my great American friend Bob,
the music director of the American choir and orchestra. As soon as he saw
me he walked fast to wards me, hugged me and kissed me saying, “What is
my precious son David doing all this time hiding from me for such a long
time! How I wished to see you, my dear David!” Amma, I was immensely
touched by his sincere and great affection for me. Even my friends were
surprised at the great friendship between us. Later Steve told me, “David,
Bob is a very great and famous music director. He often visits our music
complex and gives instructions to other music directors. Only now I know,
that you are such a great friend of such a great man. Usually, Bob is
somewhat a reserved man. I had never seen him openly expressing his
friendship to anybody in the music complex. So you are popular among a lot
of people here, apart from our own choir members who adore you”. Amma I
am thrilled and very happy to learn about my friend Bob who is such a great
musician and director. Then I introduced all my friends to Bob though he met
them, when we all went to the American colony once.
We then went inside the auditorium. It was an immense building with
seats arranged in galleries, facing a huge stage. There were balconics on
the three sides with many seats. We went to the front where seats were
reserved for all the choirs who participated in that concert. The local large
choir occupied the left side of the stage and the local orchestra whom we
met before, were seated on the left side below the stage. Our choir members
sat next to the American choir and their orchestra, so that I was able talk
with Bob all the time. Bob invited me to go to the music complex so that he
could teach me more about conducting a choir. My teenage friends later on
told me jokingly, “David we are afraid that the great Bob would rob away our
friend David from us”. For that Bob replied jokingly, “In the ten
commandments the Lord instructed us not to covet our neighbour’s house,
wife, servants, ox, ass etc. But in that group He has not mentioned friends.”
We all had a hearty laugh together.

Finally, the programme started. First item was given by the local choir
and their orchestra which was superb. Then the American choir and their
orchestra under the leadership of my great friend Bob, gave their item.
Amma, I cannot explain the wonderful powerful baritone voice of Bob, who
sang solos in between the music of their choir and with a prelude and
interludes by their orchestra. Each note of Bob was flowing on a wave of
vitality that the whole auditorium seemed to vibrate. As usual, after each
item the whole audience stood up, raised their hands and shouted with joy in
appreciation of the item. Ours was the fifth item. As I explained to you
earlier, we started our item with the sound of the trumpet and when we
finished, we got a great shout of appreciation. When I went back to my seat
Bob congratulated me saying “I never thought that my doctor son is such a
great musician. You played your drums perfectly and also your choir sings in
perfect harmony. I know that Steve would do it perfectly since he is a great
band director”. I told Bob, “I enjoyed your item tremendously. I have no
words to express the grandeur of your wonderful voice and also the way you
sang”. We thanked each other profusely.
There were many choir items and also many sang solos and duets.
Many orchestras played beautiful musical pieces alone. Though it was a long
programme, we enjoyed it thoroughly. They told us that next they would
organise a very grand programme and would invite Jesus. After the
programme, we all bid a fond farewell to Bob and his choir members. We
came out and I promised Bob, that I would some how find the time to meet
him in the music complex.
Outside we met the French lady, whom we met at the colony of music
composers, poets and great writers. She shook hands with me and said,
“David your choir item was superb and you played the drums in a marvellous
manner and it was just wonderful”. She congratulated Steve and all other
members. My friends were telling. “David we can’t understand the secret of
your magnetic attraction to everybody both young and old”. Finally, we bid a
fond farewell to our friends Lynd and Lu and their family members and
started back home singing all along the way.
At home I met ammamma. She said that they all went for a worship
service in another place and just arrived. Then only I came to talk to you.
Do you know what Mamu is doing now? Another small boy also got a
drum from somebody. Now Mamu and his friend used to play drums and
other small kids often make a ‘Grand march’ in our front road. ‘Amma they
play their drums rhythmically and also the smaller kids do their marching
perfectly according to the beat of the drums. I think that somebody is giving
them training. Any way it is a wonderful sight amma.
I am going down to tell about our programme.
Bye amma!
“We lift our eyes by faith and see
Glory Land, bright glory Land!
Where Christ himself the light shall be,
Glory Land, bright glory Land!
There songs of praise glad hearts shall sing;
The radiant air with music ring;
Each voice proclaim our saviour king,
Glory Land, bright glory Land”.
- Ida G. Tremaine

6. Sing-song Worship Service with Jesus

21th July 2004 : 11.10 P.M.
Ps. 105:2, 3 “Sing to Him, sing praises to Him tell of all His
wonderful works! Glory in His holy name: let the hearts of those
who seek the Lord rejoice!”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful singsong worship service with Jesus.
We sailed in our river at the back, towards the right side of our
mansions. We crossed all the familiar branches of the river and sailed
steadily forward. To our great amazement, that river joined an immense lake
encircled by lofty mountains. Before joining the lake, the river passed
through huge mountain ranges on both sides with streams rippling down
along their slopes. As our boat entered the broad golden water way, a
splendid view unfolded before us. Across the lake stood an immense
magnificent golden auditorium, poised on an elevated place on a mountain. It
was oval in shape and it glittered in the goldenlight. On the right side corner
of the lovely waterway the river left the shores of the lake and plunged once
more into the unknown realm of Heaven. On all the other sides of the lake
there were enormous mountains with valleys in between. Numerous streams
were pouring into this great water way and we caught glimpses of one row of
manions around the lake deep within the beautiful flowering trees. There
were mansions on the mountain slopes as well which we could see only from
a higher level. Our boat swept across the lake and we reached the mountain
on which stood the auditorium in imposing grandeur. From that point, there
was a flight of very wide golden steps, leading to the top. The steps were
not continuous, but broken by plain grounds at different levels. Almost at the
middle, the steps were broken by a very broad road going at right angles
with two long and beautiful bridges on its either side. The right bridge was
over the river flowing farther away from the lake, connecting this mountain
and the next across the river. The left bridge was over a deep valley,
through which water was flowing into the lake. After enjoying these beautiful
sights, we reached the top. There we heard the refreshing murmuring sound
of rushing water on our left. So we went to the left side of the auditorium,
and saw a tremendous falls. The sight of falling water foam and spray
backed by the green of the trees was of wondrous beauty. The flowing water
then split into two branches. The left branch rushed along the left of the
auditorium, flowed beautifully below the bridge and poured into the lake in
the front. The other branch ran rapidly along the back of the auditorium and
joined the river on the right side of the auditorium. So the auditorium stood
on a small island of its own, surrounded by water on all sides. Amma please
imagine a large area and the auditorium itself was of tremendous dimensions
which had a capacity for the seating of more than three thousand people. We
then went within the building. In the front, there was an immense stage
occupying 1/3rd of the total space. On the left side of the stage we saw a
very large human choir and the right side was occupied by a large human
orchestra, which was playing some music. We went and sat almost at the
front. On the stage we saw a beautiful throne and behind it, the stage was
empty.
While we were watching the human orchestra, suddenly we saw an
immense angel orchestra at the back of the throne. As soon as they started
playing, the human orchestra stopped their performance. All of a sudden
Jesus descended on the stage from the top with an angel choir, singing all
the way down. They continued their singing which perfectly blended with the
angel orchestra. The multitude of the audience atonce rose to their feet,
raised their hands and shouted praises to Jesus with great joy. The angels
with their orchestra continued their singing for some more time. Then the
music programme started. Jesus was sitting on the throne, smiling at all of
us. He then extended His right hand pointing towards the human choir. At
once the director turned to Jesus, bowed low and and started his choir. They
sang a wonderful anthem which was completaly new to us. Later on we
learnt that they were all world famous choirs and ochestras conducted by
world famous directors and the music was composed by world famous
composers like Handel, Beethoven who belonged to the seventeenth century
onwards. Amma we were entranced by their magnificent and wonderful
performance and we were carried away by its splendour. Before that, when
David told me that it was a sing song worship service, I asked him whether
their choir gave any item. For that David laughed and said, “Amma don’t
forget that I am the director of puthalam village choir in the world and can we
go near such great world famous choirs conducted by world famous
directors? But I consider that the chance of listening to this programme-in
which we heard many of the world famous choirs and orchestras was one of
the greatest privileges of Heaven bestowed on us by our beloved Jesus. As
soon as the choir ceased singing, the director again turned to Jesus bowed
low. Jesus then extended His left hand towards the orchestra. Immediately
the director bowed to Jesus and then started his wonderful performance.
While they were playing, a new choir appeared on the left side of the stage.
Thus the programme was going on. Almost ten choirs and ten orchestras
participated in that heart-capturing delightful programme. After each item the
audience stood up, raised their hands and shouted their appreciation.
Finally the angel choir along with their orchestra gave a wonderful item.
Jesus then stood up, extended His hands and we all praised HIm and
shouted with joy. He gave a short wonderful message.
Jesus : My Father and Myself love music very much. We have music in
nature and My Father created man with a wonderful voice and He gave
talents to many human beings to compose music, to sing beautifully and to
play musical intruments. Here we heard great musical pieces conducted by
great directors. All the talents I gave to My children, while on the earth
continue to grow after coming to Heaven. Also I give new talents to my
redeemed children in Heaven according to their wish. Our great love for
music was shown to the world, by the lovely song of angels at My birth. That
sweet strains of joyful music was the very first incident that happened on the
earth after My birth. I bless all My children here and I bestow on them more
talents in music and also in other fields!
David : Amma Jesus then extended His hands and blessed us all. We
praised Him in great joy. He then ascended with some angels and others
were playing their musical instruments. We were looking up at Jesus. Then
when we looked down, the angel orchestra was not seen on the stage. They
must have gone through the back. Then the multitude of human souls started
leaving the auditorium. As usual we enjoyed watching them going down and
dispersing in different directions. They were walking along the roads and
bridges on both sides and many sailed on boats. While we were looking at
the crowd moving away, we met the French couple, the music composers,
whom we met at a colony of mansions within a forest near a lake and the
sea, where they have their offices. They only told us that there were about
two hundred mansions around the lake and all the world famous music
composers and directors were living there. Some of the members of the
orchestra and choir were residing there, but many came from other parts of
Heaven. Also all the items given in that programme, were composed by the
composers after they came to Heaven. The French lady said that she was a
member of a French choir, which gave an item. They invited us to their
mansion. But we promised to visit them some other time and we parted from
them with a fond farewell. Also we recognised some of the members of the
music lovers colony among the members of those choirs and orchestra.
We then sailed back home, singing all along the way. Amma, we are
extremely happy since God has given us such a wonderful opportunity of
listening to the items of world famous music artists.
Amma, do you know one thing? I told you about the marching of our
very small children along our front road shouting with joy to the
accompaniment of drums played by Mamu and another small boy. Our girls
told us that they were the ones who trained them. They used to teach them
choruses with actions and also marching. But it was difficult for me to
differentiate their singing from their shouts of joy. Next time, I must listen
carefully to know whether they sing any of our choruses. Our girls only gave
the additional drum to the other boy and trained them to play the drums
rhythmically.
Amma, I am going down. I saw ammamma when I came up and I just
told her where we went and now only I am going to give her the full details.
Bye Amma!
 “Where the saints of all ages in harmony meet,
Their Saviour and brethren transported to greet;
While the anthems of rapture unceasingly roll,
And the smile of the Lord is the feast of the soul.”
- W.A. Munlenberg

7. Visiting Mansions near huge falls

29th July 2004 : 11.05 P.M.
Ps. 104:10 “Thou makest springs gush forth in the valleys: they
flow between the hills.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed towards the left of our
mansions in the river touching our gardens and reached the lake. From
there we turned towards the left and sailed in the same lake. On its
rightside, rose a mountain range and we passed the mansions on three
levels on those mountains, where we went to sing carols during christmas
time. We sailed farther along the right bank and came to a place where we
saw another huge mountain range and a magnificent falls flowing from a
mountain of very great height. (The height was tremendous as that of a tall
radio transmitting tower on the earth). We lingered on our boat for quite
sometime to see the falls of wondrous beauty. Then we landed there and
climbed over the steps on the right side of the falls and reached a beautiful
white marble road which was going around the mountain. On our left we saw
elegant mansions studded on the mountain slope, surrounded by lovely
gardens. Some of them seemed unoccupied and in some mansions we saw
children playing and youth singing within their beautiful gardens. When we
reached the opposite side of the mountain, we saw a lovely valley around
which mountain ranges with mansions perched on their slopes here and
there, rose in inspiring grandeur and beauty. Along the left edge of the road,
there were a few people occupying beautiful seats here and there,
overlooking the valley and the mountains. Some were writing and a few
were painting since it was a glorious place for artists. We just waved to
them and walked farther. We wanted to reach the top of the mountain first.
When we came to the end of the road near the falls, we saw another flight of
steps leading us to the upper road, which again went around the mountain till
it reached the falls. From there another flight of steps took us farther up and
so on. At one stage we saw the origin of the majestic falls. Water was
gushing out from the clefts of the rocks and it was similar to water rushing
our from a dam when the shutters were opened. It was a magnificent sight.
All along the way, we saw many mansions on the slope of the mountain
surrounded by beautiful gardens. Small streams were rippling down along
the sides of those mansions. Finally, we reached the top and we were struck
with the beauty of the place. There was an immense circular hall, open on
all the sides with gold railings and a very high golden tower emerged from
that hall. Along the edge of the ground on this summit, there was a row of
beautiful flowering trees and the hall was encircled by a very lovely flower
garden which stretched upto the flowering trees. We sat there and sang
some songs and our voices mingled with the roaring sound of the falls. We
spent a long time there enjoying the delightful scenery as seen from the top -
the majestic falls, the lovely valley and the other mighty mountain ranges.
Then we slowley came down. In the first mansion, we saw small children
playing with tiny toy boats by leaving them on the top of a small stream
which flowed over a rock. The water carried their boats down to the road
from their garden above. We climbed up a few steps and went near the
mansion. A man came out of the building and received us and took us
inside. The mansion had one floor with a beautiful open veranda on all sides
and a sloping roof. We were seated within a round, large music hall,
encircled by rooms on all sides, which might have been their bedrooms,
dining room, nursery etc. There were more than seventy seats around that
hall with a grand piano on one side. That man said, “Many professionals like
musicians writers, poets, painters are living in these mountain ranges and
our offices are in other parts of Heaven. Most of the residents are great
lovers of music. There are many choirs and musical bands around this area
and their members are all over the mountains”. Then he went outside and
called somebody. A group of youth, both boys and girls came in with their
various musical instruments. They were practising music within their garden
at the back and we requested them to sing for us. A middle aged lady
conducted that choir. There would have been about forty five members.
They played prelude and interludes in their instruments and sang very
beautifully. We appreciated them with great joy. John, then introduced all of
us and told them that we were members of a small choir organised by David,
a medical student. As usual, we sang two anthems. We stood up in two
rows, treble in the front and others behind them and I gave the starting note
in the piano, and we sang our favourite anthem ‘Praise the Lord’, followed by
a new anthem ‘King of Kings’. In the second anthem, when two parts sang,
others repeated ‘King of Kings’. Like that there were many variations. But
all the time some of the parts would be repeating ‘King of Kings’ and it is a
very beautiful anthem amma. As soon as we finished, the other choir
members shouted with joy and the choir director came and hugged me and
said, “your choir is wonderful David wonderful”. She congratulated all our
members. Immediately she said, “we’ll be very happy if your choir becomes
a member of our musical association called, ‘Deep valley musical
association’ in which all the choirs around these mountains are members.
We used to conduct music concerts in one large music hall on another
mountain. We will inform you about our next concert and you must take part
in that. Also there are many guest mansion here and you and your families
can use them”. Amma, we were so happy to become members of their
association and we gladly accepted their offer. We felt that it was a great
honour, because many of their members are members of the famous choirs
organised by world famous choir directors. (Amma, do you remember that
we attended a sing song worship service in a chapel over a mountain top
near a huge lake, where world famous choirs took part) Many of these
people are members of those choirs.
Then we parted from them with a fond farewell and left their mansion.
Outside, our teenagers joined the children in their boat-play. It was difficult
for us to make them move from that place. All along the way, children were
playing in the thin streams of water flowing along the side of the road with
boats and also with beautiful coloured marble pebbles which lay within the
beds of those streams. Our girls could not stop their temptation of collecting
those pebbles, but they were very naughty girls. Instead of putting them in
their own pockets they used to fill my pockets first and then only fill their
pockets. When we came to the end of the road, instead of going round and
round along the road, we climbed down through the steep steps near the
falls from the top to the bottom. We stood on those steps and it was an awe
inspiring experience for us. We stood there and sang choruses, though our
voices were drowned by the roaring sound of the falls. Then we glided down
and sailed back home joyfully. I stepped out of the boat at the back of my
mansion, told about our trip briefly to ammamma and came up to my room to
talk to you amma.
(When I (Kamazh) conveyed my deep love for my darling boy David, he said
as follows.)
David : Amma, I know how much you love me. But amma, you must love
Jesus the most, since He is the one who gave His life for us and opened the
gate of Heaven for us. Amma, I am going down now.
Bye Amma!
“Pilgrim, in that golden city,
Seated in the Jasper throne,
Zion’s King, arrayed in beauty,
Reigns in peace from zone to zone;
There, on verdant hills and mountains,
Where the goldon sun beams play,
Purling streams, and crystal fountains,
Sparkle in the eternal day.”
- Sidney S. Brewer

Chapter V
CHILDREN IN HEAVEN

1. Children Playing With Animals

20th April 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
Isaiah 11:6,7,9 “The wolf shall dwell with the lamb, and the
leopard shall be down with the kid, and the calf and the lion
and the fatling together and a little child shall lead them. The
cow and the bear shall feed; their young shall lie down together;
and the lion shall eat straw like an ox. They shall not hurt nor
destroy in all my holy mountains.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful new experience. We all went by a boat
along the river touching our gardens, towards the right side of our mansions.
After sailing a long distance, passing mansions of artists etc we came across
a branch of the river towards the left. We sailed in it.
We were delighted to see many rocks inside the river here and there
as well as mysterious tunnels and we enjoyed travelling in a zig-zag
manner and sometime through tunnels as well. On both sides of the river
there were beautiful flowering trees, mountains with streams flowing into
the river. After we travelled a long way we were surprised to see a number
of small islands here and there in the middle of the broad river and those
stretched out as far as the eye could see. In each island there was only one
beautiful mansion surrounded by a lovely flower garden and the space was
just sufficient for that single mansion. They had two floors - ground floor
and the first floor. We went to the terrace of one such mansion. People
were silting there to watch groups and groups of different kinds of animals
on both sides of the river. The trees on the banks were blooming with
flowers of different colours and the vast green lawn was inhabited by many
groups of small animals. The animals were slightly different from those on
the earth. They were similar to our dogs, sheep and even wolves – but
shorter with long bushy tails. Many of the mansions were empty. Some of
them were occupied by moving populations. They told us that it was a picnic
spot for children.
First we went along the left bank of the river and we passed 15 to 20
beautiful mansions. As we turned to the other side of the river, an
enchanting scene came into view. On the beautiful lawns there were groups
and groups of animals playing along with children both very small and big.
Amma we used to see two cats playing together with all their four legs
entangling with each other. In the same way, small children were lying down
near the animals and playing with them with their hands and legs with such
shouts of joy! What a lovely sight amma! Our teenagers just jumped out of
our boat and they also joined the group. They were sitting near the animals
and started playing with them. The animals were not at all afraid of us. We
also sat near them and patted them on their back. The sight and this
experience of mingling with the small animals of Heaven was wonderful.
They said that groups of children used to go there one after the other and
this place was one of their most enjoyable picnic spots. What a fascinating
sight amma! Also there were beautiful shining streams flowing down into the
river, starting from the far off mountains and children were enjoying
themselves by splashing water every where and shouting with joy.
Amma just think of children’s happiness and joy in Heaven. I think
Mamu and his group must have visited this place. Often he used to say that
they went for picnics and played with animals. After a long time we
returned.
In some of the mansions they were making beautiful mats in different
colours with colourful reeds growing along the banks of the river. They gave
us some of those mats as presents. Our girls collected them gladly for our
museum.
Finally we said goodbye to those playing children and also adults from
those mansions and came back home.
Amma I am talking from my room and somebody is calling me. So I
am going down amma. Bye!
“Joy bells ringing, Children singing,
Heard their Voices loud and clear,
Breaking o’er us, like a chorus,
From a purer, happier sphere”.

2. A Worship Service Where Jesus Blessed The Children

24th April 2004
Mark 10:14,15 “Let the children come to Me, do not hinder them;
for to such belongs the kingdom of God.
Truly, I say to you, who ever does not receive the kingdom
of God like a child shall not enter it.
And He took them up in this arms laid His hands on them
and blessed them.”
8.45 P.M.
David : Amma our group is returning from a wonderful worship service. We
are walking along the road singing and a group of our children are walking
in the front shouting with joy. I’ll talk to you as soon as I reach home.
9.15 P.M.
Amma just now I got home after attending a wonderful blessing
ceremony for children.
We walked along the road in front of our mansions towards right and
then sailed along the front river in three boats - our youth group in one,
children in another and some adults in the third. We crossed the palm grove
island, saw the two towns on either side of the river and passed the huge
lake with the golden cathedral. We sailed on for some more time and
reached a huge colony where the mansions spread out on both sides of the
river. On our left side we saw mansions on different levels around the slope
of a beautiful hill. When we saw a broad golden road leading from the river
to the hill, we stopped our boat and started climbing that road. There were
broad golden roads passing at right angles to this main road at different
levels connecting the mansions and going around the hill to the back side as
well. We learnt that there were mansions there too. The mansions had two
floors (ground floor and first floor), with sloping roofs and they looked
beautiful. The main road had steps at some places and then we had to walk
along a plain road and climb the next steps and thus it was going to the top.
The steps and the whole road were made of shining gold and water was
rippling down in a thin transparent stream along the road, the golden steps
and along the sides over the golden slopes as well. On the way we saw
large number of children in groups coming up with flowers in their hands and
shouting with joy. Also we saw hosts of angels floating over and descending
into the chapel.
When we reached the top, there was a huge plain ground, the floor of
which was completely laid with gold. We saw flowering plants well-arranged
in beautiful golden edged white marble flower-pots. At the centre there was
a huge grand chapel – oval in shape with an awe – inspiring oval - shaped
dome above in blazing gold and at its center there was a huge and very high
tower, (like a radio tower on the earth) which was also made of gold. The
walls of the chapel were outlaid with white glazed marble tiles edged and
decorated with gold. It was very beautiful. A sparkling stream was flowing
along the two sides of the chapel and it was running down along the golden
slope.
 Finally we entered the chapel. The view of the interior was exquisitely
lovely. Seats were arranged in the form of a gallery. We saw within more
children than adults. There was a very beautiful high altar in front. We saw
a big human choir on the left and an angel orchestra with various golden
musical instruments on the right – both groups below the altar. In the front
there was a host of tiny baby angels with golden bells in their hands. The
human choir was singing with the accompaniment of the angel orchestra.
The children in the front were shouting with joy.
Then suddenly a bright light flashed on the altar. Jesus, with a host of
angels descended with a tender smile on His radiant face looking down at
the children with great love and affection. We all stood up and praised
Jesus. But the children’s baby voices dominated. We all sang together a
praising song. Amma I cannot explain in words the great volume of the
superb music filling the whole chapel.
When Jesus extended His two hands over the children in the front, a
glorious radiant light flowed from His hands and its glow covered all the
children who raised their hands with flowers and shouted in great joy. Then
Jesus gave His message.
Jesus : I loved children while I was on the earth. Always there used to be a
great crowd of children around me. Here also I love children very much and
I am happy that we have a great crowd of children in Heaven. I love them
for their pure innocent love, simple all-believing (child – like) faith and their
abundant marvellous happiness. In the world I want my followers to have
such love, faith and happiness. Here in Heaven you must give more
importance to children, love them and make them more and more happy!
David : As soon as Jesus gave His glorious message, all the children
shouted with joy, while the baby angels rang their golden bells. We were
filled with a jubilant joy and we saw a great tender joyful smile on the
glorious face of our beloved Jesus. As we all sang songs of praises, Jesus
ascended followed first by the host of tiny angels with their glittering golden
bells. Then all the other angels followed them and finally the angel
orchestra ascended. We were delighted to see the ascension of Jesus.
Then our children streamed out of the chapel shouting with joy and
holding their lovely flowers. We saw many adults patting them and hugging
them with great love. Then all of us came out and saw the children going
down. They were enjoying themselves over the golden roads and the steps
by splashing water everywhere. It was a wonderful sight to see them in
groups holding the colourful blossoms and going along the different roads
branching out from the main one. Many of them were climbing down and
getting into their boats – all the way shouting with joy! Finally we also got
into our boat and sailed on. On the way many boats turned to the right and
left in different branches of this river, to reach their respective homes. Only
a few boats went straight along the river. When we reached our place we
got down and walked along the road singing joyfully. Amma all our
members love music and so we sing whenever we can possibly do so.
Now I am in my room. Mamu is speaking with ammamma joyfully
downstairs. I am also going down. Amma this message of Jesus should be
very meaningful to you also. You also must have a child like faith in the
special privilege Jesus has given you.
When I went down after talking to you last time, I saw Mamu
spreading all the things on the table and dividing them to give a share to
Palliyadi grandma. He kept a bangle and a bracelet too saying that it was
for samples to show her and she might give them to others, After showing
me the articles be put (almost half) them in one bag and got ready to go to
Palliyadi grandma. He told me, “David, you go to your study centre and
come. I am taking these to grand ma” Then he ran away with the bag, with
his friends.
When I came back from my study centre, I saw Mamu playing with the
golden play – boats with his friends. The boats were sailing along the river
one with fruits, another with flowers and another boat containing precious
stones and gold nuggets. Mamu and his friends were floating behind them.
What a wonderful life!.
Be happy amma! Bye!
“Little children I see standing close by their King,
And He smiles as their song of salvation they sing.”
- P.P. Bliss

3. Playing with children

Ist June 2004 : 9.50 P.M.
Ps. 84:1,4 “How lovely is Thy dwelling place O Lord of hosts!
Blessed are those who dwell in Thy house, ever singing Thy
Praise.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful time with children in an island
surrounded by a river. We sailed towards the right of our mansions in our
river at the back. We passed many branches of the river and finally passed
the spot from where the river branched, which led us into the Horticulturists
colony. We sailed farther and found a branch at the left and entered it.
Amma the sight was wonderful. On both sides of the river an infinity of
sand, marble rocks and hills of different colours, stretched as far as the eye
could see. (Similar to Muttom beach) we were fascinated to see numerous
falls, of which some directly flowed into the river and some were a little bit
away from the edge of the river. So they were flowing over the rocks at the
bottom, bouncing beautifully in all directions and the frothing water was
flowing into the river. Since the water was transparent and was flowing over
marble rocks of different colours, we had the enchanted view of water
rippling down in different colours in different sections on both sides of the
river. This beautiful picture as well as the sound of the falling, and rushing
waters was just marvellous. We enjoyed this lovely view for a long distance.
We then saw the branching of the river on both sides. leaving a huge island
in between. At the same time the beautiful falls from rocks and hills
continued. The island was looking beautiful with flowering trees which were
both tall and short and so we couldn’t see much from the river. But we
caught glimpses of mansions through the green of the drooping branches of
the trees laden with blossoms of exquisite beauty. We went along the left
branch of the river and saw many children climbing up and down over the
steps, leading from the garden into the river. They waved their hands and
we also greeted them. We wanted first to go round the island and so we
went around and entered the right branch of the river and there we saw
beautiful wide marble steps leading up into the island. We left our boat
there and went inside. There was one layer of flowering trees along the
edge of the island touching the river. Also we saw reeds of different colours
along the banks of the river and there was a broad road next to the
flowering trees going around the island. we saw very beautiful mansions
deep within huge gardens. We went into the first garden, which had a row of
trees laden with flowers of golden hue and the garden was full of flowering
plants and beds of flowers of the same colour intermingled with green ferns
of different types with very beautiful leaves. Also there were golden
coloured reeds in that lovely garden. We were fascinated to see water
flowing from clusters of different coloured marble rocks, which was a natural
water resource for the garden. Water was gushing out of the clefts of those
rocks and filling the whole place. The plants were within one to two inches
of water. The overflowing water joined the river from all over the place.
Though the whole area was filled with water, it was not marshy. The whole
ground of the island was glowing with coarse white sand and marble
pebbles of different colours. There was a net work of pathways, one leading
to the mansion in the middle and others leading into the flower-beds. We
stood there for sometime and watched the wonderful beauty of the whole
place. By that time a white man came out of the beautiful mansion to
receive us. The walls, roof and floor of that mansion were laid with glazed
marble tiles of golden colour. It had a sloping roof and a very wide veranda.
There were many cane chairs and men and women were sitting on them and
also on the floor and they were making very beautiful flower – baskets
using the reeds from their gardens and they were arranging the flowers and
ferns in those baskets. The flowers were completely new to us, since they
were growing in water-filled beds. They were all skilled workers in arranging
flowers. Even the baskets were completely different. They made them with
green and golden coloured reeds. The upper ends of the reeds were
projecting and they were interwoven with thin golden ribbons. Also at the
top edge, they slightly curled the reeds and the golden ones looked like
natural flowers and the green looked like green leaves. They made the
flower baskets in different sizes. They were making very small baskets with
flowers, fixing heavy marble stones at the bottom. They could be used as
beautiful paper weights. Some were very huge baskets decorated with
different types of flowers – some with handles and some without handles.
The whole place looked like a beautiful garden with these flower laden
baskets. They offered those cane chairs for us to sit and we enjoyed looking
at their way of making baskets and arranging the flowers. They promised to
keep some samples of different kinds of baskets with different flowers for us,
so that we could collect them on our way back home. They said, “If you go
straight through the river, you will arrive at a big lake around which is a town
with a chapel, mansions and shopping complex mainly for baskets with
flowers. We used to carry the finished products in our boats to the shopping
complex, leave them there and get back other articles like gold for our use.
Also we attend the worship service when Jesus comes to the chapel”.
 We sang a few choruses which they enjoyed and appreciated us for
singing those songs. We then left them and started visiting other mansions
along the road. The next mansion had a garden of pink flowers and it was
made of pink marble tiles. In other mansions, we saw flowers of all colours
in their gardens. But everywhere, the plants were growing in water-filled
beds and water was gushing out from marble rocks here and there. On our
way we met a Korean family and then we met a black American. The
American said, “The inhabitants of this island are from different countries of
the world and from different back ground. Some of them are skilled workers
and professionals in arranging flowers and some are not. But they learn
flower arrangement from the skilled workers. There are all kinds of people,
both rich and poor, educated and uneducated. So our island is really a
cosmopolitan one and we live in peace and all our children play together.
People from the empty mansions must have gone to the shopping complex
with their children and neighbours, to deposit their finished products. They
enjoy such trips.
All the inhabitants whom we visited offered us samples of their
products and we promised to collect them on, our way back home. Then we
went around the other side of the island where we saw children playing along
the river banks. As soon as they saw us all the children gathered around us,
including some adults. They all took us to a beautiful ground laid with
marble tiles. There were many seats both big and small arranged in circles.
We were all seated there and the children sat on the small chairs. On that
side also there were many mansions deep within very beautiful gardens filled
with water from the marble rocks. We didn’t go inside all those mansions.
But people came out and joined us in their meeting place. Seeing the great
number of children, our teenage girls were very much excited and they
started their usual entertainment which was specially meant for children.
Amma, as I told you, our girls are really talented in entertaining the
children with their wonderful stories which they tell them dramatically and
make them laugh, Also there are some special songs in which they make
noises like birds and animals similar to the song like “old Macdonald had a
farm”. Here also our girls taught them some action songs, arranging them in
a huge circle. When our girls made noises like that of animals and birds it
was so natural that everyone was surprised by their real talent and the
children laughed loudly. Then they taught the children also to sing those
songs with similar sounds. The children couldn’t exactly do like our girls and
the sounds, the children produced made all of us to burst into laughter so
loudly. We all enjoyed that session to the maximum. We couldn’t help
laughing loudly and continuously. So the whole island was filled with the
happy sound of children laughing as well as all the adults present there.
They didn’t want us to leave. They asked us to stay for a longer time with
them. Then our girls told them that some of the senior members of our
group had other works. They pointed me and said that I was medical
student all the time doing some kind of action, putting their two fingers into
their ears as though using a stethoscope. So also they told that John would
be busy in the information centre and others in their respective jobs. Thus
they explained with actions our works and said that we could not spend
more time with them. Before we left, adults brought many beautiful different
types of flower baskets with different coloured flowers. The children and
some adults carried them and followed us to the opposite side of the island
where we left our boat. All along the way the children shouted with joy
singing in a funny way, the funny songs, our girls taught them, making us
laugh all the way. Finally we collected more baskets from the first few
mansions, we visited and kept all their presents in our boat. Then we parted
from them, with a fond farewell. The children shouted at the top of their
voices. We sailed back home slowly enjoying the beautiful falls over the
coloured marble rocks, all along the way.
Near our mansions, adults and all our children gathered around,
hearing our joyous sounds of singing and laughter. Children were jubliant
seeing the different kinds of baskets with beautiful flowers which were
completely new to us. Amma, my friends are so considerate. In the boat
itself, they filled two baskets for me with smaller flower baskets with various
types of flowers and baskets. John and other girls took one such big basket
filled with different smaller pots each. So I came home directly while our
children followed the girls carrying the many flower filled baskets. I don’t
think that Mamu would return home now, because there would be lots of
stories to hear about the children of that island and how they taught them
action songs and how they sang them. Our teenage girls are the best actors
especially to act for the children.
Amma, we really had a wonderful time laughing all the time. Now I am in my
room. I’ll rest for sometime and then go down. I already kept the two baskets down at the
back portico. Be happy amma!
Bye amma!
“There is a land of pure delight,
Where saints immortal reign;
Eternal day excludes the night,
And pleasure banish pain.
There everlasting spring abide,
And never with‘ring flowers’,
Death like a narrow sea, divides.
This Heavenly land from ours”.
- Isaac watts
 4. Worship Service For The Children
3rd June 2004 : 10.10 P.M.
Dueter. 4:10 “Gather the people to me, that I may let them hear
my words, So that they may learn to fear me all the days that
they live upon the earth and that they may teach their children
so.”
David : Amma, we had a very wonderful experience in a worship service.
We walked along the road in front of our mansions towards the right
and turned left into another broad road which was at right angles to our road.
We walked along that road, enjoying the beautiful gardens all along the
way. We, then passed the open – air worship place with galleries and
walked straight. After a long distance, we came to a very beautiful round
chapel with a lovely garden around it. The sides of the chapel were open
surrounded by short golden railings. The roof was shaped like that of a tent
(cone shaped) on delicate pillars – very high at the centre and sloping on all
sides. The roof and floor were made of shining white marble tiles with more
of gold decorations. The interior of the chapel was bathed in an intense
golden light coming from the top. The stage was in a semicircle with very
beautiful and delicate golden curtains,hanging in shining folds from the top
to the bottom. A rich intense golden light pervaded the stage. There were no
seats. A human choir of about 150 members were standing at the left below
the stage, facing sideways and singing many beautiful anthems. The
gardens surrounding the chapel were made of different sections leading like
a ray of light projecting from the chapel. They were narrow near the chapel
and as they spread out their areas increased. They were almost like the
shape of triangles (isosceles) with pathways in between, which were made
of the same type of white marble tiles decorated with gold. Since the sides
of the chapel were open, we were able to see the beautiful garden while
sitting inside the chapel. The sight of people coming along the many
pathways was beautiful to look at. After sometime when we looked around
we saw rows and rows of angels standing along the sides of all the
pathways. There was a large crowd of children in the front holding flowers in
their hands.
Then all of a sudden an angel orchestra with all their musical
instruments burst into view at the two sides of the stage. We didn’t know
from where they came. Immediately they started playing their instruments
and the human choir stopped singing. As we were enjoying their
performance we saw an intense golden light coming from the main entrance
and falling on the stage. Jesus came in with a host of angels from the main
entrance and we all stood up praising Him with loud shouts of joy. He glided
over the stage and sat on the golden throne in the front and the angels who
accompanied Him occupied the back portion of the stage. We all were
praising Him including the children.
Then suddenly the angel orchestra started playing a beautiful prelude
for the song “All hail the power of Jesus name”. Though the angels did not
play the tune, it perfectly matched for starting the song. At the end of the
prelude, the human choir and the whole audience started singing that song
in the tune where ‘crown Him’ was repeated. The volume was tremendous
and the effect of the singing along with the angel orchestra was perfect.
After each stanza, the angel orchestra played an interlude. We were thrilled
by the effect. As soon as we ended the song, Jesus stood up with extended
Hands and we all praised Him raising our hands. Then Jesus started His
message, first talking with the children in the front.
Jesus: I used to love children while I was on the earth and now I am so
happy to see the smiling faces of the big crowd of children in Heaven,
David: Amma, Jesus asked several wonderful questions to the children
like, “You are holding beautiful flowers, who made them all?” The children
shouted “Jesus! Jesus!”. Then Jesus asked “Who made the beautiful
gardens, birds, rivers and mountains?”. Again they shouted “Jesus! Jesus!”.
Amma, children seem to know only Jesus and they have no idea of ‘ The
Almighty Father. Then Jesus blessed them. Afterwards He addressed the
audience at the back and talked wonderfully with a smiling face and I can
say jovially. He first asked the parents of those children present, to raise
their hands. Along with them, He asked the grand parents, brothers, sisters
aunts and uncles to raise their hands. Almost half the audience raised their
hands, including some of our friends.
Amma, I didn’t raise my hand since I was not sure whether Mamu was
there or not.
Jesus: You, parents are free from the tedious task of looking after your
children in Heaven – no more babysitting – no more sleepless nights – no
more nursing the sick children as you used to do on the earth. (All of us
laughed when Jesus made those comments.)
So you are very happy now. But do you care for their spiritual growth
in Heaven? Do you find out whether your children know about My life on the
earth, the miracles performed by Me, the parables I told while I was on the
earth? Since Satan is not here in Heaven, your children do not have the
bad characters of telling lies disobedience, stealing, using bad words etc.
They are having the Heavenly characters, since they are in Heaven. But do
you care for their spiritual growth? I want them to attain all the ‘Fruits of the
spirit and to attain perfection in those characters. What are you doing for
that? I appreciate now, all my Missionaries here for going to many places in
Heaven and teach the children of non-Christian parents and un-believers,
about Me and the scripture. Many of you visit children of uneducated
parents who had no chance of getting such training on the earth. I bless
such people. But what about your own children and children in your
neighbourhood? I want you to start such children ministry from now
onwards. Jesus asked all of us to stand and to raise our hands to promise
Him to start such work among our children.
David: We all stood up raised our hands and said, “ Amen, amen.”
Jesus then said, “I am also conveying this message to earth to concentrate
more on children ministry”.
Then immediately the angel orchestra started playing and after the
prelude, the choir along with the audience sang, “Jesus loves the little
children” (Gospel hymns: No.166) Amma, please look into the hymn books
for words. You may not know this song. As we were about to close the
song, Jesus along with the angel orchestra and other angels ascended and
left the stage. The angels along the pathways also disappeared.
After that, the children streamed out with a shout of joy and then the
adults left. Atlast we also came out. On our way back home we discussed
how to implement the request made by Jesus for teaching our children. We
felt, that everybody should do something on our part. I told our teenagers to
start this work by gathering them on our lawn near the museum or on the
small island surrounded by stream and to teach them action songs and to tell
them stories in their own dramatic way. That would make them laugh and
they would start enjoying these sessions – not very long ones. Then we
could collect picture story books from our friends and other shopping
complex and could start telling stories. Some girls said that they were
willing to teach choruses and musical instruments. They wanted me to tell
stories to children since they said that I was good in doing that wonderfully.
Anyway we decided to start these sessions during the time we all meet for
our usual get together. Then they will continue to do that by and by.
Amma, you also try to do something among our Sunday school
children at Puthalam and other small churches with very small children.
First you start collecting Bible story pictures and start the work.
I think ammamma tells stories to Mamu and I must ask him how much
he knows, when I meet him next. Bye amma!.
“Jesus lives forever and ever
In His Home with children sweet,
Oh how happy we shall be
From sad heart forever free,
Jesus with His little children joyfully”.
- Unknown
 5. Children And Missionaries
5th July 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
John 21:15 “Jesus said to Simon Peter “Simon, son of John, do
you love me more than these?”. He said to Him “Yes Lord; you
know that I love you”. He said to him “Feed my Lambs.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to an island forest surrounded by
sea. We reached the sea by our usual route. From the sea we turned left
and sailed upto the children’s mansions near the shore. From that point we
turned at right angles to the shore line and sailed away from the shore.
From a distance, we saw a huge forest floating over the sea, around which
the sea was studded with small islands of beautiful rocks and flowering
trees. Only when we sailed around the forest, we found that it was a huge
island forest completely covered with tall green trees and not land across the
sea. The dense veil of the forest was torn aside to reveal a beautiful broad
road leading into the forest. we left our boat there and walked along the
road, which was laid amidst green trees flowering bushes and meadows
carpeted with wild flowers. The silence of the forest was broken by the
sweet songs of birds, swarming around the trees. We walked a long
distance before coming to a cross road and we turned left in the road, and
we saw mansions here and there on both sides of this road, deep within the
forest. We then saw a pathway on our left and we walked along it and the
first mansion was a huge, building with one floor, a sloping roof and a wide
veranda surrounding the whole structure. We saw there many children in
the age groups of nine to thirteen, sitting on the veranda and looking through
picture books. We saw a young white lady, sitting near the children in a low
chair and talking with them. As soon as she saw us, she rose up from her
chair and welcomed us with a smile on her face. She explained about the
inhabitants of that island. She said, “There are many mansions on both
sides of the road where more than one hundred tribal children from different
parts of the world are living. These children came from very back ward tribal
areas and so their. I Q was very low and they haven’t heard about Jesus at
all. Now they are living in the midst of about thirty very young Missionaries
both men and women who were either dedicated to go as Missionaries or
were working as Missionaries among very backward tribes, only for a short
time on the earth. We were called to our Heavenly Home at a young age to
the great shock of our parents, friends and other Missionaries. Some of us
died of infectious diseases while working or death was caused by poisonous
creatures like snakes. Naturally our parents, relatives and friends could not
have understood the will of the Father in calling us Home, in the midst of our
missionary work, which we were doing with so much enthusiasm and zeal.
But now you see the purpose of our Father, which is to teach thousands of
such tribal children in Heaven about Jesus. Even the very name of Jesus
was unknown to them on the earth. Here we teach them about Jesus with the
help of picture books and charts about Jesus. We also teach them music,
handicrafts etc. we stay in our own mansions here and most of our parents
and relatives are living at other parts of Heaven and we often go to them,
spend sometime with them and come back here to continue our missionary
work. We enjoy this work very much and we are doing it with great
enthusiasm. So our Father’s will is to continue our missionary work for
which we were committed while we were on the earth. Now we are
extremely happy to do that work without the danger and sufferings of a
Missionary on the earth”.
She, then took us inside that building, where there were huge halls,
where young Missionaries were teaching children with the aid of huge charts,
fixed on the walls of the rooms. All the Missionaries, then took us to their
mansions. Along the way, we saw children in groups, playing with great joy.
Among the children we could see all the races of the world. In one of the
mansions of those Missionaries, we saw a huge central conference hall with
many seats. The hall was surrounded by their bed rooms. In that
conference hall, we saw many young Missionaries seated and involved in
discussions. Most of them were white people. They welcomed us gladly and
we all occupied the seats there. John then introduced all of us. He
introduced me as a dedicated Missionary doctor who was willing to work as a
doctor in a very backward area in India. They were very happy to hear about
me and said that I belonged to their group of Missionaries and they would be
glad to welcome me to join them. My younger friends whispered to me,
“David please don’t leave us to join them”. John then told them, “David has
other works to do in Heaven. He is continuing his medical education in
Heaven, he teaches us music and we have a choir and musical band. Also
we visit many places in Heaven and David is revealing about them to his
Mom on the earth and she is writing a book. So I am sorry that it will not be
possible for David to join you. But we’ll try to come here often”. My friends
were greatly relieved to know that I was not joining that great Missionary
group.
They then sent word to other Missionaries and children to join us in
their auditorium at the end of the road. All of us then went to the auditorium
and saw all the tribal children. The Missionaries were about thirty, ten men
and twenty women. We had a wonderful get together at the auditorium with
a large stage in the front. Different groups of children sang choruses to the
accompaniment of instruments played by the Missionaries. We then gave our
programme singing and other interesting items like skits and mimicries by
our teenagers, which made the children laugh and they enjoyed those items
very much. Then the children were sent to play at the huge pool of water,
behind the auditorium.

We saw the pool later, water was flowing from the nearby rocks, filling
the pool and the over flowing water ran as streams and joined the sea.

Then all the Missionaries and our group sat on the stage in a big circle
and talked about all of us. Their witnesses were wonderful to hear. They
invited us to go there with our musical instruments and entertain them.

They gave us delicious bunches of grapes like fruits which were of

different colours like deep red, yellow, green, violet and orange and we ate
them with great relish. We then visited the pool at the back and saw a huge
crowd of children playing inside the pool. The Missionaries said, “We used
to take these children to the nearby islands by boats. Sometime we all swim
across the sea which they enjoy extremely”.
 We invited them to our place sometime. They gave us a few baskets
full of those grapes like fruits and all of them accompanied us to the boat.
We thanked them and parted from them with a fond fare well and sailed back
home singing all along the way.

Amma, can you realize the will of the Father to call those Missionaries
young to Heaven? Since they have more important work in Heaven and also
since young people only can do the work with much enthusiasm and energy,
they were called Home young.

Be happy amma! Bye!

“ Little children, little children,
Who love their redeemer,
Are the jewels, precious jewels,
His lov’d and His own
Like the stars of the morning,
His bright crown adorning,
They shall shine in their beauty,
Bright gems for His crown”.
- W.O. Cushing

6. Children In A Mountain Resort

19th July 2004 : 10.55 P.M.
Psalms 72:3 “Let the mountains bear prosperity for the people,
and the hills in righteousness.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed along the river touching
our gardens, towards the right of our mansions. After passing all the familiar
branches, we entered a left branch of this river, which was fenced in on both
sides by the usual scenery of flowering trees. Suddenly the river flowed in
between ranges of enormous and lofty golden coloured marble mountains
and rocks. The slanting rocks standing on both sides almost touched each
other at the top with a narrow gap in between. A very fine golden spray of
water, which shone beautifully from a distance, enveloped us. Sailing under
the fine spray was a thrilling experience for us and everybody shouted with
joy. We felt as though we sailed through a tunnel and our teenagers were
making all sorts of funny noises and we all laughed and enjoyed the trip.
After a long time we saw a flight of beautiful wide golden steps at our left,
between two huge mountains, which led us to the heights above. The sight
there was breath-taking amma. The area on the top was vast with a broad
road running along the edge of the mountains on both sides (left and right)
of the steps. Beyond the road we saw a lovely lake which lay in a basln of
the same golden coloured marble mountain and so the lake glittered like
glassy molten gold. The lake was surrounded by clusters of such golden
coloured marble rocks here and there decked with green ferns intermingled
with lovely wild flowers. This scenery stretched in a vast area around the
lake. We saw such clusters within the lake and also at its centre.
There were a large number of one seater golden boats floating on the
lake. There was some kind of boat riding entertainment going on, in which
many youth sailed in a line one after the other. Suddenly they started
sailing two by two, holding their hands, stretching out their hands uniformly
as though they were doing a mass drill. Then suddenly all the boats formed
a circle with the sailors holding their hands. Sometime they sang songs as
well. They were doing some kind of drill uniformly as they were sailing
around the large lake. It was similar to the feats shown by one wheel
cyclists in a circus. There were beautiful steps all around the lake and
people were sitting on them and also on the central rocks, watching the feats
done by the youth, both boys and girls. When one group finished their treat,
another group started their feats. It was interesting to look at their acts.
While the road ran along one side of the lake, we could see beautiful
mansions on the other side of the lake, studded amidst clusters of rocks with
lovely flowers. First we thought of visiting the mansions before joining the
spectators of the special boat entertainment.
We walked some distance and climbed down the beautiful steps and
reached the first mansion. All the mansions were also built by the same kind
of golden marble stones surrounded by flowering plants in golden pots. In
the first two storeyed building we saw a couple. They said that they were
very old. But they looked like persons around the age of fifty only. In
Heaven nobody looks very old. He told us that he was a German. His
language was translated in English and his name sounded as Samuel in
English. He took us to the terrace of his first floor. The view of the back
side of the mansions was very beautiful. From the main road, there were
many side roads turning to the right and there was a network of pathways
leading to each mansion and also to the distant clusters of golden marble
rocks here and there surrounded by flowering trees. We saw people walking
here and there and some of them carried baskets strapped at their backs.
Samuel told us that they were bringing blocks of golden marbles to their
work-shops to do various articles in them. Small streams of water were
starting from the distant rocks, flowing over the pathways and other grounds
and finally joining the lake. We saw a large number of children sitting inside
the water and playing with golden marble cubes. We then climbed down and
Samuel took us to the next mansion through his back yard. There we saw
many people belonging to the different races of the world, making very
beautiful golden marble tiles in different shapes-square, rectangle and
hexagon. They were embedding sparkling gems in those tiles. Also they cut
the marble in very small cubes and decorated them with precious stones.
Children were waiting near them to collect the cubes for playing. All of us
sat near them, watching them doing the wonderful work. They promised to
make small tiles of various shapes, embedding different kinds of gems in
them, for us to take home. There were many beautiful carry-baskets of
different sizes made of golden reeds. They said that they used to collect the
baskets and gems from other colonies. They would take the finished
products to the shopping complex. We then left them promising to collect
their presents on our way back home.

Samuel, then took us to the nearby mansions. Some of them were

empty. He said that they would have gone either to do their work or to watch
the boat entertainment. In one mansion we heard instrumental music and we
went in. There, a group of people were practising music with many musical
instruments. It was some kind of English music but though the melody was
unfamiliar to us, it was very lovely to listen. They told us that they were
going to have a music concert in their community hall and they were
practising for that. We got a guitar from them and sang a few choruses.
They enjoyed our singing and appreciated us profusely. We then visited
such music groups with different kinds of drums and other instruments. We
went into another mansion where small girls in the age group of four to six
were practising some kind of drill and actions according to the music played
by adults. A young lady was teaching them the actions. There we spent
some time, since our girls entertained them with their usual funny action
songs and mimicries. The children enjoyed it immensely and laughed
loudly. When we left, all those children followed us holding the hands of our
teenagers. In another mansion, youth, both boys and girls were practising
some plays on Bible stories. They were practising for the variety
entertainment in their community hall. As a whole there were a large
number of children and youth in that mountain place. We realized that
people with many children selected that area as their residence because it
is a wonderful place for children and youth.
Samuel then showed us their community hall. It was open on all
sides, with a short parapet wall and a stage in the front. The sloping roof,
walls and floor were laid with those lovely golden coloured glassy marble
tiles. He said that they used to go to a huge chapel in another colony
nearby for worship services with Jesus. Then we went and sat on the steps
around the large lake watching the wonderful boat entertainment along with
the children who accompanied us. Our teenagers were reluctant to leave the
place. Samuel told us to come some other time with all our children who
would enjoy the place tremendously.

Finally we came back to the working place to collect our presents. I

look two small baskets and collected many cubes for Mamu and some
sample tiles and a few paper weights. Our younger friends started collecting
many things. I told them to be sure of carrying those baskets by themselves.
They said, “yes” and collected many baskets full of different beautiful
articles. In the end we thanked the workers and Samuel profusely and left
for home. On half way itself, our younger ones managed to shift their
baskets to older girls and boys. One girl came to me and pleaded, “Sweet
darling boy David, please carry my bags for me”. “Amma it would be very
difficult to refuse them. Though they were not very heavy, they enjoyed
swinging both their hands and collecting wild flowers on the way. They are
very clever to call us by very endearing names and any way finally would
manage to make us carry their baskets. I carried three more baskets along
with my two. Then we climbed down those steps and sailed through the
spray of golden water and reached home singing all along the way. At home
the children came to receive us and they carried the baskets to the museum.
I came home with my two baskets which I left downstairs.

Mamu won’t come now. He will be there listening to the stories of our
trip and to see the things we brought. Our friends are very generous. Even
though they know that I have many things for Mamu and his friends, they
would give at least one article to each one of them. Amma I am going down
to tell everything to ammamma. Hope she is there.
 Amma be happy! Please tell periamma also to be happy, after hearing
all the wonderful happiness of Heaven. Bye amma!

“They tell me of a land so fair, unseen by the mortal, eye,

Where spring in fadeless beauty blooms, beneath
unclouded skies,
O Land of light and love and joy, where comes no night
of care,
What will our song of triumph be, when we shall
enter there”.
- F.J.Crosby

7. Worship Service For Children

27th July 2004 : 11.10 P.M.
Mat. 19:14,15 “Jesus said, Let the children come to me and do
not hinder them; for to such belongs the kingdom of Heaven” and
He laid His hand on them and went away.”
David : Amma we attended a wonderful worship service. We walked
along our road in the front towards the right of our mansions. Then we
turned on the left road and reached the river and sailed towards the right.
After passing the familiar mansions chapel etc, we sailed farther down. After
quite sometime, from a distance, we caught glimpses of a wonderful white
marble mountain range studded with mansions made of golden coloured
marble. The mansions were at different levels, amidst beautiful flowering
trees, towards our right. When we went nearer, we saw at our left an
immense round chapel, deep within very beautiful gardens. For quite a long
distance golden marble steps were rising up from the river to these
picturesque stretches of land above the river. We stepped out of our boat,
climbed those steps and walked along a broad road leading to the chapel.
On both sides of this road, there were circular pathways lined by beautiful
flowering trees and lovely gardens. The chapel had a tower of immense
height in the shape of a cone. From the whole round bottom of the building,
the tower rose up and then reduced in size step by step ending with a spire
at the top. It had a distinctive charm since groups and groups of angels with
their musical instruments descended at the different levels of the tower, and
they continued playing their musical instruments, standing there with their
shining garments and instruments. It was a magnificent sight amma. We
stood in the front and watched that wonderful sight for a long time and then
went within the chapel and occupied the front seats, which were arranged in
half circles facing the semicircular stage. There was a human choir at the
left and human orchestra at the right and the choir was singing to the
accompaniment of the orchestra. There was an immense crowd of children in
the front holding flowers. We then realized that it would be children’s
worship service.
Suddenly a very bright golden light similar to that of a focus light
emerged from the back of the stage and at that instant, itself, the whole
stage was filled with a large crowd of angels, surrounding our beloved
Jesus, seated on a radiant throne at the centre of the stage. At once, we,
along with the multitude of the audience, in thousands, stood up, raised our
hands and praised Jesus. Then we all sang the first stanza of the song,’ All
glory laud and honour’ (Praising song of children) with great joy. The
children – we didn’t know whether they sang or just shouted with joy-raised
their hands with flowers. The whole front looked like a beautiful garden of
flowers. Jesus then stood up and gave a wonderful message.
Jesus: (Looking at the children with a tender smile. He spoke as follows.)
I love children immensely because of their pure innocence and implicit
faith. I am happy to announce that there are millions of children in Heaven. If
a person causes the physical death of a child, the human judges may give
him a verdict of physical death sentence. But I say if somebody is the cause
for their spiritual death. I give a very grave verdict of death sentence to
such people by saying. “It would be better for him to have a great millstone
fastened round his neck and to be drowned in the depth of the sea”. People
do not give much importance in causing spiritual death to children. When
parents lose their children on the earth, they grieve for them beyond
consolation. But according to Me, such children enter into the perfect
Heavenly happiness for ever and it is like saving drowning children and
keeping them on solid ground which is equivalent to saving their souls from
possible eternal death, if they are going to be drowned in sin in their later
lives. So I want the grieving parents on the earth to realize this tremendous
truth and it would be a great consolation for them if they realize that their
children are saved from possible eternal death and they have entered the
ever lasting life of great joy and happiness in Heaven.
(I (Kamazh) read the Bible later on and this meaning is clearly given in
the revised standard version of the Bible as follows: Math.18:6. “But who
ever causes one of these little ones who believe in Me to sin, it would be
better for him to have a great millstone fastened round his neck and to be
drowned in the depth of the sea”. In the King James Version it is given as
“But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me”. The
word offend can have many interpretations. But the meaning is clearer in
the former version.)

David : It was wonderful to listen to Jesus talking about children. Then the
whole crowd of children slowly ascended the stage through the long and low
steps and stood before Jesus in several rows, holding the flowers in their
hands. Jesus then extended both His hands and blessed the children two by
two and the children left their flowers at the feet of Jesus and descended
row by row. It took some time for the blessing ceremony to be over. During
the whole time, the human orchestra played very softly the music of “All
glory, laud and honor”. Our teenagers were whispering, “Oh! How we wish
that we were also like those children so that we could have gone nearer to
Jesus to get His blessing personally”. The children then sang a beautiful
“Hallelujah chorus” in which the bigger children sang the song to the soft
accompaniment of the human orchestra, while the little children shouted just
‘Hallelujah’ uniformly. Immediately afterwards, Jesus along with the host of
angels started His wonderful ascension, extending His hands and smiling at
the children. We all joined the children in their shouts of joy and praises.
After that the children streamed out first still shouting with joy. Many of
them jumped into the river, crossing it to go to their mansions. Many were
floating and swimming along the river and some sailed by boats with adults.
We sat on the beautiful golden steps and watched this lovely sight. Finally
we left by our boat and reached home singing all along the way. We decided
to meet Jesus somewhere and get His blessing by touching us.

Amma, I am going down to explain this wonderful worship service to

ammamma. I don’t know whether our Mamu and his friends attended this
service.

Be happy amma! Bye!

“Now these little ones receiving,
Fold them in Thy gracious arms;
There, we know, Thy word believing,
They are all secure from harm.
Then within Thy fold eternal,
Let them find a resting place;
Feed in pastures ever vernal,
Drink the rivers of Thy grace”.
- W.M.A.Munlenberg

8. Tiny Babies In Heaven

2nd July 2005 : 10.50 P.M.

Mark 10:14,16 “Suffer the little children to come unto me and

forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of God. And He took
them up in His arms put His hands upon them and blessed
them.”

David : Amma, we came home just now after visiting a wonderful place
of babies. We walked along our main road towards the right, of our
mansions turned on the left road and reached the river. From there we took
a boat and sailed towards the right. After passing the road which took us to
a huge cathedral (Where we took part in a worship service recently), we saw
a channel going from the main river towards the right. We turned in it and
sailed on farther. The channel was flowing at a much lower level than the
level of the landscape on either side of it. Very beautiful gardens adorned
the two sloping banks of the channel. We used to see flowers along the river
banks, but not like this well arranged gardens. Flights of golden steps rose
from the channel at many places and reached the elevated lands cape,
crossing the lovely slope of flower gardens. Many beautiful pathways
parallel to the channel branched from the flights of steps at many levels so
that the garden was divided into many sections and each section contained
one variety of flowers of different colours. Since the water level was low,
compared to the level of the landscape , We couldn’t see much of the
surrounding area of the channel. We could see only a row of flowering trees
along the banks beyond the gardens. After travelling a long way, the
channel joined a beautiful lake whose sloping banks also had the same kind
of very beautiful flower gardens. Then we sailed towards the left to go
around the lake. The channel continued its course from the opposite side of
the lake. While sailing, we saw many golden steps rising from the lake and
joining pathways within the beautiful woods of flowering trees. Since the
area of the lake was vast compared to the width of the channel, we could
see clearly the landscape surrounding the lake. Many of the steps were
submerged in the crystal clear water. We saw a few small babies, may be
below two years old playing in that water. When we talked to them, they
couldn’t even give us any reply. Such tiny tots! So we left the boat there
and started walking along a broad pathway, starting from that flight of steps.
From there we could see the picturesque wood land more clearly. Beautiful
pathways were branching from this main pathway leading into the lovely
wood of tall and short flowering trees and beautiful green lawns. Later on
we learnt that each pathway led to a huge mansion. We walked straight and
at our right, we saw a pathway leading to a very large two storeyed pink
mansion within the woods. We entered that pathway and when we almost
reached the mansion, one young lady came out to meet us. To our great
surprise, she was one of the nuns we met in a worship service in a huge
cathedral just near that place. She welcomed us with a broad smile and
took us first into the back garden of that mansion. Amma what a great
surprise awaited us there!!
‘A huge crowd of babies below two years were playing in a wide
shallow pool. Their joyful baby voices filled the air. There were water
sources like small fountains emerging from clusters of small marble rocks of
different colours on the bank of the pool. Very thin streams of water were
coming from the interior of the woods as well. Water was mildly over flowing
from the pool. The bed of the pool was covered with a very fine white sand
like a mattress. On the bank there were different coloured marble pebbles.
Babies were within the water, enjoying themselves by splashing the water
with their tiny hands and legs. Some of them were sitting along the bank
and playing with the pebbles. It was a beautiful and delightful place for the
babies. We saw all the races of the world among them. Then the lady took
us to the seats placed in a circle under a tree. We saw many small chairs
arranged in circles below many of the trees. We were all seated there and
she told us about herself and others and how they are serving the Lord by
looking after those babies.
The lady : I am an English woman and my name is Ann. I was a nun and a
fully qualified nurse. I specialized in the field of looking after small babies
and I was interested in that work. In the world, we had many homes to bring
up very small babies who were abandoned and left on the streets by
mothers. So when I came to Heaven and met Jesus first, He welcomed me
and asked me what type of service I wanted to do for Him. I told Jesus,
“Jesus give me some small babies and I will look after them. That was what
I did while I was on the earth”. First I stayed with my mother. Then Jesus
gave me a beautiful mansion near the huge cathedral. We can very easily
cross the channel from my mansion to come here. Also, Jesus personally
installed me in this home. Here we have ten care takers and about one
hundred babies. There are many such homes in this area with thousands of
babies. Do you know one thing? Jesus loves children so much that He often
comes here and sits on one of these seats. Though the babies are very
small, they recognize Jesus. You must see the babies running towards
Jesus from their homes or play grounds. It used to be a marvellous sight.
Many of them have just learnt to walk. Jesus used to hug them, tell them
stories and play with them. He used to spend a long time with them and
bless them before He leaves. Babies used to wait longingly for the visits of
Jesus. Jesus knows the names of all these babies – thousands of them in
this area. Also many baby lovers bring loads and loads of things for them to
play, toys made of fur like material like toy bunnies, dogs, lambs. Also they
bring many varieties of very soft special kind of fruits for the babies. Some
fruits have milk like fluid inside. We make a small hole and feed the babies
with the milk when they are very small. Also we used to teach one language
to speak and read. We tell them Bible stories with picture books. In each
mansion there are four large rooms in the ground floor for babies two bed
rooms and two nurseries with a large number of toys for them to play. Do
you know one thing? As the sins of the earth, increase, more and more
small babies come to Heaven and Jesus needs more mothers and care
takers for them. Among us, five of us are nurses and the other five are girls
who had worked in children nurseries on the earth. In the first floor, we have
ten rooms, each one for the ten care takers. Also there are many store
rooms to keep the large number of things we receive as gifts for the babies.
We get a lot of leisure time to visit our homes, loved ones and attend
worships services. As you know in Heaven there is no need to be afraid of
anything. Babies will roam all over the place. Just now the girls have taken
groups and groups of babies to many play grounds deep within the woods,
where there are homes for pet animals. We can take long holidays also.
Another batch of ladies will take over our work.
David : She, then went in and brought trays containing several
varieties of small luscious fruits. They were new to us. They were very soft
and tasty. Then she took us around the rooms in the ground floor and first
floor. We sang some funny songs for the babies who were playing in the
pool. As I used to tell you, that our girls are very good in entertaining
children with their funny action songs and funny mimicries. Amma you must
have seen the babies laughing! Ann, our host invited the girls to go over
there often, to entertain the babies. Then we all thanked Ann and bid her a
fond fare well. The babies just waved their tiny hands to say goodbye and it
was a marvellous sight. Ann gave us a few bags full of this delicious baby
fruits.
On our way back home our teenagers started teasing me saying,
“David, we are going to join the staff of the homes to look after those babies.
So you have to find some other girls to sing treble David”. Amma, I knew
that they were kidding and so I just smiled and kept quiet. Then they said,
“Your American friend Bob always teases us saying that he would take you
from us and so now this is our chance to tease you”. I knew that they were
talking playfully. I know that they would never ever leave our choir, because
we are so close to one another and enjoy going to different places and
singing together. Just now we reached home. My friends requested me
fondly to go to the stream site where we used to meet once in a while for
talking and singing. So I am going there amma.
Bye amma!
 “We want the young for Jesus;
On earth, when He was near,
With gentle sweet affection,
He drew the children near,
And still He waits to bless them,
With fond and yearning love;
Kind shepherd, He would lead them,
Safe to the fold above”.

Chapter VI
SAINTS, MISSIONARIES IN HEAVEN
1. Saints and Missionaries
6th May 2004 : 9.45 P.M.
Dan. 7:27 “ The kingdom and the dominion and the greatness of
the kingdoms under the whole Heaven shall be given to the
people of the saints of the Most High.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip on the sea. We took our usual
route, reached the sea and turned towards the left. After crossing the river
which is fed by the sea and which leads to the lake with ten channels, we
went at right angles to the shore line towards deep waters of the ocean.
After a long time, even from a distance, we saw something shimmering on
the sea. When we went nearer, the sight was beautiful and fascinating
amma. We saw a huge island with high walls made of shining silver bricks
edged with gold and decorated with glistening gold and glittering gems of
various colours. It signified something pure and rich because of the
intermingling of silver, gold and precious stones. Then we entered the
island, through a broad silver gate decorated with gold. The pathway was
also laid with silver tiles edged with gold and decorated with gold and
precious stones. There were very beautiful gardens on both sides and
blossoms of very sweet perfume were kept in silver pots decorated with gold.
As we walked a little further, we saw a huge compound with an open gate
towards our left. When we went inside, we saw lovely gardens with white
flowers and trees laden with white flowers. Flowers were planted in beautiful
silver pots decorated with gold. First we thought that it might be an abode of
angels because we saw them gliding in and out of that compound. Then we
saw human beings. (We were able to distinguish them from the angels,
because of their characteristic features. The faces of angels were all alike).
One person guided us to a huge lawn under white flowering trees.
Amma, we noticed a spectacular difference in the trees of the island. We
saw wonderful trees whose drooping branches were laden with exquisite
blossoms without a single leaf. On this lawn we saw beautiful silver white
seats and a meeting was going on. About fifty persons were seated. seats
were arranged in semi-circles. In the front, one person was delivering a
speech and we saw angels with golden harps standing near him. He was
talking about the wonderful love of Jesus. We were thrilled to hear his lively
and animated speech. In between when he said, ‘Praise the Lord’, the whole
group joined him in shouting praises with raised hands. We sat at the back
row. While they were singing, angels played their harps. The person who
took us there told the speaker about us. At once he invited us to the front
and John introduced us collectively. The speaker introduced the inmates of
that island as “saints and great Missionaries who suffered for Jesus for a
long time and who belonged to all ages after Christ”. He said, “We were the
poorest of the poor on the earth and now Jesus, our saviour raised us and
we had become the richest of the rich and sons of the richest Father”. He
told us how they took the gospel around the world with great joy, even when
they were suffering with utter poverty. We could feel their intense love and
zeal for Jesus, while he spoke about their missions. The speaker was very
happy to see us. He said, “I am so happy to see such a young group for
Jesus. On the earth, the youth are going astray from Jesus”. Then he asked
us to sing a song. We left our guitar in our boat. Any way as we were about
to start a song, to our greatest surprise, an angel, gave us a chord from his
harp and we all sang together with the accompaniment of the lovely music of
the harps played by the angels and the harmony was superb amma. What a
privilege! It was really wonderful. As soon as we finished, they raised their
hands and shouted to show their appreciation. We were given seats near
the front and we listened to their wonderful experiences on the earth.
Then we left them and the guide took us to show the huge castle-like
mansion deep inside the garden. Amma it is difficult to explain its silver
beauty decorated with gold and precious stones. The whole garden was
filled with a sweet and delicate prefume. The water from the fountains
flowed out in fine spray like sparkling silver. We saw children inside the
garden. The guide who showed us everything gave us small silver vases
with white fragrant flowers which were completely new to us, as presents.
We thanked him and walked along the silver-gold road. The next mansion
was within a huge garden of pale pink flowers and pink flower-laden trees.
The silver mansion with pink flowers looked marvellous amma. In all those
trees, there were no leaves. We went in and enjoyed its beauty. They gave
us pink flowers in silver vases decorated with gold. Amma even those
flowers in the vases had golden edges, with a very sweet perfume. We
walked along the road, collecting different light coloured flowers in small
sweet silver vases. On our way, we saw a very beautiful chapel, surrounded
by gardens blooming with lovely white blossoms. A worship service was
going on. When we went in, we saw them singing songs of praises with the
accompaniment of harps played by angels.
Amma, there was a very beautiful cross of fine silver with full of
sparkling diamond stones. We found it difficult to look at the brilliant light
emitted from the cross and its radiance filled the whole chapel. We could
feel the powerful presence of our Jesus there. Then we left the place
silently after some time. We went around the road. The mansions were
within big gardens touching the outer edge of the island. At the centre of the
island, surrounded by a silver pathway, was a big garden with a large
number of children. We don’t know whether those children belonged to the
saints or to the mission field where they worked. There too we saw angels
coming in and going out and it was a wonderful sight. We turned around and
walked along the other side of the island. There also exquisitely beautiful
silver mansions shone through the lovely flowers of the over-hanging trees.
We caught glimpses of such mansions surrounded by gardens with flowers of
various beautiful colours like silver white, pale pink, soft blue, pale orange,
golden yellow and pale violet. There also we saw a chapel with a cross
emanating brilliant light as we went in. The silence and the glorious cross
invoked a sense of overwhelming thrill passing through us. We praised
Jesus for having given such a wonderful place for such saints who suffered
much for the sake of the gospel and for Jesus and who led such sacrificial
lives on the earth.
Finally we came out with their wonderful presents in our pockets. We
went around the island on our boat. We saw four main gates on the four
sides of the island. Also there were beautiful silver-white boats on the sea.
Just now we reached our place.
I came home with four flowerpots with different coloured flowers with very
sweet perfume. Mamu and his friends must have followed my companions to
the museum site to see the articles and also to hear their exciting stories.
The kids are very smart. If you give them some article and ask them to take
it to some one in that colony they will do it promptly and perfectly without
making any mistake.
Amma : What about your accident on the earth my son? Periamma says that
you were carried by the angels before the accident took place since God
revealed to her that truth by giving her a wonderful Bible verse.
David : Amma, that is the truth. I saw only a host of angels when. I
returned from the chapel. I don’t know anything about the accident.
Amma : In your book, Indra Aunty, Vimala Aunty, Basupathy, Sagu Aunty
and perimma have written tributes about you my darling son.
David : Amma please thank them for their great love for me. Please tell
Basupathy that I want to meet him in Heaven. I am sure of meeting others.
But now you all have to do great work for Jesus. When you finish His mighty
work, I’ll come to the world and take my dear ones along with a host of
angels to our HOME in HEAVEN to our dearest JESUS.
“Oh, think of the Home over there,
By the side of the river of light,
Where the saints, all immortal and fair
Are robed in their garments of white overthere”
- D.W.C. Huntington
 2. Prophets And Holymen
30th May 2004 : 9.50 P.M.
Isa. 62:12 “.....They shall be called the Holy people. The
redeemed of the Lord.”
Ps. 149:1 “Praise ye the Lord. Sing unto the Lord a new song,
and His praise in the congregation of saints.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful, unusual experience and I am dazed by
that.
We sailed along our river at the back towards the left side of our
mansions and reached the sea through our usual route. At the sea we
turned right and reached near the Chinese colony and then turned at right
angles to the shore line and sailed towards deep sea for a long time. Even
from a distance, we saw a great white island with dazzling white light. When
we reached the island we found that there were shining white marble rocks
which gave out dazzling white light. There were no walls or gates. We saw
a beautiful road touching the sea and it was laid with the same kind of
marble, shining with blinding white light. We left our boat and walked
through the road. Everywhere we could see the same kind of dazzling white
radiant rocks. All the trees (not very tall) and the lawn were covered with
white flowers which were also giving out the same white light. We walked
very silently on the road. We felt a kind of awe-inspiring Holiness inside that
island. We saw angels descending inside that Holy city. First we thought
that it was an abode of angels, since we used to see such brilliant light only
around Jesus and angels in worship places. We were not able to talk to
each other or sing. We were all dazed by the wonderful light and we had a
feeling that we were walking through a Holy city of light which was not
familiar to us.
Water was flowing from those white rocks in small streams reflecting
that wonderful brilliant light and they shone like silver – white ribbons. After
walking for quite sometime, we saw a beautiful garden on the left side of the
road. There were no boundary walls, but it was filled by the same kind of
white flowers radiating the same brilliant light.
We went inside with some kind of hesitation since we saw groups and groups of
angels there. Any way we entered that pathway very slowly and then we heard the
sound of wonderful music and singing coming from the right side of the pathway and
from a distance we saw a group of angels with harps of gold playing and singing at the
front of a group of people seated on big, beautiful white thrones arranged in half circle.
We realized that they were humans because they were seated. We had never seen
angels sitting till now.
While we were walking slowly we saw a person, coming from behind us to join
that group. He told us, “This island is full of redeemed souls of prophets and Holy men
of the old, who used to talk directly with the Almighty God while on the earth and to
whom God spoke directly and gave messages to be conveyed to the people on the
earth”. We were thrilled to hear this information. He didn’t give us any more detail, but
just passed us and joined the group. We stood away from the group to see what was
happening. After the angels stopped singing, one of the Holy men, stood up and started
praising God, the Jehovah. After he completed each sentence, the whole crowd (about
50-60) raised their hands and shouted ‘Praise the Lord’, with great joy. The speaker
said, “Let us thank God for having spoken to us directly to guide His people. (Praise the
Lord). Let us praise Him for the wonderful victories, He gave to His children.(Praise the
Lord) - For the messages and guidance He gave to His people.- For the advice and
warning He gave to them.- For having given us the power and boldness to warn the
great kings when they went astray from God.- For having given such wonderful
prophecies through us, revealing the birth of the Messiah.- For having given us the
wisdom to judge His people” – and so on.
After each sentence, all of them raised their hands and shouted.
“Praise the Lord”. Amma, all their faces were radiant like that of angels. It
was difficult for us to identify their features. Even if we did that, we couldn’t
have recognized them. I think that it is not the will of. Jesus to reveal the
individual identity of each and every one of them. After that person finished
his speech, the angel choir sang wonderfully. We were all dazed and we
couldn’t speak to each other. We discussed about them only when we sailed
back home. I can say that there were more angels than human beings.
Finally, after a long time we returned. We didn’t want to turn back and so we
slowly walked backwards step by step, still facing them and watching them, since we felt
some kind of great reverence for them. We walked that way till we reached the main
pathway in front of the mansion. There we saw only angel groups here and there. We
looked at the beautiful shining dazzling mansion from a distance and came back to the
main road. On the way we saw many mansions, deep inside such shining white
flowered gardens. Then at the centre of the Holy city we saw a very beautiful round
chapel with sloping roof. The wall and roof were made of the same kind of sparkling
white marble. we didn’t go inside and we saw angels within the chapel.
Amma it is very difficult to explain the dazzling beauty of the whole place. Every
where we saw shining streams of
silver-white water flowing along the edges of the roads. We returned along the next
road, which ran parallel to the road by which we went in and which turned at right angles
and then reached the first road. Along that road also we saw many mansions of the
same type, deep inside the silver – white dazzling gardens. We didn’t see any other
human beings. We could see only angels here and there.
Finally we came out and near the sea shore, our girls collected some
white marble stones with the same dazzling light for our museum and some
shining white flowers. Nobody collected stones for personal use. We all felt
some kind of reverence and holiness attached to every article from that
place and we didn’t want to take them personally.
Finally, we got into our boat and sailed around the island and saw
angel groups descending into that Holy city and sailed back home. After
sailing for a long time only, we started discussing the wonderful
experience, we had inside the Holy city. From the information given by one
holy man and from the praises they shouted, we concluded that Holy men
and prophets like Moses, Joshua, Samuel, Elijah, Elisa, Isaiah, Jeremiah,
Ezekiel and other prophets must have been there. Since they had the great
privilege of talking to God directly and receiving messages directly from
God, they were special in the sight of God and God had given them such a
glorious city of light and Holiness, with full of angels. Amma, we were all so
dazed, that we couldn’t sing and reached home silently and so there was
nobody to receive us. Usually, hearing the sound of our singing, they all
used to come to the landing place. So all of us went home silently. I am
lying down amma. I want to rest for a while before going down. Ammamma
was not at home and I’ll lie down for sometime.
Amma, pray to Jesus fervently before you start writing about this
wonderful Holy city, so that Jesus would give you the wisdom and words to
express the scenes as correctly as possible.
Bye Amma!
“Ten thousand ten thousand,
In sparkling raiment bright,
The armies of the ransomed saints,
Throng up the steps of light;
‘T is finished, all is finished,
Their fight with death and sin,
Fling open wide the golden gates,
And let the victors in”.

Chapter VII
VISITING DIFFERENT COLONIES
1. Shopping Complex
22nd April 2004 : 10 P.M.
John 3:12 “If I have told you earthly things and you do not
believe, how can you believe if I tell you Heavenly things?”
Phil. 4:19 “My God will supply every need of yours according to
His riches in glory in Christ Jesus.”
David : We had a wonderful experience and I am extremely happy
amma.
We reached the ocean through our usual route and turned to our left
and sailed along the shore for a long time. After passing the Portugese
colony etc, we sailed diagonally towards deep waters. Within a short time
we reached a huge busy island with a large number of boats around it and
we saw people going in and coming out of it. Amma it was a huge shopping
complex.
First, we went around the island in our boat. The walls around the three sides
(two longer sides and one shorter side) were made of beautiful golden edged glazed
marble tiles garnished with gold in different colours. We saw the colours of the spectrum
on the walls. There was a layer of tall flowering trees near the walls within the island.
There was a spectacular beauty regarding the colour of the flowers of the trees and the
colour of the walls. We noticed that the front portion of the wall was made of white
marble tiles and the trees within that part of the wall were blooming with different kinds of
white flowers. After white, the colour of the wall was light pink and the beautiful
blossoms on the trees were also pink. Then all the colours of the spectrum ( Red –
orange – Golden yellow – Green - Blue – Indigo – Violet) followed and the sight was
beautiful amma. The colours were not very dark but lovely light shades.
 Then we came to the front which was open without any wall. People
were busy with loading and unloading things in boats. We left our boat at
one edge and walked along the central main road. There were two more
parallel main roads along the two sides near the wall and many streets in
between them, so that the whole island was divided into different sections.
First we went inside the streets on the left side of the central main road.
Along a street there were a number of mansions facing each other on both
sides of the street. Each mansion had its own beautiful garden.
Here also we noticed a marvellous beauty. If the blossoms of the
trees were white, the mansions in those rows of streets were made of white
glazed marble tiles edged and decorated with gold. If the trees were filled
with pink flowers, the mansions were also made of pink marble tiles etc. In
the ground floor of each mansion there was a very huge hall with a front
Portico. The first floor was occupied by people who worked in the complex,
and the hall was a shop.
The mansions in the first street contained all types, and different sizes
of flower pots (baskets) made of cane, reeds and palm leaves with much
gold and silver work on them. Inside the hall the arrangement was as
follows: The hall was divided into different sections by long desks attached
to broad shelves at the back. On the desks the different varieties of
baskets and flower pots with tags were arranged. The tag contained the
following details. The person who made that article and by what material it
was made etc. At one desk only one variety in different sizes, with beautiful
flowers was displayed. Just at the back shelf we could see the same type of
baskets piled up in large numbers. There were light weight trolleys with
narrow base and a wide top and it could hold a large number of things. They
moved smoothly on the polished floors and roads, with a light touch. Each
one of us had two carry – bags. We had already decided to pick up things
for our personal use and keep them in our own carry – bags. The trolleys
could be used to keep articles for the museum and presents to our friends in
that area. Amma our girls are very smart. They know the exact number of
adults and children in our mansions and so they quickly calculated the
number of articles needed for distribution. Our (boys) job was to collect the
exact number of articles from the shelf and pack them in the trolleys.
Next street contained mansions with beautiful flower baskets, vases
and bowels in gold and silver ornamented with precious stones.
Amma, I just cannot explain the beauty of those flower - pots . Some
of the vases contained golden flowers and in some there were actual real
flowers. The arrangement was the same, as I explained earlier. In the
shelves of the store the articles were kept one inside the other and the
ladies there told us, “You take as many as you want. There is no shortage in
Heaven. Our stores are full and we can replace any amount of it, since we
have the richest Father here”. Amma we saw people coming in with trolleys
full of articles and just pouring them over the large tables at the back.
Ladies were putting tag cards. Some of them were arranging them on the
shelves and depositing the rest in their store rooms. By the way our girls
filled the tag cards and tied them on the articles which were collected for the
museum.
 Amma, as an Indian I am fond of gold and I took a lot of small golden
baskets studded with different kinds of precious stones and put them in my
bag. We also collected articles for the museum and presents for other
inmates of our mansions
In the next street the mansions had table mats made of palm leaves,
reeds, cane and cloth, decorated with gold and precious stones and they
were of different sizes and shapes. The mansions on the opposite side had
the same articles in pure gold and silver with artistic work and decorated
with precious stones. Amma I cannot explain the exquisite beauty and the
richness of those shining articles in words. We collected a large number of
articles there. I took mainly small golden tablemats.
In the next street mansions had things for interior decorations like
curtains carpets etc – everything displayed. The ladies told us that we
could give orders for the type and size we needed and they would send them
through the manufacturers directly to our mansions. We didn’t order any.
We had a look at the wonderful display.
Next we entered a street of mansions containing jewels in gold,
silver and precious stones. The shelves were packed with bangles,
bracelets, brooches, waist bands, head bands, necklaces etc. We just didn’t
know what type to take. We were perplexed since all were sparkling with
such splendour. Everybody collected for personal use and also for our
friends and the rare varieties for the museum. Amma I preferred gold. But
many of my friends preferred silver jewels with precious stones. They were
also really beautiful. I took many bangles and bracelets (for you and
periamma) and also many beautiful brooches for ammamma and grandma,
They can give some of them to their friends and relatives. Also I took waist
bands for Mamu.
The next one was for musical instruments. Each mansion had
instruments of one culture or country in the world. So we collected many
different types for our museum and also our girls took one golden guitar.
In the last two streets, the mansions contained toys and playthings
for children I took many small play – boats – some golden ones and others
for Mamu and his friends. They can float them on the river and play with
them.
Finally we collected all our packed – up trolleys and came to the front,
where we found many big sacks. (huge carry-bags) We tilted the trolleys to
transfer the contents into the sacks. We put them at the back of the boat,
where we could raise the side railings to make that into a closed room. Our
boat was loaded fully with all our own bags and the sacks. Then we sailed
back home with a high speed. Amma we can go with high speed in our boat
it we want to save time.
We spent nearly thirty hours (I calculated from the earth time) in this
complex. They said that there were many such shopping complexes in
different places. As soon as we reached home adults came and helped ue
to carry the sacks to the museum site.
I carried my two bags and left them on the table at the portico down
strairs and came up to talk to you. If Mamu saw us coming he would come
home now to see what I had brought home. Amma I am going down to
inspect the things with Mamu and ammamma.
Amma, I know what all glorious promises Jesus gave to you. So now
you must not become unhappy at all amma! You know the will of the Father
now. Can you imagine to which glorious level they had raised me!!
I am happy beyond words amma!!!
Be happy amma! Bye!!
“Eye hath not seen, ear hath not heard,
Neither hath enter’d, enter’d in to the heart of man....
The things which God hath prepared,
Prepared for them(2) that love Him”
- F.J. Crosby

2. Visiting Mansions On A Mountain Top

30th April 2004
Ps. 48:1,2 “Great is the Lord and greatly to be praised in the city
of our God! His Holy mountain, beautiful in elevation is the joy
of all the earth.”
7.45 P.M.
David : Amma, I am talking to you as we all are returning home in a boat.
Amma I like to close my eyes and rest and listen to the sweet songs of the
lovely birds during this pleasant journey. Iam doing that at present. I hear
my teenage friends calling me and saying, “ What David, get up David” in
Tamil. But I didn’t open my eyes. Finally they were shouting “sleepy boy
David”. With that I laughed and opened my eyes. I’ll talk to you after
reaching home.
9.15 P.M.
David : Amma we had a wonderful trip along the river touching our rear
gardens. We sailed towards the right from our mansions, crossed the
worker’s colony. Then we saw the river branching towards the left and
again we sailed on straight and then we entered a left branch of this river.
It was beautiful and at the same time awe – inspiring, since it was flowing in
between very huge mountain ranges of enormous height and grandeur. The
mountain slopes on the river-side were very steep and plain and we saw
many streams flowing down from above. We couldn’t see the mountain
peaks from below-such high and majestic mountains! The water from the
streams came down as a spray over the river on both sides and the heavenly
light was refracted by them to spread out a beautiful colourful shining
spectrum of lights. It was wonderful to travel through the spray of many
colours. We felt like going through an enchanted fairy land and we enjoyed
the journey tremendously. After sailing quite a long distance, we saw a very
long bridge connecting the two mountain ranges, on either side of the river.
The bridge was at a very high level almost at half the height of the tall
mountains. We saw broad, beautiful steps leading to the bridge from the
river. We left our boat there and climbed up the steps looking at the lovely
long pavilion of splendour through which our boat sailed. Finally we reached
the bridge and there we saw another flight of steps leading to the top of the
mountain. Through those steps we reached the top. To our great
amazement, we saw a beautiful colony of elegant mansions of varied
architecture surrounded by flowering trees, flower gardens, green lawns,
sparkling springs and swimming pools. A broad road ran along the edge of
the mountain with golden railings near the mountain slope. We turned left
and walked along the road looking down at the fascinating beauty of the
river. Then we came to a cross road and turned right into it. On both sides
we could see mansions and each one was different from the others. We saw
beautiful springs, some were flowing down like streams and some were like
fountains. We heard children’s joyful shouts from the swimming pools
behind the mansions. Then we reached the other side of the mountain where
there was another broad road along its edge. There were beautiful gardens
and lovely lawns between the road and the edge of the mountain with seats
at many places. The view from there was breath-taking amma. We could
see a very large lake, shimmering in the golden light surrounded on all
sides by a very huge mountain range which was robed in garments of tender
green lawns, trees filled with lovely blossoms and flower gardens. Each
section had a particular colour. The whole scenery was marvellously
beautiful . There were hundreds of boats in the lake, and they looked like
toy-boats seen from this tremendous height. There were steps in many
places leading down to the lake from the mountain top and we saw people
going down and coming up. As we walked along the road, turning right we
saw mansions in the midst of beautiful flower gardens along the right side of
the road overlooking the lovely lake.
In the first mansion, we saw a white man in his garden. That mansion
had one floor with a beautiful sloping roof and a broad veranda surrounding
all sides. He told us that those mansions were occupied by people of all
races who lived on mountain tops and hill stations on the earth. So they
loved to live on mountains in Heaven too and our loving God had provided
them such places. We passed on to the next mansion where we saw a black
man inside his garden. It was a two storeyed building with a flat roof. He
invited us to go to the top of his mansion to get a glimpse of the lake from
there. What a marvellous sight amma! We stood there for a long time and
enjoyed the sweet splendour of our Father’s land in the glowing golden light
of Heaven. Then we said good-bye and started walking along the road.
After passing several mansions, we met a lady in a two storeyed mansion
surrounded by a beautiful garden. The flowers were different from those in
other gardens. In each mansion the garden had a different type of
arrangement according to the taste of the inmates. That lady had black hair
and black eyes, but she was very fair. She introduced herself as one who
had come from the Himalayan mountain range in India. Atonce John
introduced me as an Indian and I told her that I had come from the southern
most tip of India near cape Comorin. She was very happy and told us that
she came from the northern boundary of India while David came from the
southern boundary. She invited us all into her spacious central hall. She
spoke English too. The central hall was beautifully decorated with typical
Kashmir rugs and hangings. She told us that she was involved in making
Kashmir shawls, rugs, table mats etc. She took us into her store-house. It
was a huge hall with varieties of beautiful shawls hanging and others in her
long wall-shelves. She asked us to take whatever we wanted. We all took
one shawl each. I took one in greenish – grey colour with beautiful
embroidery work done with sparkling red rubies and white diamonds. Our
girls took one each and a few rare samples for our museum.
Then she took us to the back of her mansion. There was a huge work –
area – a very high round hall with no side walls. The sloping roof was held
by huge pillars along the edges of the hall. Many ladies, some men and
children were seated on the floor with all their work materials around them.
They were making carpets, table mats etc in beautiful cloths of different
shades with gold and precious stones. Men and children helped them in
cutting cloths from rolls of cloth which they were getting from the weavers
and also they sorted out the precious stones according to their different
colours and sizes and kept them in different boxes. They were so happy
doing that work. The Kashmir lady told us that in the beginning she taught
them this work and now they had become experts in doing these. We could
see people of all races there (White, brown, yellow and black). They had
piles and piles of finished products near them and asked us to pick whatever
we liked. Our girls collected one pile of different varieties for our museum
and also many others for our personal, use and for the friends residing in our
mansions. They helped us to bundle them up for us to carry. Their children
were playing in the ponds behind their work-place. The Kashmir lady asked
us to see a huge chapel beside the road, farther away before leaving.
Finally we parted from them with a fond farewell, carrying all the bundles.
We walked along the road and came to a huge chapel with a beautiful
tower of gold. It was open and we went in. Nobody was there and there was
perfect silence inside. The floor and walls of the chapel were laid with
glazed tiles decorated with gold and it was very beautiful. There was an
altar of exquisite beauty. We sat down for sometime. We felt as though we
were closer to Jesus in that place and we silently praised Jesus for having
given us an opportunity to look at the marvellous glory and beauty of Heaven
from that lovely mountain height.
Finally we came to a crossroad, walked along, turning right and reached
the other side of the mountain. We walked along the broad road and came
nearer to the bridge and started going down. It was a wonderful experience.
Then we reached the bridge. We walked along the bridge half way. We
stood there looking down at the flowing river and the sparkling tent of spray
spreading over it with a beautiful colourful spectrum. We held our hands and
sang a few songs of praise.
We didn’t go to the other side of the bridge which also contained many
such mansions. Then we got into our boat and sailed on listening to the
songs of birds. I took three table mats for me. Girls were taking all the
other bundles to the museum and also for distribution. I’ll give my shawl to
Mamu.
Amma what a wonderful trip!
Bye! Be happy amma!
“When the mist have rolled in splendour,
 From the beauty of the hills,
And the sunlight fall in gladness,
On the river and the rills,
We recall our father’s promise,
In the rainbow of the spray,
We shall know each other better
When the mists have rolled away”.
- Anne Herbert

3. Visiting African Villagers

18th May 2004 : 9.40 P.M.
Ps. 22 : 27,28 “All the ends of the earth shall remember and
turn to the Lord; and all the families of the nations shall
worship before Him. For dominion belongs to the Lord and He
rules over the nations.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip and just now I reached home. We
sailed along our river at the back, towards the right of our mansions. After
crossing carpenters colony on our left, we sailed on farther, till we saw two
branches of this river one on the right and another on the left. We entered
the right branch and sailed a long way enjoying the lovely scenery before
reaching a huge lake. On the left side of the lake there was a very thick
forest covering half of the lake. The right half of the lake was nearer to a
huge mountain enshrouded by a very dense forest. We sailed along the left
shore. When we saw a road leading into the forest, we left our boat and
strolled along that road, deep into the forest. After a long time we saw a
cross-road and we entered that road to our right. This road ran parallel to
the lake. After walking for sometime, we caught glimpses of beautiful
cottages with one floor here and there within the thick green foliage of the
dense forest. As we walked, still farther we heard the sound of some kind
of native drums. To our surprise we saw a small group of children, men and
women came to receive us playing their drums. As soon as they came near
us, they bent low to greet us. They said that it was their custom of greeting
some one, special to them. Then we all shook hands with them. From their
look, we realized that they were Africans belonging to an early century.
They had all smiles for us. It was wonderful to look at their bright, cheerful
and smiling faces. They led us to their cottages still playing their drums.
We then saw a lovely pool of crystal clear water filled by a small stream
coming from the forest, which flowed over the road and joined the lake. We
all sat at the soft green lawn near the pool, surrounded by thick forest and
green trees with their drooping branches laden with beautiful blossoms of
many vivid colours. We felt very happy to sit in that place of natural beauty.
One of them, who seemed to be a leader started talking about them and their
life on the earth in his native language, which we were able to understand in
English.

Leader : We all belonged to small villages deep inside the

African jungle and mountains. (He couldn’t tell us the century to which they
belonged). We were leading a very secluded life without any connection with
the outside world. We were self sufficient. For our food, we had our own
corn fields, fruits, roots and we
also hunted animals for meat. But we were mortally afraid of white men who
came to our village with guns, and took our young men and women as
slaves. We couldn’t resist such invasions.
One day a group of white people, both men and women came with raised
hands to show us that they didn’t have any weapons. But still we were afraid
of them and chased them away with our weapons. But we didn’t hurt them in
anyway. They went off. A few days later some ladies alone came, holding
high a book on one hand and a cross on the other hand. (We knew that it
was a Bible and cross only later). The sight of the cross had a great impact
on us and since there were only ladies, we all advanced and they smiled at
us. With actions, they expressed that they were not enemies,
but friends. So we allowed them to come near our small huts, made of
wood, palm leaves and grass, and they sat down.
Each one carried a huge bag at their back. They opened it and started
giving us some shorts for men and some kind of apron for women. Until then
we were all naked except for some cover made of leaves. They
demonstrated how to wear them also. Then they opened boxes of sweets
and biscuits. (Those names, we learnt later on only) First we didn’t receive
those eatables, suspecting there would be some kind of poison in them.
Then they started eating and after a long time, since they were all right, we
received those sweets and started eating them with relish. They asked us to
build a hut. All our conversation was done in actions only. We built a hut
for them and they gave us match boxes and our women helped them to boil
water with fire-wood.
After some days, two of those ladies accompanied a few of our men to
a small town far away and from there brought huge bundles of clothes,
eatables, soap etc, which arrived from their native country. The other men
in the missionary group also accompanied them from the town. Our village
people were jubilant as they distributed everything to us. They had their
own clothing, vessels and bedding etc. Then we got full confidence in them
and we found that they were our real friends, who wanted to turn our
darkness into light, because they told us about Jesus and His great
salvation. They uplifted us from our rugged life as well. They demonstrated
how to use soap to clean our clothes. During evenings they used to make
camp fire and we all used to sit with them. They used to pray and we used
to take our sick persons and also people, possessed with evil spirit. We
worshipped evil spirits before we knew about Jesus. They gave us
medicines also. The whole village accepted Jesus as our personal saviour.
We made crosses with wood and we all had one cross and also a picture of
Jesus in each and every hut. They also instructed us how to make mud-
bricks and build our houses with those bricks. We had the same kind of
roofing as before. We built more small huts for the Missionaries also.
Slowly they learnt our language, which was a spoken language only – no
alphabets to read or write. Soon they started talking to us in our own
language. We also learnt many English words from them. They taught us
numbers and simple additions and subtractions using stones and fingers.
Then we took them to other villages nearby and introduced them and
soon many villages found the Light of Jesus. More Missionaries arrived and
some used to go to their own country and come back after a few months.
Thus we found Jesus and came to this Heavenly abode. Here also members
of the Missionary groups often visit us, bringing boats loaded with furniture,
bed sheets and various fruits from other parts of Heaven. They also used to
bring working materials like reeds, cane, precious stones, gold and taught
us to make baskets. They also teach us scripture. We make articles with
empty shells, we get from various nuts. We collect the nuts from the forest,
polish them and make beautiful flower vases, boxes etc, studded with
precious stones. This is our story. Jesus never forgets us. He used to visit
us with hosts of angels and conduct worship service near the lake.
Missionaries also worship Jesus along with us.
David : Amma, what a wonderful story!! Then we sang choruses with our
guitar. They gave us many baskets and many types of articles they made.
The vases were black or brown in colour. I took some small articles in
duplicate. Girls collected many things for our museum – vases with wild
flowers and other things they made, in their basket. Then they took us along
the road, playing their drums. We sang all along the way and visited many
such groups along the road and finally reached the other side of the lake,
where there, was another river, flowing away from the lake. We didn’t go
into the mountain-side of the lake, where, they said, that there were many
more villages similar to these. These villages retained some of the
peculiarities of their heritage on the earth. They carried our baskets with gift
articles. To our great surprise we found our boat near that side of the lake.
We parted from them all with a fond farewell and left them promising that we
would visit them again

We reached home singing all along the way. When we reached our
colony, children and adults received us. I saw our Mamu in that group. They
followed the girls to the museum site to hear the stories from them with great
excitement. The girls used to tell stories of our trip in a dramatic way, which
they enjoy very much.

I came home straight and I am talking to you now. I am going down to

tell the story to ammamma. Bye Amma!.

“Shall we, whose souls are lighted

By wisdom from on high,
Shall we to men benighted,
The light of life deny?
Salvation! oh, salvation!
The joyful sound proclaim,
Till earth’s remotest nation,
Has learned Messiah’s name.”
- R. Heber
 4. Russians On Mountain - Top
13th June 2004 : 9.45 P.M.
Is. 42:11,12 “Let them shout from the top of the mountains. Let
them give glory to the Lord, and declare His praise in the coast
lands.”
David : Amma, just now, we came back home from a wonderful trip.
We all started walking on our road in the front towards the left side of
our mansions. After crossing the brook we came to the road which turned
towards the right and which led us to a river. We got into a boat and sailed
towards our right along that river and then turned in a left branch. On our
way we saw the huge mountain with a tent of spray at a distance on our left.
Then we entered a section, where there were trees laden with beautiful
flowers of different vivid colours, on both sides of the river. As we sailed on
and on, the forest of flowering trees became denser and denser and finally it
was like an extremely dense forest. We were not able to see any empty
space without trees and wild flowers. The drooping branches of the trees on
both sides, met overhead in a beautiful arch of green leaves intermingled
with lovely flowers of different colours. It was darker inside than outside and
we saw many shining streams joining the river with high speed, from the left
and so we realized that there was a mountain on that side. We couldn’t see
the whole structure of the mountain. Wherever, we were able to see, we saw
some elevation covered entirely with trees and beds of wild flowers. The
forest was filled with the melodious songs of birds. We saw some small
jackal like animals in groups and they jumped into the river, swam and
crossed the river and we were excited to see them swimming across the
river. We sailed on and on and the river curved beautifully onto the left. We
guessed that we had almost crossed more than half of the foot of the
mountain. We then saw a broad road leading from the river on the left side
and we landed there and walked along that road. The road was laid with
light orange coloured marble tiles, edged with gold. That road was winding
beautifully around the mountain and was going up. There also every inch of
the mountain slope was covered with tall flowering trees and wild flowers of
many lovely colours, except on the road and the beds of the shining streams
flowing down from the mountain top. There was perfect silence, which was
broken only by the melodious singing of the birds and murmuring music of
the streams. It was very beautiful, but very lonely, without any trace of
human inhabitation. If it had been the earth, we would have been
frightened to walk along such a lonely road. But in Heaven, even that was
a pleasure. Our teenagers were making all sorts of noises and asked John,
“Oh John, where are you leading us into this wilderness?” We all had a good
laugh and then we started singing. Amma, we could walk or glide according
to our wish. We knew that we were going closer to the top. At that time we
heard some kind of music. First we thought that it was the natural echo of
our songs, but the music was prolonged. Then it was coming closer and
closer to us, from the top, though we couldn’t see anybody. Suddenly to
our great surprise we saw a group of youth, both girls and boys (all whites)
advancing towards us, singing, smiling and waving to us. They welcomed us
to their colony on the top of the mountain. They said that they were all
Russians, from the Siberian forests, in the world. They spoke in Russian
language which was translated in our brains in English. They took us to the
top where we saw a depression at the middle with a very beautiful lake
shimmering, with many small boats carrying children and youth. That lake
was surrounded with sloping mountains studded with twenty to twenty five
mansions at different levels – some around the lake, some on the top of the
mountain and some on the slope of the mountain overlooking the lake. All of
them were deep inside the same kind of flowering trees with a bed of wild
flowers and streams, situated in about twenty to twenty five acres of land.
The road went around the lake. At half way, we saw a road branching
towards our left, and going to the top. We walked along that branch and
reached a beautiful round chapel with sloping roof and without any walls
around it. We occupied the beautiful seats within the chapel. By that time,
many adults, youth and children gathered there. Their youth sang some
beautiful choruses in unison, playing some musical instruments. One
gentleman spoke about their life on the earth. He said, “After the European
countries became Christian nations, their Missionaries brought us the light of
the gospel of Jesus. In addition they started schools and gave us medical
aid also. Thus we all came to know about Jesus”. Afterwards, we also sang
a few songs and choruses. They then took us to the nearby mansions on the
mountain top. They were involved in knitting some kind of woolen carpets,
sheets, shawls, table mats etc. They said that they used to get rolls and
rolls of thin woollen thread of different colours from the shopping complexes
and used to return their finished products there. In a huge mansion, we saw
many ladies sitting around, on the open veranda and doing the knitting work.
The place was cooler and darker than our place in Heaven. They gave each
one of us a beautiful shawl and many round and rectangular table mats
which they made. The material was not very thick, but quite nice and soft,
which gave us real warmth. Then they took us to a tall tower on the top. We
climbed and stood on the third floor. Amma, the view from that place was
wonderful, as we tasted a drop of Heaven’s sweetness. We could see
similar mountains around and their entire slopes were covered with flowering
trees. They could be described as mountains of flowers of many lovely
colours. They told us that there were four more similar mountains around
that area. There was a huge chapel in one of them and they used to go
there to worship Jesus, when He visited that chapel. At the top of the tower,
we saw a huge bell. They told us that they used to have a certain time for
get together in their own chapel and it was announced by ringing the bell.
One of them would give a message and they enjoyed those sessions of
singing and worshipping Jesus and the Father.

Finally, we parted from them with a fond farewell and their youth
accompanied us upto the lake and then we glided down to our boat and
came back home.

Be happy amma! Bye!

 “Stream full of life and gladness,
Spring of all health and peace,
No harps by thee hang silent,
Nor happy voices cease;
Tranquil Rivers,
Let me ever sit and sing by thee”.
- Horatius Bonar

5. Visiting Snow White Mountains And

Snow White Mansions
29th June 2004 : 10.45 P.M.
Is. 41:20 “Men may see and know, may consider and understand
together, that the hand of the Lord has done this, the Holy One
of Israel has created it.”
David: Amma we had a marvellous trip to a wonder land. We sailed along
the river touching our gardens towards the right of our mansions. We
crossed the left branch of this river which led us to the great famous falls.
After some distance we saw a narrow channel to our left and we turned in it
and it had a beautiful bridge across. Our boat passed under that bridge and
sailed on steadily in that narrow river, fenced in on both sides by beautiful
different types of palm trees. We caught glimpses of a few mansions within
gardens in that area. The scenery then changed into lofty mountains which
rose from the two sides of the river. We saw sparkling streams flowing from
those mountains into the river which became wider and wider. This river
then joined another river which flowed at right angles to this one. Amma, it
is very difficult to explain the glowing white beauty of that river. We thought
that it was covered with glistening snow.
Kamazh: Then there was a pause in his narration. I was anxiously waiting –
What happened? After some time David told me that someone was calling
him from down stairs and that he would go down and come back. After
about ten minutes, he started talking again. He said that a lady doctor sent a
messenger to inform him about a change in their programme.
David: Amma, when we entered that white river, the sight was wonderful.
Snow – white marble rocks rose up in inspiring grandeur and beauty from
the river and this splendid scenery stretched out on both sides of the river as
far as the eye could see. The river also was shining snow – white since the
river bed contained such snow – white marbles. Actually we sailed near one
such rock thinking that it was covered by glittering crown of ice. Only after
touching it, we realized that it was not ice-cold. Since water was oozing out
from the white marble rocks, they were wet and so they gave the appearance
of glistening snow. Also the whole atmosphere was much cooler than our
place. A huge mountain range rose just across the river and it stretched
along the river as far as the eye could see and there were some green trees
as well. We crossed the river slowly since there were many snow – white
marble rocks here and there and we reached the other bank of the river. At
that place we saw a broad road slowly climbing up a mild elevation between
two high mountain ranges and then the road slowly went down a small slope
on the other side. Amma, as we glided into this gap and went to that side, a
wonderful sight awaited us there. My friends were jubilant because they
used to see snow covered mountains and water ways in their countries on
the earth. On that side of the mountain we saw a very long and wide vast
lake glowing white, covered with the same kind of snow – white marble
rocks. Even the water looked snow white because of the white bed beneath
the waters. There was a road going along the mountain range. We started
walking along the left side of the road. Small white boats were plying here
and there. Since the inhabitants wore white fur like coats and covered their
heads fully with caps of the same white material, we couldn’t easily
distinguish the boats from the surrounding. We identified the boats only by
their movements. In the same way, we found it difficult to identify the
mansions. There were many mansions with one floor along the lake and
others over the mountains in different levels here and there. At the very first
look, they appeared like the snow-white rocks since the sloping roof as well
as the walls were made of the same snow-white marble with snow-white
wooden doors and windows. The broad veranda was not open, but enclosed
with walls and glass shutters and snow – white curtains were hanging over
the windows. As we were gazing at the whole beautiful scenery in that
wonder-land, one boat carrying some people, reached the shore nearby.
Some men and women got out of it. Seeing us, they waved to us came
nearer and invited us to their mansion. When we went inside, to our great
wonder, we saw a beautiful garden within, with flowers arranged in lovely
golden pots along the edge of the whole veranda. They then took us to
their very large central hall which was just perfect with white carpets edged
with gold and very comfortable cushioned seats covered with golden lace.
There were two fire places with glowing red bricks which gave a smoothing
warmth. It was very cool outside, but not icy-cold. There were very
beautiful colourful flowers arranged in lovely flower vases. A grand piano
stood at one side and a teenaged girl was strumming out some delightful
tunes and music pieces on it. We all were seated comfortaby. Then one
man started talking with us. He said,” Our family came from north Canada
and we used to live in snow-covered houses on the earth and we used to
love such surrounding. So Jesus gave us similar mansions in Heaven in
such splendid surrounding in this wonderland. Most of the inmates of these
mansions were from very cold places of the world. There are many guest
mansions as well where people from different parts of Heaven used to come
and stay for quite sometime and go back to their own mansions. Even our
own family used to go to the hill resort near the sea (Amma I told you about
this place long back) where there are many guest mansions and used to stay
there for a change”. Then they served us warm delicious fruit juice with
chocolate flavour. They kept the fruits near the fire place and just made a
small opening to pour out the juice from inside. They then took us to the
underground hall and the view was beautiful. It was a very large hall with
fire places. Many children sat on the carpet and were playing with their toys
and other games like zig-zag puzzle. Youth, both boys and girls were
playing games like table tennis over a wide long and smooth table. Our
teenagers just rushed to the children and played with them, making them
laugh aloud with their usual stories and actions. When we came up, they
asked us to sing. As usual, I gave the key in the piano and we sang the
anthem “Jesus is our shepherd”. They all shouted with joy in great
appreciation. Then we sang many choruses to the accompaniment of quick
music played by the girl on the piano, and our teenagers joined their
children and danced together. We all laughed and enjoyed the time we
spent with them. When we started to leave, they said, “In the next, mansion
on the left, they are making many attractive articles in these beautiful white
marble stones with much artistic works. Also if you go a long way towards
the left, you will be able to see people playing games like skating etc”.
We then parted from them with a fond farewell and went into the next mansion.
There also we saw the same type of flower decorated veranda and central hall. They
took us directly to the underground hall, where we saw many people belonging to all
races of the earth, working in groups. They were making beautiful balls, paper weights
and small dolls over a huge ball which would be rocking like our Tanjore doll of India, in
those snow-white marble stones, decorated with sparkling gems, which they used to
collect from gem-cutters island or shopping complexes. We all sat around them in small
groups and saw them doing the wonderful work. They had a huge pile of beautiful snow
–white baskets made by soft white reeds. They were getting those baskets from the
mansions near the huge falls, which was nearer to their place if they went through the
back of their mansions. They asked us to take as many baskets as we wanted and fill
them with their articles as presents. I selected one small beautiful basket and started
collecting mostly balls decorated with different coloured gems, Tanjore dolls and other
articles. Girls took a few baskets, kept one inside the other and filled the inner one with
articles. We then parted from them with a fond farewell, thanking them for their
generous gifts and climbed up, kept our baskets on the veranda to collect them on our
way back home.
We, then sailed in three small boats, one after the other in narrow
places between rocks and together in broad spaces where we started
singing choruses. People in other boats waved to us. Our girls said, “Since
we are sailing in a zig-zag manner, between the rocks other boats coming
from the opposite side may dash against us”. I told them jokingly, “Don’t
worry!! Even if they can’t see you, they will see my black hair and my brown
face in the midst of the white of the surrounding area and so there is no
chance of dashing against us”. Amma, you must have seen my friends
laughing and laughing. They said, “Oh David, you are really sweet! you are
our guiding star, a beacon of light and a light House among the rocky
mountains in the midst of the sea”. They touched my hair saying, how they
wished to have such beautiful black hair. Amma, some of them have dark
brown hair, but not as black as mine. We had a real hearty laugh together.
Our Canadian friend told us that in the middle of the lake, we could find
diamonds around some rocks. So we went around each one of them and
finally found some rocks with very beautiful lustrous diamonds of all sizes.
Since water was flowing along the slopes of the rocks, we could see the
diamonds sparkling within the clefts with special brilliance. In such places,
we went nearer and collected them from those rocks though we saw such
diamonds, glittering in the lake bed as well. We enjoyed collecting them and
it was really a thrilling experience and we all filled our four pockets. As
usual my friends’ collections filled half of my pockets. Such sweet and
affectionate friends I have amma.
 Finally, we turned and sailed along the other bank of the lake. There,
the mountains were not very high, but we saw similar white mansions here
and there at different levels and saw people getting down from their boats
and walking along the pathways. We didn’t visit them, but turned back,
collected our baskets, walked back to our boat with all our presents and
sailed back home. At home I saw no one and so I left my basket with
presents and also my coat with diamonds and came up amma.
I am going down to tell ammamma everything about our trip. Our
Mamu must have followed other friends seeing the huge collection of
baskets.
Be happy!! Bye amma!!
Kamazh : After that I felt very happy realizing the wonderful trip David had
enjoyed. I too felt, as though I went along with them to see that wonder-
land. So I thanked Jesus for a long time for His wonderful gift of Heaven, its
glorious and happy life and also for the great privilege that He has bestowed
on David to explain the over-whelming beauty of Heaven, the indescribable
rapture of people residing there, and all his wonderful experiences and
happiness to me. Then I heard a soft voice telling me as follows:
Holy spirit : David dedicated himself to go as a Missionary at a tender
age. Then I promised him to give a medical seat if he would go as a
Missionary. I am God. I can never go back on My promises and that is why
I gave this unusual privilege to David and thus made him a great Missionary
– keeping up My promise to him.
“For all the promises of God in Him are yea, and in Him Amen”.
“Oh! that beautiful city,
With its mansions of light,
With its glorified beings,
In pure garments of white;
Where no evil thing cometh;
To despoil what is fair,
Where the angels are watching,
Yes, my name’s writen there”.
Mary A. Kidde r
 6. Meeting
John Calvin, Martin Luther and others
10th July 2004 : 11.00 P.M.
Mark 13:9,10,11 “But take heed to yourself for they will deliver
you upto councils; and you will be beaten in synagogues; and
you will stand before governors and kings for my sake, to bear
testimony before them. And the gospel must first be preached to
all nations. And when they bring you to trial and deliver you
up, do not be anxious before hand what you are to say; but say
whatever is given you in that hour, for it is not you who speak,
but the Holy spirit.”
David: Amma we had a wonderful trip to the sea. We went by our usual
route and when we reached the sea we turned left and when we came to the
mansions near the sea and backwaters we turned at right angles to the
shore line and reached the ship mansions. From there we turned left at right
angles and sailed a long distance. Faraway across the shining waters arose
a group of islands in an immense circle. When we went nearer we were
struck with the beauty of the islands. Each island was surrounded by green
trees blooming with blossoms of a particular delicate colour. Also in each
island we caught a glimpse of a tall slender golden spire, glittering at the
centre of the island. There was a circular bridge going around the front of
the islands touching each and every one of the seven islands. The bridge
was just touching the water and in some places just immersed in foot deep
water. We left our boat near one of those islands and walked across the
bridge and reached the island surrounded by trees laden with white
blossoms. There we saw a beautiful road laid with white marble tiles edged
and decorated with gold. On both sides we saw beautiful gardens with sub
pathways and fountains. When we walked straight we came to an immense
beautiful magnificent castle, outlaid with glazed white marble tiles edged and
decorated with gold, with a golden spire at its centre. The road branched
into two and went around the huge gardens of the castle. We entered the
garden surrounding the castle and we saw some men going here and there
in somekind of uniform.
First we thought that the castle belonged to some members of the royal
family since the castle was very grand and rich. Then one of those men told
us that in all those islands, great leaders of reformation were living and that
castle belonged to John Calvin. We were greatly surprised and that man
took us inside the castle. The front hall was very grand with artistic works in
gold and we saw beautiful golden staircases. We climbed one of them and
finally came to the second floor. There we saw a beautiful round conference
hall with the golden spire above and surrounded by a balcony all around.
Within the hall, we saw the great leader John Calvin sitting along with a few
men and discussing. Our John introduced each and every one of us and he
shook hands with us and invited us to take our seats. He then started telling
us about the process and problems they faced during the time of
reformation.
John Calvin : We had to fight with two great forces, the powerful church
and the government. We were able to withstand these powers because of
our fervent prayers and fasting. You know Jesus fasted and prayed for forty
days before starting His ministry. The Disciples and the followers of Jesus
assembled and prayed in the upper house to get the Holy Spirit before they
started their ministry. So also we in groups both men and women used to go
into the forest taking some tents and just water and used to fast and pray
for several days together. When one group returned, the next group went to
continue the prayers. Thus through our fervent prayers we got the mighty
power from the Father, abiding love from our Jesus and the perfect
guidance of the Holy spirit to go forward in the great task. Now here in
Heaven we are collecting information to know the impact of the reformation
in the later centuries in the various countries of the world and we are happy
to know that the great light of the Gospel was taken to many countries by
great Evangelists and Missionaries throughout the last centuries.
David : Amma, then we all sang the great Hymn, ‘Faith of our Father’s Holy
Faith’ with great joy, because we were standing in front of such great
Fathers. They appreciated our singing. Amma when John introduced me as
an Indian, Mr.John Calvin told me, “David, millions of Indians still have to
see the light of the gospel”. He told us that the great Marin Luther was living
at the third island from his own. We then bid them a respectful farewell and
left. We went around the island and saw many mansions along the left side
of the road, deep inside lovely gardens.
We then came out, walked over the bridge passed on the next two
islands and went to the third. There we saw a beautiful road laid with golden
yellow marble tiles edged and decorated with gold. Golden yellow flowering
trees grew along the fringes of the island in abundance and beautiful
gardens adorned both sides of the road. There also we saw a very grand
castle made of the same golden yellow jewelled marble tiles, with a tall
golden spire at the centre of the castle, within a vast garden of exquisite
beauty. We heard voices on the right side of the garden and we saw people
sitting in lovely seats arranged in two circles. One person was talking and
we realized that he must be the great leader of reformation. He looked
young and energetic. He was talking in German language (My friends told
me.)
As soon as he saw us he invited us to be seated around him. Amma,
we were thrilled to see him and to be with such a great leader. John
introduced each and every one of us and the great leader shook hands with
us and explained about his great venturous mission along with his friends for
the sake of the true Gospel.
Marlin Luther : I am very happy to see a group of youth like you. In our
time of struggle many of our youths were greatly involved in our venture with
great zeal. When I left the world suddenly, my friends and fellow workers
would have been shocked, but they carried on that work with the help of our
Jesus. My friends learnt not to depend on a leader, a man, but to depend
completely on the powerful Hands of our Jesus and the guidance of the Holy
Spirit. Though I was not in the world with them, when the freedom of worship
was declared, I learnt all its details directly from our Jesus and from others
who came to our Heavenly Home later on. Now we are earnestly studying
the impact of our mission and the spread of the true Gospel light in the later
centuries in several parts of the world. Whenever a great Evangelist or a
Missionary comes Home we used to invite him to our place. He or she would
visit our great auditorium in one of our islands, to explain their work to
spread the true Gospel around the world. Jesus used to visit us often to
explain the spreading of the gospel around the world by His children.
David : Amma, we were thrilled to hear him speaking about the different
Evangelists and Missionaries who went around the world to spread the
gospel. We were surprised to know about his great knowledge of the work
which went on in the later centuries in all the countries of the world. He
even mentioned the names of many Missionaries who came to India in the
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries carrying the gospel light to different
parts of India. He was a source of great knowledge about such Missionaries
and Evangelists. He asked us to visit the auditorium on our way back home.
He also said that he would try to inform us when Jesus would visit them next
and that we would enjoy that session very much. Then we bid him and
others a respectful farewell and left them, in great joy.
We then went to the island where we saw a huge circular auditorium at
the middle of the island. There was a stage and seats were arranged in
semicircles. There was a throne on the stage and one below it. We
discussed how nice it would be to see Jesus at the front, talking about the
evangelical work going on in the world. We then sailed back home and all
along the way we sang many great gospel songs. It was late when we
reached our place. So I got down at the back of my mansion and rushed to
my room to talk to you amma.
Amma, grandpa Bensam would be thrilled to know about our meeting
the great John Calvin and Martin Luther. I hope to meet grandpa now. I
may take him and others, if they like to go to these islands to meet those
great leaders, without going to my Medical study centre sometime soon. I
am going down.
Bye amma!!
“Faith of our Fathers living still,
In spite of dungeon , fire, and sword;
O how our hearts beat high with joy,
When’re we hear that glorious word
Faith of our fathers holy faith,
We will be true to thee till death”.
- Frederick. W. Faber and James, G. Waltion
 7. Visiting Yellow Race Colony
13th July 2004 : 10.00 P.M.

Luke 4:18 “ The spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has
anointed me to preach good news to the poor.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip to a cluster of mountains around a
lake.
We walked along the road in the front towards the right of our
mansions, then turned left, reached the river and sailed towards the left.
We passed the palm grove island and sailed straight. After passing all the
familiar sites, we reached the forest where we attended the worship service
once. There, the entire river turned to the right at right angles and we
turned in it. Mighty forests rose from the water’s edge on both sides to
stretch away unbroken as far as our eyes could see. Scarcely a sound of
human activity or songs of birds disturbed the silence of the thick beautiful
forest. Our younger friends teased John saying “John, where are you
leading us? to which wild destiny?” But John was very clam, didn’t give any
answer, because he was very sure about the route. Finally a huge
magnificent mountain rose in front of us covered with green flower laden
trees. This river, after touching the mountain flowed around the mountain
towards the right and at a distance joined a large lake. As soon as we
reached the mountain, we saw a broad road starting from the river bank. We
landed there and started walking along the road which was laid with white
marble tiles edged with gold and it went around the mountain along its right
side. When we came to the opposite side of the mountain at a higher level,
the view from there was just fascinating. Amma, it is difficult to grasp from
mere description, the immense size and beauty of the golden lake which
extended over the three sides of this mountain-left, right and also the front -
surrounded by lofty mountains. We caught glimpses of the tops of some
mansions perched on those mountains in the midst of flower laden trees
covering their entire slopes. We lingered there for a long time enjoying the
magnificent view of the panorama. We then went along that road. At one
place we saw beautiful golden steps leading to the top and we climbed those
steps and landed on a broad golden road with golden railings. This road was
going around the mountain at a higher level. We turned to our right and
walked along this road. We could see beautiful large mansions over the
mountain. They resembled the ancient palaces in India. (Like the
Padmanabapuram palace in our district in India) We climbed a few steps
and reached such a mansion. We saw some people working in the lovely
gardens around it and some walking along the road. All those people were
yellow in colour. A man said, “This mansion belongs to a chieftain, who had
been a leader (chief) of a village in a forest country on the earth. All the
inhabitants of this mountain and other mountains nearby are from different
villages and they belong to the yellow race of the world. Their chiefs also
reside with them on these mountains”. He then led us into that mansion.
There were many halls lined with polished wood with beautiful carvings. The
wood in each hall was of one colour and the characteristic perfume of that
wood pervaded that hall. He then took us to an interior hall where we saw
the village chief occupying a beautiful artistic wooden seat, surrounded by
about twenty five children, who were sitting on the floor in front of him. The
floor was also made of polished wood decorated with gold. The chief was in
his traditional dress with some kind of head turban meant for village chief.
As soon as he saw us, he stood up, came to us and welcomed us very
warmly with a bright smile. When we extended our hands, he took our one
hand in both his hands and gave a hand shake as though in great reverence.
He asked us to be seated in beautiful cushioned wooden seats around that
hall. He said that he was teaching about Jesus with the help of small dolls
which he displayed on a low table in front of him. Then he started telling
about himself and about the villagers living in the mountain.
The village chief : We belonged to a very backward village in one of the far
eastern countries of the world. The gospel was brought to us by white
Missionaries. Before that, we were worshipping evil spirits as gods. We
didn’t know that they were evil spirits. But out of fear only, we worshipped
them, giving them animal sacrifices. We conducted huge festivals to
appease them. During such times the village priest would be possessed by
that spirit and he would dance in front of the idol of the deity. At the same
time our children and women used to be possessed by those spirits and we
tried to drive them away by witchcraft. (Amma it is exactly similar to the
worship of evil spirits as gods by our Indian villagers even now).
Then one day we saw a group of white men riding on horse backs and
they came near our temple and watched our ceremony. At that time the
village priest was dancing in front of the idol. He screamed and asked us to
drive them away because the spirit of their so called god couldn’t stand the
sight of them. So we chased them away. That happened a few times. I
ordered them not to enter in to our village territory. So afterwards they
started gathering outside our village within the forest. They always knelt
down, closed their eyes, folded their hands and were speaking something.
Later on only we knew that they were praying to the wonderful God Jesus.
Then miracles started happening without my knowledge. Our villagers used
to take the sick and the evil possessed persons to them and those white
men used to pray for them and they got immediate deliverance. I couldn’t
stop my people from going to them. Finally my daughter became very sick
and she was possessed by an evil spirit as well. I gave many offerings to
our deities and did everything I could do for her, but all efforts were in vain.
Finally, out of desperation, I sent messengers and brought the white
Missionaries to my home and they knelt around my daughter and prayed,
keeping their hands on her head. The evil spirits screamed and left her and
she became perfectly all right. Then I knew that their God was a powerful
God . They showed us pictures of Jesus and also Jesus on the cross and
tried to explain about Him with actions. They also carried small wooden
crosses. We realized that the cross had a great power over all these evil
spirits whom we worshipped as gods so far. I ordered all my villagers to
follow this wonderful God. The first English word we learnt was Jesus. We
removed all our idols and put up a huge thatched shed for our worship. By
that time the Missionaries studied our language a little bit and explained
about the great free salvation of Jesus. They gave us small Bibles in
English and also small wooden crosses. All the houses of the village had
one Bible and one cross and we kept them as great treasures since we
realized that evil spirits would not dare to trouble us if we had a cross and a
Bible in our homes. The Missionaries then took some of our boys to the
distant town where they lived and educated them in the school there. So,
soon our boys became teachers to our children. From the people of our
villages who came to Heaven after us, we learnt that we have a school and a
small hospital, in our village now on the earth. In Heaven some of those
Missionaries including teachers and one Missionary doctor who worked in
our village used to visit us often and we used to have worship services in a
beautiful chapel next to my mansion. Now because of the great
Missionaries, we got the great light of the gospel and we were able to come
to Heaven through our saviour Jesus Christ.
David: Though he talked in his native language we were able to understand
them in English. John then introduced me as a Missionary doctor from India.
Immediately the chief came to me, held my hands and said, “From my people
who entered Heaven later, I came to know about the wonderful work done
by Missionary doctors and we feel that they are gifts from Jesus. Also I
heard about India as our neighbouring country”. Afterwards I asked John,
“Why did you introduce me as a doctor while I am only a student.” For that
John replied “David, you almost completed your medical course on the earth
and now you are studying more than what you would have studied on the
earth. Also you were dedicated to go as a Missionary doctor and so we will
call you a Missionary doctor only.” We sang many choruses. Their children
also sang with drums and wooden cymbals.
The chief then asked the children to bring us some presents. By that
time the hall was filled with women, youth and children.
I think that they were living as a joint family. They brought us several
beautiful wooden crosses, made in different coloured woods, and decorated
with sparkling gems of various colours. The crosses were mounted on small
stands. The chief told us that they were made by the villagers. All of us
took many for each one of us and put them in our pockets. The chief then
took us to the nearby chapel which was completely made of wood (walls,
roof and floor) with lovely artistic work and decorated with gold. He then led
us along the golden road and we reached the site, where there were many
beautiful mansions here and there at different levels on the slope of the
mountain where the villagers were living. The children walked in front of us
playing their drums. By hearing the sound, the villagers – men, women,
youth and children – gathered on the road. These women made some kind
of noise by rolling their tongue as a gesture of welcome. Amma, it was
similar to the sound, our Indian village women do during marriages and other
functions and festivals.
We then walked back to the golden steps. Many children brought us
beautiful wooden trays with lovely carvings containing small crystal jars filled
with yellow and brown coloured perfume. The Chief told us that it was
another job of the villagers. They used to collect different resins from the
trees and make these perfumes. Each one of us took two jars and put them
in our pockets. They gave us the empty trays also and our girls collected
them. The chief showed us a mountain on the opposite side and said that
there was a huge auditorium where Jesus used to come and people from all
the mountains would go there to worship Jesus. We then parted from them
with a fond farewell. The chief again took our hands in both his hands and
bid us a fond farewell. Their affection was really touching amma. The whole
length of the road was filled with the villagers. We then started climbing
down waving our hands. They were standing there waving till we went out of
their sight around the curve of the road.
Then I told John, “Now the girls would try to give away the trays to us,
which they were carrying”. While we were talking, our girls became really
smart. They came behind us and tucked the trays within our arms and ran
away in front of us. We tried to chase them for sometime. But they ran fast
and got into the boat. We were laughing and carrying the trays.
Finally we all got into the boat and sailed back home. While we were
walking, I was just waiting for a chance and I quickly placed the tray upside
down over the head of one of the girls who walked nearby and walked swiftly
away. She was giggling and shouting at my back, “David, naughty boy, I will
teach you a lesson later on. Now go go” They all went to the museum and I
am at home now amma.
Amma be happy. See how happy I am !!
Bye amma!
“Dark the night of sin has settled
Loud the angry billows roar;
Eager eyes are watching, longing,
For the lights along the shore.”
- P.P. Bliss

8. Meeting First Century Converts By

Apostle Paul
23rd July 2004 :11.15 P.M.
Rom. 1:1, 4, 5 “Paul, a servant of Jesus Christ called to be an
apostle, set apart for the gospel of God… and designated son of
God in power according to the spirit of holiness by His
resurrection from the dead, Jesus Christ our Lord, through whom
we have received grace and apostleship to bring about the
obedience of faith for the sake of His name among all the
nations.”
David : Amma, we had a wonderful trip. We sailed through the river at
the back towards the left of our mansions and reached the lake. From the
lake we entered the river and we sailed straight passing all the familiar sites
and branches. We then passed through long and lofty mountain ranges on
both sides and then the river flowed within thick woods without any
mountains. There we saw a right side branch in the main river and we
entered it. There also we saw nothing but tall trees on both sides of the
river. We travelled a long distance in such dense forest without coming
across a single mansion or a human being and our girls, as usual started to
tease John, asking him where he was leading all of us. We then saw a sharp
right turn in the river. At that turning point, the dense woodland was torn
aside to reveal a broad road touching the river. So we left our boat there
and started walking along that road. The river again turned left and flowed
parallel to this road. On both sides of this road we caught glimpses of
beautiful white mansions with one floor and sloping roofs deep within the
woods. But we couldn’t see anybody around them. We walked straight and
then we saw a side road towards the left and turned in it. From there we
could see a river at the back of that colony as well. On that side road also
we saw the same type of mansions. We could call that area as a colony or a
village. Almost at the middle, we saw another road towards the left which
took us to the central part of that colony. But so far we didn’t see any
persons, not even children. When we walked farther we heard human voices
coming from a huge hall, almost at the centre of that village. We walked
towards it and found a large gathering there and a person was talking to
them. That hall was open on all sides and we saw many people sitting on
the floor and listening to him. When we went nearer the speaker invited us
and we went within the hall and sat on the floor near the speaker. He told us
that their villages were situated in a very large area and the inhabitants of all
those villages belonged to the first century Christians (Jews and others) who
were converted by Apostle Paul during his three journeys and also by his co-
workers like Barnabas, Timothy, Apostle Peter and others. In that particular
village, there were about hundred mansions belonging to converts from the
island of Cyprus in the world. He was one of the leaders who worked in the
early churches in Cyprus. He said, “All our children went to the next village
to attend scripture class, conducted in their community hall. All these
villages are surrounded by a network of rivers with bridges connecting every
one of them. Each village has its own spiritual leader. In one of our villages
there is a huge auditorium where Apostle Paul and other Apostles used to
come and teach the leaders more about the gospel and also explain the
different epistles of Apostle Paul to many of the early churches. They also
tell us about the dark ages following the early centuries. They describe how
the true gospel was spreading all over the world by Evangelists and
Missionaries. They gather these news now and then from the great
evangelists and Missionaries who come to Heaven during later centuries.
The leaders then go to their respective villages and convey these messages
to their people. For worship service we used to go to an immense ‘chapel of
light’ where all the Disciples and Apostles of Jesus gather and worship Jesus
along with us. [Amma, immediately I remembered the ‘chapel of light’ which
we visited once and saw the Disciples and Apostles worshipping Jesus along
with us.] Our main professions are farming and weaving. Also we make
many other hand work products. This is our time of get together. During the
time of work we’ll be involved in anyone of the above works”.
We then sang a few choruses for them and John introduced us as
‘Youth belonging to nineteenth to twenty first centuries from river side
mansions’. They then took us to a row of mansions at the other end of the
village. There we saw a river flowing from the main river, parallel to the one
through which we sailed, with a beautiful bridge connecting this village to the
next. Along that row of mansions, we saw many working places, which were
open on all sides. They showed us small mats made of reeds and also
cloths. They made cloth from threads of cotton, silk and wool, which they
cultivated in their farms, which were on the outskirts of the village. They
gave us some smaller samples of their products. We went around the village
and we caught glimpses of the other villages surrounding this one, separated
by a network of rivers. We can call these villages as small Islands
surrounded by rivers on all sides. Inside each village, there was a network
of beautiful roads.
Finally we bid them a fond farewell and sailed back home. I got out of
the boat at the back of my mansion and started talking to you from my room.
Now I am going down amma.
Bye amma
“Send abroad the gospel heralds,
let them take the blessed light
In to ev’ry land as darkness,
Piercing through the shades of night.
Tell the world, the whole wide world,”

9. Meeting Ceylonists In A Palm

Grove Island
25th July 2004 : 11.05 P.M.
Rev. 7:9 “…… I looked and behold, a great multitude which no
man could number, from every nation, from all tribes and
peoples and tongues, standing before the throne and before the
Lamb, clothed in white robes, with palm branches in their
hands.”
David : Amma, we visited a lovely island in the sea. As soon as we
reached the Ocean by our usual route, we turned left and sailed a long
distance parallel to the shore. After crossing all the familiar sites, we turned
at right angles to the shore and sailed along those golden waters. After
travelling a vast distance, we saw a very beautiful palm Grove Island. It was
so large that we didn’t think of going around it. We landed near a broad
road and I was thrilled to see such a large number of palm trees which were
similar to our coconut palms. But the leaves, though long, the individual
units were attached to each other at the base of the stalk. Those trees had
long bunches of nuts similar to our coconuts but smaller in size and larger in
number in one bunch. Shining white sand and green palm trees stretched as
far as our eyes could see, starting from the lovely sandy shore of the sea. It
was very calm, serene and the sight was beautiful to look at. We walked
along the road and after quite a long way, we heard the joyful voices of
children. We saw a very huge pond at our left with crystal – clear water and
water lilies. A large number of children were playing inside the water and
some were sailing in small boats. We went near the pond encircled by
beautiful marble steps. Along its bank, we saw many women making
different kinds of articles using the green palm leaves. Most of the women
and children were brown and we saw a few white and yellow children among
them. They introduced themselves as people from tropical islands like
Ceylon. We introduced ourselves and I introduced myself as native of a
place near Cape Comorin. Many of them spoke Tamil with the special
accent of Ceylon Tamilians. They then took us farther into the island and
there we saw another huge pond surrounded by beautiful mansions deep
within the palm trees.
First they took us to their working place, which was open on all sides.
There we saw many women and young girls making different articles with
thin long strips of the green palm leaves, interwoven with gold ribbons.
There were huge piles of hats with wide rims. They were very beautiful and
looked like hats of cowboys. Also they were making attractive hand bags,
flower baskets, fruit trays, table mats and many other things. Amma think of
the articles made by coconut tender leaves, which are sold in shops in Cape
Comorin on the earth. But these were more beautiful because of the gold
ribbon interwoven with the green palm leaves. They asked us to select one
hat for each one of us according to our size. Then they asked us to select
many more smaller ones for our children and samples of all their products.
We selected a large number of hats and other things and kept them there to
collect on our way back home.
They then sent word to the mansions near that area to assemble in
their huge cathedral near that place. They said that they used to have
worship service with Jesus in that cathedral only. It was an immense
building with two short wings, a beautiful altar, many seats and a large
space without seats in the front for the children. When we entered along with
many women youth and children, we saw a youth choir consisting of boys
and girls at one wing and we sat on the opposite wing. One fourth of the
cathedral was filled with people – mostly women. They said that most of their
men had gone out to shopping complexes to deposit their finished products
and take back home the articles they needed. The choir whose members
were mostly brown sang beautiful songs in English. They, sang ‘What a
friend we have in Jesus in English. They also sang Tamil and Singhalese
songs. The children also sang many choruses and the tunes were familiar to
us. Then our girls sang in Tamil the Tamil translation of the chorus ‘I have
decided to follow Jesus’ with their strong European accent and they sang
well. I was amused and smiling at their accent and we all enjoyed their item.
Our girls then taught them many choruses, action songs and told them
stories with funny actions which made them all laugh for a long time and we
all enjoyed it. One of our girls introduced me as, “Here, we have David, our
special handsome Tamil boy and he is our greatest friend and we all love
him very much. He is our choir director and now we have a choir and a
musical band in our area after David came. Our David is very special to us
and he is highly talented. Aren’t you proud of him?” At once they all shouted
with great joy saying “yes”. We then sang an anthem and other songs, since
they seemed to enjoy English music and songs. Then I told them about
myself, my medical studies and my dedication to become a medical
Missionary while on the earth and also about my very dear friends in
Heaven. They told us that many students from their country (Ceylon) also
used to come to India to learn medicine and went back there to serve in their
country.
They then served us juice collected from their palm nuts. It was
sweeter and thicker than our tender coconut juice. Then the children went in
a procession singing raising up their hands led by the youth and we followed
them back to our boat. In the meantime some of their girls brought all the
presents they gave us, from their working place and they carried them for us.
So all of us walked joyfully and freely upto the seashore. They bid us a fond
farewell and asked us to go over there again with our children. We also
invited them to our place. Those people cut many water lilies in different
colours and kept them in our boat. They were similar to our water lily on the
earth, but they had many more colours like orange, yellow, different shades
of pink etc. Amma, I think that we have only three colours, white, red and
blue.
We then sailed back home. In the boat itself, our girls packed two
baskets for me with many things including flowers, one basket each for John
and other bigger girls. I stepped out of the boat at my backyard and came
home. I kept the two baskets downstairs and came up to talk to you.
Now I am going down to tell everything to ammamma.
Be happy amma! Bye!
“Fly abroad, thou mighty gospel,
win and conquer, never cease;
may they lasting, wide dominions
Multiply and still increase:
Sway thy scepter,
Saviour, all the world around”.
- Rev. W. Williams John Rippon

CONCLUSION
By the special privilege given to me by my beloved Jesus, my darling
son David is conveying marvellous messages and glorious glimpses of
Heaven from our Eternal Home. This is my second book in English on the
series of books called ‘David Talks’. In the first book I had the privilege of
writing down the messages conveyed by David from 28th October 2003 to
14th April 2004. In this second book I have written the messages, I received
from 14th April 2004 to 2nd August 2004. (My son David’s birthday
anniversary) Hence this is his birthday publication.
After reading this book, do you long to go to this wonderful Home that
our Lord Jesus has prepared for you and me, when the call comes? There is
Only One Way to go to this wonderful place as Jesus said, “ Iam the way
and the Truth and the life; no one comes to the Father, but by Me”. (John
14:6) To open the gates of Heaven, Jesus was born on this earth, bore our
sins on Him and died on the cross to pay our debts of sin. He rose from the
grave on the third day and thus broke the chains of death, St. Paul says in I
cor. 15:54, 55, 56 “Death is swallowed up in victory. O death where is thy
victory? O, death where is thy sting? ....... thanks are to God; who gives us
the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.” Jesus himself said, “Iam the
resurrection and the life; he who believes in me, though he die, yet shall he
live” (John. 11:25) Even today the empty tomb of Jesus bears witness to the
above fact, so Christ is real and unique. So those who confess Jesus as
Lord and accept His salvation through the cross, gets glorious everlasting
life after passing away from this world. But the sad thing is that even those
who know well about Jesus, lead a life thinking the life on, this earth is the
end of everything. A saintly man wrote about our life on this world thus: “If
our everlasting eternal life in Heaven is an infinite line, our life on this earth
is a dot on this infinite line.” Please compare the two lives and think which
has greater value-the infinite line or a dot on that infinite line? Where are
you going to spend your eternity - in that glorious place of perfect peace and
everlasting joy or in a place of darkness with unthinkable, unbearable agony
amidst unquenchable fire of hell? Please take a decision today - at this
moment. Please come to our saviour Jesus Christ, who bore our debts of sin
on the Cross, get His forgiveness and the entry card to Heaven.
Our son David received the entry card to Heaven at the age of 13,
when he accepted Jesus as his personal saviour and dedicated his life to
become a missionary in future to serve the Lord. So when the call came
unexpectedly, prematurely, he entered that glorious Heavenly kingdom of
great splendor and started his missionary work by conveying the marvelous
messages of Heaven to the earth, so that many could be partakers of the
eternal kingdom by reading this book.
David’s untimely parting is the greatest tragedy to the family living
now in this world, but I thank my beloved Jesus for the greatest privilege of
hearing David, speaking to me, conveying the splendor of the various realms
of glory in Heaven. I certainly, believe that this experience is a wonderful
gift to me and to my family to console us as well as to lead many to our
saviour Jesus Christ. Several times, when I was in deep slumber during
nights or taking rest in the afternoons, I used to wake up by hearing the
voice of David calling me, “Amma, amma,” which I could hear deep within me
and I eagerly listen to him.
Many of my elderly readers sent me the following message either by
letters or through phone calls. “After reading this book, the fear of death is
gone from my heart and I long to go to that glorious place to live with Jesus.”
We are distributing this book free of charge. At the same time, we
have a fund called, ‘David’s Missionary Fund’ to help the poor medically, in a
small way. If somebody wants to contribute to this fund, we will accept it
gladly.
Please pray for our family and also for David’s missionary work
through this book. May God bless you.
Mrs. Kamazh K. Solomon,
3, Henry Road, Nagercoil - 629 001,
Tamilnadu, India.
Phone : 04652 - 230778
E-mail : printland.rediff.com
P.s. We have printed books ‘David talks’ in English Book I and II and also Book
I and II in Tamil. On request we will send a copy, according to the availability of
the books.